top of page
  HOUSEMATES BBOTT 2016
 Winner of BBOTT 2016  
 Photos BB House2016

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP FINALE. America Vote Morgan to Win

March 03, 2017

Out of the evicted houseguests

Neeley, Whitney, Shane and Danielle voted for Jason to win.

Nobody voted for Kryssie to win.

Alex, Shelby, Monte, Cornbread and Scott said they voted Morgan to win.

Justin says he didn’t get a chance to vote because he was just evicted. When asked who he would have voted for Justin says all three.

Kryssie comes in Third place Kryssie says she saw that coming. When interviewed by Julie Kryssie says she threw a lot of comps but was too ashamed to admit it. She says the reason she came in third was because she didn’t win competitions claims to be the puppeteer this season. goes on about her social game, says she would have felt awful if she won BBOTT and Jason lost because Jason loves the game so much. (LOL)

20K votes separated the first and second place

America Vote Morgan to Win

Morgan Wins Big Brother over the top $250k

Jason comes in second with $25k

 

That’s it folks ceya all for BB19 it’s been fun ;)

 

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP FINAL HOH RESULTS

March 03, 2017

Morgan and Justin compete in the final HOH the winner advances with Kryssie and Jason to the final 3. the loser has to leave the Big Brother house after saying their goodbyes.

Morgan wins the final HOH

Final 3 Is Kryssie, Jason and Morgan

Justin was Evicted from the Big Brother House

Tomorrow at 4pm PST the houseguests get to plead live to America. For tonight they get some drinks.

7pm – 8:30pm Jason, Kryssie and Morgan sit in the living room reminiscing about the seasons. They move to the kitchen and continue talking about past events.

9:15pm – 11pm Jason and Kryssie lay in bed chatting. Morgan heads to bed.

11:50pm – 1am Kryssie and Jason chat about random things and then go to sleep.

1am All that house guests are sleeping..

Wednesday 30th 4:00pm Houseguests get to give us one last plea for the 250K award.

Jason says he’s grateful to being still in the house and thanks America for the help. Highlights him being a vet and having a huge target on him. Says he was pro active and went out and “Did it”.
Jason says Kryssie didn’t do much in the game and isolated herself to one side.
Says Morgan never did anything huge.
Jason says he’s a BB historian “I’ve had the steepest road to the top”

 

Kryssie – 9 weeks in 2 minutes here it is..
Says she worked with Whitney and won a HOH. Kryssie makes a bunch of stuff up like claiming she won the first HOH, working with all sides of the house etc etc … (Kryssie has a distorted memory of her time on Big Brother)
Kryssie says Shelby came on the show pretended she was a waitress and just looked dumb. Kryssie is a real waitress and those people skills she’s acquired is why she is still in the house.

Morgan – I don’t know how I’m going to follow both of those I’m terrible at speeches..
Morgan thanks America . says the experience was great.
Morgan – I’m the only America’s nominee to survive..
Morgan – a vote isn’t a vote for me it’s a vote for my alliance..

Morgan – for the last time ever Bikini Girl out.

4:12pm Final 3 chatting.. 
Kryssie pissed about Shelby being the most educated of all of them and telling them she’s a waitress. Kryssie is a waitress and this bother her.
Kryssie – just because I quit medical school doesn’t mean I couldn’t have completed it

7pm Jason tells Morgan and Kryssie about Corey’s goat burning story from last season. Morgan – wow! That’s worse than Monte’s squirrel story. Jason – that’s why all season long everyone chimed on it. Everyone was like are you f**king serious?! Animal activists… Monte’s squirrel story was nothing compared to this. You tried to burn a goat!? Like what the F**K is wrong with you!?! I had lots of reasons to dislike Corey. The conversation turns to talking about how Paulie was bragging about boning Zakiyah.

11:30pm Morgan is sleeping in the london bedroom. Jason and Kryssie are chatting about random things in the other bedroom.

1:40am The final 3 are all sleeping

JASON “WHY COULDN’T YOU HAVE PAINTED CONDOMS BEFORE WHEN WE NEEDED A SHALLOW PERSON TO STARE AT PEOPLE?”

March 02, 2017

9:20pm HOH room – Kryssie & Jason. Kryssie – if they want to air thanks giving dinner, I just hope they air it as it happened. Every time they asked him (Justin) to wake up he had f**king cotton balls in his ears and he was breaking the rules all day .. and he got away with it. Jason – just showing thanks giving makes it look like it wasn’t game related and that he was just a home sick baby! Kryssie – he’s a pouty little b***h and he’s mad at you. I touched on that as much as I could. More than once I used the phrase over the last couple of days “You’re butt hurt because you’re mad at Jason.” “You’re butt hurt because Jason didn’t pick you.” Jason – he is butt hurt. Kryssie – he’s text book butt hurt. Jason – I tried to put the shoe on the other foot .. yeah I would be a little hurt but would I be acting like this!? I can’t even fathom behaving as he has. Kryssie – sincerely hope you wouldn’t. Because I would be disappointed if you did. I didn’t think that was the kind of person he was. All he does it take, he never gives back anything thing.

9:45pm – 11pm Morgan and Justin are playing Jenga. They head to the london bedroom. Justin talks about living life care free… I don’t have any kids .. you know.

11pm HOH room. Jason and Kryssie are talking about random things. Jason – why couldn’t you have painted condoms before … when we needed a shallow person to stare at people. They talk about how Shelby was as “shallow as f**k”.

12:25am All the house guests are sleeping..

Monday 28th 3:46pm

GAmes.. Jason kicking a ball around…. Morgan and Justin are in the bathroom wondering why Big Brother wont tells them the time of the comp.

8:00pm Chilling in the Yoga Room

Pretty much just chit chat today.. Looks like Justin isn’t talking to Jason and Kryssie.
Tomorrow is the competition.

8pm – 9:50pm Jason, Morgan and Kryssie are studying for the competition.

Justin is reading the bible.

9:50pm – 10:25pm Kryssie and Jason head up to the HOH room. Meanwhile in the kitchen – Justin and Morgan are playing Jenga.

11pm Morgan goes to sleep.

12am – 3am Jason and Kryssie stay up talking about random things in the HOH room.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP SPECIAL CEREMONY

March 02, 2017

Jason – as the winner of the final HOH competition I have automatically secured my spot in the Big Brother over the top finale my last responsibility as Head of household is to bring one of you to finales..

Jason picks Kryssie to go to Final 3, Says he’s got a better chance to beat her and they’ve had a game long loyalty. This leaves Morgan and Justin to compete in the final HOH. The loser of that competitions is immediately evicted.

4:33pm HOH Kryssie and Jason hating on justin

Kryssie is saying that Justin had nothing to worry about all season that is why he’s been so happy go lucky singing songs and making pizza.
Jason says Jason shouldn’t be worried “If my parents owned a shopping mall I wouldn’t be here”
Kryssie agrees.
They go on about how financially troubled they are and how Justin doesn’t have to worry about that because his parents own a shopping mall.
Jason – I would go out and drink every day and have so much money and everything is just provided for me.. no wonder I can pay girls 300 dollars to be my girlfriend for the night (This is a story Jusitn told way back week 1 or 2)

Kryssie – the fact he (Justin) had 2 grand to throw down on a purse
Jason – then went and blew it all at a casino
Jason – he talks about it like he’s in these streets so much..
Jason and Kryssie now saying they don’t want the wealth that Justin has , “It must be nice but I don’t want that.. Theres too much important shit in life for me to go blowing money at the casino and bullshit”

Jason says Justin is irresponsible and dumb about money
They go over the rumors of Justin’s parents. Kryssie can’t remember if they own a shopping mall, use to own it or are just opening it.
Jason – irregardless .. Irr F**king regardless
Jason says they are all poor standing up against Justin, “You’re bless so much you’re a f****g a$$hole”
Kryssie – you’re an entitled little kid.. he’s not thankful he’s not once said thankful to me for the shit I did in here” (OMG she made it to final 3)
Jason says Justin is only thankful when “Mommy and daddy” throw him cash to blow and Nordstrom

Kryssie – I’m so disappointed with myself for spending so much time making sure he was ok
Jason says he’s disappointed that he thought Justin was his friend. Jason calls Justin a “Rich Prick a$$hole”
Jason – An arrogant prick.. because for once in his life he didn’t get what he wanted.. he’s not here for the money”
Jason says Justin doesn’t deserve to win Big Brother, “He lays in bed all day and talks to the cameras at night”
Jason goes on about how this is a waste of time because the “Live feeders” are sleeping

Kryssie says Justin told Morgan he never wants to see them again and he can’t wait for this to be over.
jason – Good because I can’t wait to see him

Jason says about Justin – that’s his job.. his job is to sleep with random girls and stuff.. like he is not worried about anything else other than fuc**g around and partying.. screwing chicks..

Jason – he doesn’t deserve this even if he played the best game because he’s an arrogant spoiled rich kids
Kryssie – absolutely

Jason – I will burn that shopping mall to the ground 
Kryssie – I will sh1t in the front vesitbule
Jason – I’m breaking my teeth on pavement to stay.. and like he’s the real underdog.. I have had the hardest road to the top of the mountain, I have had the steepest path by far (Wow..) 
Jason says Justin has never hit cardsharp in real life and in the game.
Kryssie – you’re right
Jason – he is f*****g trash he is f****g trash

8pm – 9pm Justin, Kryssie, Morgan and Jason are in the kitchen chatting about random things. Justin heads to bed.

9:15pm – 10pm Kyrssie and Jason are talking in the living room about Big Brother. Kryssie – so when we get out of here what seasons do you recommend I watch right away? Obviously yours. Jason – yeah you have to watch mine. Season 2 and 3 are fundamental BB and good. Season 4 is where they start bringing in wild twists. I’m not a huge fan of 4 but its fundamental. I’m a much bigger fan of season 5. I would say 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10…. you’ve seen 11 and 12. You want to finish out Rachel’s so you’ve got to watch 13. Basically all of them skipping 9.

10:30pm Morgan goes to sleep.

10:40pm Jason tries to cook a pumpkin…

11:30pm – 1am Kryssie and Jason are talking in the HOH bed talking about random things.

11:06am Sunday morning .. feeds zzzz…

4:00pm Nothing..

 

“I’M NOT ONLY DISAPPOINTED IN HIM AS AN ALLY, A FRIEND, LITERALLY A PERSON.. I’M PISSED, I’M DISGUSTED”

March 02, 2017

1:24pm HOH Jason and Kryssie Hating on Justin
(The Kryssie/Jason monster is a result of the twists now look at it what it has become.. LOL )

Kryssie says Justin threw a tantrum so their final 4 had to celebrate as a final 3. Brings up Justin never wanting to do what Big BRother tells them.

Jason – they have to show it.. They have to show thanksgiving it just depends on how they show it..
Jason says they might edit Justin to be sad..
Kryssie – he’s not sad he’s butt hurt
Jason agrees.
Kryssie – I’m sad I’m home sick..
Kryssie going on about everything she did yesterday pointing out everything Justin didn’t do
Jason accusing Justin of “Playing too America”

Jason brings up Justin saying he didn’t want the letter from home yesterday. (they all got a letter from family)
Jason – I’m not only disappointed in him as an ally, as a friend, literally as a person
Kryssie agrees “I hope his family at home is mortified”
Kryssie goes on about Justin not liking Thanksgiving..
Jason says Justin is “So entitled”
Jason – we may have created a little bit of a monster with him”
Jason – Clearly he thinks that the world is here for his enjoyment and everyone should just bow down to him the king of siam
Jason – I’m disappointed, I’m pissed, i’m disgusted

Kryssie going on about how Justin didn’t play the game. Jason agress says Justin never did anything to try and persuade people.
Kryssie wants Justin to make it to the end so they can beat him.
Jason – he doesn’t deserve a chance at it the way he’s behaving.. I would rather lose to Morgan who’s at least handled it with some class.
Jason – She’s taken the wins and the losses with class and on the chin (Morgan)
Jason – and he’s don nothing but be a complete dick bag (justin)

 

Jason says all of Justin’s life he’s had the entire world handed to him, “Must be nice to have the whole world handed to you”
Jason – Clearly he doesn’t work at the restaurant as much as he says he does
Kryssie – he doesn’t work at it he just owns it
Jason – he acts like he use to.. He does nothing he’s just chilling.. Must be nice to do nothing and then come here and do more of nothing and think you are doing everything
Jason – your work ethic is sh1t.. I came here and was working all the time
Kryssie says Cornbread and Justin had the same Big Brother strategy

Kryssie says she’s pissed she’s spent so much time on Justin and he turned on them.
Jason says they could have done so much more if they had dropped Justin during the double. Jason says Danielle is way more mature than Justin they should have kept her over him.
Jason – He’s an immature, Spoiled, entitled brat.. And I don’t care.
Jason – you’re a f***g walking mess (Justin)

Kryssie says Justin accused Danielle of having a baby with her boyfriend at the time because he played pro ball and she wanted all the money.
Jason calls Justin “Joshua” (from bb9?) says he went too far with what he said.
Kryssie accuses Justin of not playing the game at all.

Jason – we should have f****g kept Whitney ..
Kryssie – hindsight is 20/20.. I feel so stupid.. you guys were both ready to cut him and it was my stupid a$$
Jason calls Justin a stupid b1tch boast that he’s going to go up and tell him that today.
Jason – I’m pissed over the thought of evicting him .. now I want to hold banners like get the f**k out a$$hole
Kryssie – he’s lucky he’s still here..

 

Morgan enjoying the day

 

2:17pm Kryssie and Justin

Justin tells her he’s done.
Kryssie – you made everyone feel like sh1t.. everyone was really hurt
Justin – I wanted to be by myself
Kryssie- I know yesterday was part of the big brother experience.. that really hurt all of us
Kryssie – that turkey was for you
Justin – you did good it tasted really good
Kryssie – you didn’t help with anything.. you came out and ate and you f***g left.. you didn’t wear the silly outfit that Big BRother gave you.. as someone whose been trying to build a friendship it really pisses me off ..
Justin says he’s not mad at Jason
Kryssie doesn’t agree

Kryssie – you’ve written us off
Justin – I’m over it at this point..
Kryssie – you’re making me feel i wasted my time building a friendship with you
Jusitn – thats not true
Kryssie- I’ve been investing so much as a game player..
Justin about tomorrow “I just wanted to be alone”
Kryssie going on and on about how much work she put in building a relationship with Justin and he didn’t help them make turkey yesterday
Justin – I want to do what I want to do

Justin – you’re a great person and all.. I’m here to win
Kryssie says he’s not goign to win acting like this
Justin points out it’s not them deciding who wins
Kryssie starts to cry “You don’t give a flying F*** about any of us.. I’ve tried so hard to include you and protect you.. ”
Kryssie – what f***G thanks .. . you put out zero effort …. you blew us of.. you didn’t give a f*** about any of us.. you don’t care..
Jusitn – I’m in my own world
Kryssie – you don’t get to do that.. Why did you do that to ME..
Jusitn – I want to be alone
Kryssie – that’s not how it works..

Jusitn – I’ve lived the entire Big Brother experience.
Kryssie- no you haven’t
Jusitn – I didn’t have to cook the damn turkey
Jusitn goes on to tell her he wanted to be alone yesterday
Kryssie goes on about how “F***ed” up that was..
Jusitn – I just wanted to be alone YO

 

Kryssie won’t let up.. (how the hell did she get to final 3)
Justin – I’ve been cooking since f***g day 1 in this house.. You guys did great I didn’t have to be part of that (Turkey cooking)
Kryssie – You f***G abandon us you didn’t care.. I’m so f***g disappointed and hurt Justin.. I really thought this whole time I was building a friendship with you and you don’t f***g care about me..
Justin- I care about you
Kryssie- yesterday was about you
Justin – I just wanted to be alone I didn’t after about me
Kryssie crying and goes back to square one “You gave Big Brother the finger.. you don’t give a f*** about me ”
Jusitn – you’re summing up this whole experience to me not cooking dinner..

Kryssie brings up Justin telling Morgan how he was cast and how devastated she is that he never told her.
Justin says 4 years ago he applied for top chef but he was over qualified.
Kryssie – why couldn’t you tell me before
Justin – I didn’t think i t matter
Kryssie – mattered enough for you to tell Morgan
Jusitn – I don’t know how I got here
Feeds flip as Jusitn describes who contacted him to be on BBOTT

when we’re back Kryssie telling him they don’t have a relationship

Kryssie – I feel used..

 

2:36pm Morgan studying

 

4:14pm Jusitn, Jason and Kryssie
Jason says he doesn’t feel ill towards them and if Justin had won the first HOH he would have picked Kryssie to.
Justin – I just have to focus on my own game right now
Jason – there’s no game left it’s studying
Justin – I’m in my own head.. distancing myself.. playing my own game it’s me vs whatever.. it’s me vs y’all in the end
Jason says Justin has been acting like a a$$
Jason complains that Justin never read his letter in front of him but read it to Morgan and Kryssie..
Justin tells him it’s not like that
Kryssie starts barking about Justin not cooking the turkey yesterday.
Jusitn leaves.. “I don’t got to talk y’all i don’t got to pretend”
Jusitn leaves to the backyard..

Jusitn and Kryssie saying that Justin doesn’t need them anymore and is therefore not wanting to be their friends.
Kryssie – I hope you come to the final 3 with us and we destroy you
Kryssie and Jason hate Justin now.. constant bashing about everything he’s doing. Kryssie brings up Justin always talking to the cameras says that fans don’t like that they think it’s hurting him more.
Jason says Justin talking to the camera is bad game play.
Jason says in the live feeder world he would be annoyed by Justin but plenty of people won’t be.

Jason – he doesn’t know the audience he’s pandering too.. I know the audience. (Maybe Jason and Kryssie are playing this up in the case Justin gets to final 3)

Jason brings up Paulie “He’s a big d1ck”

 

6:10pm

7pm Jason, Morgan and Kryssie are in the bedroom talking about the things they miss and how they’re excited to seen the evicted house guests again.

 

 

9:10pm Jason heads up to the HOH room. He looks at the house guests photos and reminisces about the season.
11pm Jason and Kryssie are in the kitchen talking about what they wonder will happen over the final days of the season. They talk about how they had their final live DR.

 

12:45am – 12:55am Jason and Kryssie are in the HOH room eating ice cream.
jm

1am Justin is in the kitchen talking about his family and life outside the house

“TELL US MORE ABOUT HOW WE WERE YOUR SERVANTS PLAYING INTO YOUR HAND.. NOT FOR A SECOND B***H!”

March 02, 2017

8pm – 9:35pm The house guests are sitting around the kitchen table chatting. Jason talks about how Vanessa on his season was a professional poker player but he didn’t find out until press day after the finale. Jason comments on how he won’t be competing any more comps. Morgan – at least all of us one 1 comp … none of us are Victoria. Justin asks who Victoria is? Jason explains Victoria from Big Brother 16. Jason – when I cam in here I wasn’t going to squander this … I almost did .. but I didn’t. Kryssie – you’ve proven you can win when you had to.

9:45pm – 10:30pm They head to the bedroom and chat about random things.. the people they miss and the HOH competition.

10:30pm Jason gets his HOH room.

10:45pm – 11pm They all have one of Jason’s alcoholic “Not Your Father’s Root Beer” and cheers to being the final. Jason – Congratulations to all of us being in the final 4 and we’ll all be here basically till the last day. Jason tells them about how he got voted into the house. I kind of told Kyrssie and Justin but Justin didn’t comprehend what I was telling him. No offense against Jozea but I couldn’t have been up against an easier person. Kryssie – he’s probably hosting the Grammys right now.

12am – 1:30am HOH room – Jason, Kryssie and Justin are hanging out chatting. Justin – its been a good run and if I don’t win … f**k it. Jason – there is only one person left to go through. Today was pressurized and she (Morgan) didn’t do sh*t. She only had to play from when Alex left and on … before she was the floating .. chill sister.

1:45am Kryssie and Jason talk about Justin. Jason – you got me f**ked up if you think I came here to have you speak down to me. Oh hell no! And if you think its going to be that easy I’m going to give you a run for your money. I you think that I’ll put on the f**king Jason show. I can do that too. You’re not creating no new strategy .. you’re just being fake. We can all be fake and just tell America what they want to hear. Instead I’m just being real. Kryssie – I think America would like to hear a lot of different things from both of us. I’m sure the fact that we’re both sad self deprecating isn’t something that everyone likes. But I would rather be this. Jason – would rather be unconfident, self deprecating a$$hole… than be an overzealous, arrogant, think the world owes me something a$$hole. America doesn’t own him nothing. He owes all of us things 14 times over. I’m mostly mad at myself because in the last week I was like you know what Justin is showing his loyalty back … maybe I would take him. F**K HIM! Tell us more about how we were your servants playing into your hand…. not for a second b***h! You didn’t do sh*t around here … all you did was eat pizza. He was like lets all spit some tea.. his spilling tea was all of y’all are d**ks and I’m great. Like you’re f**king kidding me!? Kryssie – he is getting mad that we’re playing the poor card. Jason – poor is a loose term .. we’re not saying we’re homeless. Kryssie – I said I’m poor and he said I don’t believe in that shit. Jason – I’m tired of being nice to him and him being a c**t nine ways to Sunday.

3am Kryssie and Jason. Jason – nothing to do now. Kryssie – no… now you need to spend a week writing a speech.
4am All the house guests are sleeping..

3:08pm Houseguests get Turkey for thanksgiving.. Morgan, Jason and Kryssie go about preparing.. Justin lays in bed pissed that Jason won’t take him to final 3 he’s taking Kryssie.

4:26pm Happy thanksgiving

7:04pm Tokyo Morgan and Kryssie
Kryssie says Justin doesn’t deserve to win but her and Jason do because they’ve been playing the game since day 2
Kryssie complaining about Justin saying he didn’t do anything today expect for show up to eat.
Kryssie Burps
Morgan agrees with Kryssie lists off a bunch of things Justin didn’t do.
Morgan – He’s (Justin) is handed a lot of things he wants
Morgan says Justin was banking on them tossing the win to Justin.
Kryssie brings up Justin saying he was the underdog this entire time
Kryssie says Justin is fine if he doesn’t win Big Brother “He’s got his life taken care of.. he doesn’t need this”
They agree Justin is always playing up how Thankful, grateful and blessed he was all season but he didn’t act like it today. Kryssie points out that Justin doesn’t like what Thanksgiving stands for.
Kryssie – it doesn’t make me super happy either.. but.. the modern day tradition with it is to get together with your family and celebrate what you’re thankful for.. In Big brother we have to play it up.

Morgan – he could have at least helped with the turkey
Morgan – he thinks it’s the Justin game
Kryssie – It isn’t and I’m upset..

Kryssie wants them to drink the wine without Justin tonight.

Kryssie says she’s never seen one of the newer Big BRothers she only saw 11 and 12 before coming into the house.

8am – 9pm Bedroom – Justin, Morgan, Kryssie and Jason are laying around barely talking. The conversation turns to talking about periods, blood and tampons. Morgan heads to bed.

10:25pm – 12am Jason – maybe I should go wank off in the HOH bathroom. Kryssie and Jason stay up chatting about random things.

12am – 12:45am All the house guests except Jason are sleeping. Jason is watching the fish in the dark while talking to them.

1am All the house guests are sleeping.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP EVICTION SPOILERS SHELBY VS KRYSSIE. Shelby is evicted

March 02, 2017

Kryssie and Shelby give their speeches.. Shelby tells them she’s soon to be a lawyer..

Jason Votes to evict Shelby

Justin Votes to evict Shelby

Shelby is evicted

Julie says all 4 will play in the HOH. The winner becomes the final HOH and automatically advances to Finale night. This HOH gets to pick another houseguest with them to the finale. The loser of the final HOH goes home.

MOrgan tells them Alex was her sister.

Getting ready for the HOH. Final 4 high five.

7:07pm HOH Starts

Jason wins PArt 1 of the HOH. THis means he picks someone to go to final 3 with him. Chances are he’ll pick Kryssie. On The loser of part 2 is evicted. The winner joins Jason and Kryssie? to the final 3.

OVER THE TOP FINAL POWER OF VETO MEETING

March 02, 2017

Jason uses the veto on himself. Morgan’s only option for a replacement is Shelby.

Justin and Jason will get to vote tomorrow on who they want to evict. (Hint it’ll be Shelby)

7:50pm – 9:20pm Bedroom – Kryssie and Justin are talking. Kryssie – I don’t know how I’m supposed to go in there and act like I’m super happy. Justin – yeah .. Don’t let this stress you out. Kryssie – if you catch him on the way out .. talk to him. Figure out what the f**k is going on. Justin – I’m going to talk to him but he is probably going to go back up there.. But there is nothing they could try to sell to him to make him turn. Kryssie – I don’t think there is anything they could do. There is no reason to get rid of me .. I’m not a threat in any possible way. Justin – maybe its that he knows if its between me and him … that you would probably pick me. But if its me and him up there and what-cha-ma-call-it has to pick … you know maybe he could be trying to convince her to pick him over me. I have no idea.. and that’s why is just important for us to win. Kryssie – if I’m even still here. Justin – why wouldn’t you. It wouldn’t make any sense for him to turn right now because .. what if he went over there it would be 3 against 1 if you’re gone. Whereas it would be 3 of us against Morgan. It doesn’t help that he’s been saying he’s going to vote you out this whole time. Kryssie – all week! Justin – I don’t think he would do that. I think he is a much better person than that. I think this house just makes you extremely paranoid. Jason joins them. Jason hugs Kryssie. Jason – please don’t be worried about anything. Kryssie says she’s just crying about missing her boyfriend. They hang out and talk about random things.

9:25pm – 10:30pm They head to the kitchen to make quesadillas. They talk about the house guest memory wall photos. Jason – Whitney looks older in hers. Danielle looks older in hers. Justin – I look like I’m about to paint my portrait. Jason talks about figuring out that Liz and Julia were twins last season.

11pm Morgan and Shelby go to sleep..

12:15am Jason and Kryssie talk about random things while laying in bed. Jason – I’m succeeding which I know is the best game move to do to stay loyal when I know that’s like the dumbest thing I could do. I’m doing that to be a good person and he’s still like well Jason’s not a good person. Kryssie – he didn’t say that. He just doesn’t like the way you talk to me. I think its an honor thing … the fact that I’m a female and you talk to me like that. Jason – oh f**k off! That sh*t’s dumb. I’m making decisions that are for his benefit and not mine. My benefit is to go with you and Morgan. And I’m going to f**king lose the game because I f**king bring him there. Kryssie – I don’t think you’re going to lose. Jason – and he’s been chirping this whole time about me. Kryssie – no he hasn’t. He said that to you today. Jason – why if he is so nice and deserving am I going to give him a chance. We could ensure we’re first and second … instead we’re playing for third because we’re going to bring santa clause with us. Kryssie – do you really thing he would win? Jason – I wouldn’t be surprised. Kryssie – that’s not who America wants to win. Jason – well I hope they wouldn’t respect that just like I hope they would respect the things we’ve done. That’s why I wonder if we’re making the wrong decision here. I want to win HOH so I don’t have to make the decision because if I win the veto .. I don’t know what the f**k I’m going to do. Kryssie – I think the game you’ve played is worlds different than the game he’s played. Jason – there’s going to be more naysayers that hate on my game. Jury members don’t respect floaters …but America.. I don’t know?! Justin joins them and they all talk about random things.

3:30am All the house guests are sleeping.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP FINAL POWER OF VETO COMPETITION

March 02, 2017

Justin up first, time = 1:56

Shelby Second, Time = 4:24

Morgan Third, time = 11:00

Kryssie Fourth, Time = 2:05

Jason last, time = 1:30

Jason wins the veto

3:20pm Girls are sad they lost the LNJ is happy they won.

(Safe to say Jason will use the veto on himself and Morgan will have to put Shelby up as a replacement. Justin has the care package and is therefore not eligible. Final 4 will be Justin, Morgan, Jason and Kryssie. As it stands now Kryssie and Justin sound totally fine with Jason going to final 3 with them. Voting should be interesting. Who do you want to win outta these 4? )

8:30pm – 9:15pm Kryssie and Jason working out in the backyard. Justin joins them and also start working out. After working out they head inside to the kitchen to make dinner.

10:30pm Morgan and Shelby go to sleep.

11:35pm – 2:30am Jason, Justin and Kryssie are in the bedroom talking about racism and other random things.

2:30am All the house guests are sleeping…

JUSTIN “WE’VE BEEN THE UNDERDOGS” JASON “THAT CHANGES TOMORROW! BECAUSE I’M GOING TO KILL THESE HOES!”

March 02, 2017

8pm – 11pm Morgan and Shelby are playing Jenga. After they head up to the HOH room. They go into the bathroom. Shelby puts on her bikini and sunglasses. Shelby – get ready America we’re about to do bath time with bikini girls. Only its just going to be me in a bikini. Morgan goes and puts her bikini on over her shirt. They start their Bikini Girls show called “Bubbles and Beef Cakes” edition. Morgan – our first beef cakes .. lets do some of out own. Shane Vs Justin. Two long haired boys with nose rings from BBOTT! Shelby – who do you want to take? Morgan – I’m going to have to go with Shane on this one. Shelby – I guess that leaves me with Justin. Morgan – Shane .. he looks like Jesus. When he shaves he looks like a five year old .. Shane keep the beard. He’s a little on the short side but his body is toned. Shelby – I’ll do Justin. Justin you can’t understand a thing he says. He sings all the time and if you’re into that that’s great but I find it a turn off. Morgan – if we take into account how annoying Justin is .. Shane wins. The next beef cakes are Paulie and Cody. Paulie was a little bit of an a$$hole but if you just stare at his abs and don’t listen to a word that comes out of his mouth I think girls would like him. Shelby – I’ll do Cody. He didn’t say anything overtly sexist on his season .. so who do you think won this round. Morgan – Cody wins. Shelby gets called to the diary room and when she comes back she tells Morgan that they (BB) might do a segment on Bubbles and Beef Cakes. Morgan gets excited.

9:50pm Justin and Kryssie talk about everything they miss. Jason comes into the room after pealing off his face and says all you guys talk about is everything you miss.

12am Morgan and Shelby go to sleep.
12am – 1am Justin, Kryssie and Jason head to the kitchen. Justin and Jason start making food. Kryssie is playing Jenga. Jason eats at the table and burps trying to blow over Kryssie’s Jenga tower. Jason heads to the living room and tosses things at the bowls on the coffee table. They head to the bedroom. Justin – luckily at this point in the game we don’t have to talk too much game. Kryssie – I know. Justin – because I would be tripping out. Kryssie – I love that we have 1 more day of playing nice and then we don’t even have to pretend to like these people any more. Justin – tomorrows really important to go through with the plan .. because then it will just be 3 against 1. Man, we’ve been the underdogs this whole time. Kryssie agrees. Jason – that changes tomorrow!! Because I’m going to kill this hoes!

Justin – I’ve been through a lot kid. I’ve been sexually abused too. I never told you that. Jason – I lied about it last time and then the psychologist asks… Big Brother switches the feeds to Morgan and Shelby sleeping.

Bikini Girl HOH pictures.

March 02, 2017

11:09am Bikini Girl HOH pictures.

11:51am Jason and Kryssie
Jason – that’s the nicest Shelby’s hair been all week .. Do they not know that we’re being films all the time
Jason going on about Shelby and Morgan looking “Fake” because they get dressed up for HOH pictures but the rest of the time they don’t
Jason – they see you the other days when you’ve worn the same pajamas three days in a row and your hair looks like a f***G rats nest on your head
Kryssie – even I didn’t get all gussied up when I won HOH
Jason – it’s silly.. everyone knows you look like sh1t they’ve been watching you look like sh2t
Kryssie – oh ya that selfie I took with them
Jason – people that watch the feeds don’t give a f*** about the HOH camera

Jason – no one gives a f*** sorry CBS..
Kryssie – I thin kit’s funny the other ones are like we’re all done up and I look like Vince Neil.
Jason – they do all this stuff wit their face and their hair but they don’t really try with their cloths
Kryssie – they feel like that’s enough .. they place a level of importance on that .. your face and your hair
Kryssie – and I’m over here trying to have a personality like a sucker..
Jaso – I make up for my face with my clothes though like my face will never look good
Kryssie – I make up for my face and Clothes with my personality

Kryssie – You want my d1ck
Jason – no I don’t want your d1ck
Kryssie – I’m sure there’s a line out the door with people wanting my d1ck
Jason – I am d1ck deprived .. so no
Kryssie – that’s alright I don’t actually have one
Jason – I know..

1:00pm Houseguests either sleeping or laying down in silence..

Morgan nominates Kryssie and Jason

JAMBALAYA GANG IS OVER “THESE HOES AIN’T LOYAL”

March 02, 2017

12:53pm Justin, Kryssie and MOrgan
Morgan – Jambalaya gang.. Are we calling it quits? Just officially
Justin – Probably so
Morgan – OK… I just wanted to know.. I was taking it seriously
Justin – it was going quite good but then I realized that I was probably going to be PLAN B if this didn’t work out so it’s kinda pointless..
Justin – regardless i was probably going to have to go home if Jason didn’t
MOrgan – not necessarily but.. I get where you are coming from. Just Just wanted to check because when I shook on it I really meant it
Morgan – If it’s over now.. I’m already in the final 4
Morgan says Shelby knows they are targeting her.
Justin – why would I go to get Jason outta here.. Because if I keep Shelby she’s not taking me to the final 3, you know what i’m saying.
Justin – I know like you’ll take me to the final 3 over her.. I can’t really be worried about her..

12:57pm Jason, Kryssie and Justin
Kryssie – Good for you Justin… these hoes ain’t loyal..
Talking about taking Shelby out this week and going to the final 4 with Morgan.
Sounds like Kryssie and Justin told Jason everything Morgan and SHleby have been scheming since last week. The final4, Morgan taking Kryssie over Justin, Getting Jason out etc..etc..
Jason says Shelby and MOrgan are stupid.
When Justin wins the veto and is on the podium “I have a fat one for them”

1:00pm Backyard Shelby and MOrgan…
Morgan tells her that Jambalaya gang is over. Morgan adds that it really comes down to who wins the veto on Monday.

4:10pm Morgan working out..

8:10pm Backyard – Justin is BBQ’n. When the steaks are finished they all eat dinner in the kitchen. Kryssie – thank you for turning a really crappy piece of meat into a good steak. The conversation turns to talking about whether or not they would do survivor / amazing race.

8:40pm HOH room – Morgan & Shelby. Morgan – why did Justin get a huge glass of wine and two beers. I’m being really petty but… I was like fricken’ leave the wine for us.. the girls! Shelby – You know what I noticed… they’re all like we’re back together now.. and Jason seems sad because he realizes that he might have his alliance back … we left him with his weakest players. I have more comp wins than Justin and Kryssie combined. If you don’t count Justin’s default win, I have as many as Jason, Justin and Kryssie combined. You don’t count the slack line as a comp. Morgan – Jason has 2 vetos. Shelby – they have 2 vetos and 1 HOH between them. Morgan – he (Jason) knows there is a definite possibility that he is going home this week. The thing that sucks is they have more numbers. Shelby – well we’ve gone into comps with more numbers and lost so hopefully they do too. Justin was being super annoying tonight. Burping and farting, burping and farting. Morgan – Its funny how Justin’s mood changes when he realizes they… I just feel like they’re all fake. Shelby – I think he thinks they’re in power right now. Morgan – no, they’re not. That’s the frustrating thing. I just wish there was one more of us and 1 less of them. But if we win the veto, then noms stay the same. I just hope its not a crap shoot. Shelby – Kryssie kept trying to talk sh*t about Alex to me and I was like no! Morgan – I was expecting more young people. Shelby – well we do we have 27 year olds that act like 7 year olds. Morgan and Shelby start studying the days/events of the house.

10:45pm – 11:25pm Jason, Justin and Kryssie go to sleep. Meanwhile – Shelby and Morgan continue to talk about random things in the HOH bed. Moran and Shelby go to sleep.

JUSTIN WINS FINAL CARE PACKAGE.. FINAL 4!

March 02, 2017

Justin gets the last care package. Safe from eviction and go straight to Final 4 if he completes a challenge.

2:47pm Justin’s Care package challenge.. he gets 2 hours to practice. After that he’s got just 1 shot to make it across..

4:45pm Justin completes the challenge and will get to go to final 4

Morgan wipes out..

4:50pm Justin is thankful…

If Jason or Kryssie win Veto Shelby is going home, if Shelby, Morgan win Veto Jason will go home. Justin cannot be nominated because of care package.

 

8:30pm Morgan, Jason, Kryssie and Justin are in the kitchen. Justin – I’m just so glad its over. It’s done and I’m blessed. Kryssie – so if he is safe, does that mean we have one more safety ceremony? Jason – we must. Kryssie – whatever night we don’t have a safety ceremony I’ll make peanut butter balls. Morgan – yeah I’m assuming they’ll just do it Sunday. Jason – they could just do it Saturday, especially since we’re not waiting on Monday for America’s Noms. Morgan – maybe they won’t wake us up Monday. Kryssie – that’s the first thing I thought of when she read the card for America’s nom. No more getting up at 9 o’clock! Jason – those days are done. I was about to say thanks America for not making us America’s nom .. but then they did it to you Morgan.

9:35pm HOH room – Shelby & Morgan. Morgan – today Kryssie was like Justin .. that counts as a comp win. Shelby – no it doesn’t. Morgan – he didn’t compete against anyone. That means I get to count my America’s care package as a comp win … and I was not planning on doing that. Shelby – Kryssie is just a f**king idiot. Morgan – the thing is the odds of those three being in the final are pretty slim. She (Krssie) can act like she hates me but I am the epitome of everything she hates. I can just tell.. sorry! Shelby – well its probably more deeply rooted in jealous to be honest.

10:45pm Morgan and Shelby are sleeping.

11pm Justin, Kryssie and Jason are hanging out chatting about random things.

12:35pm Justin talks about how Shelby didn’t start playing until week 6. Kryssie burps. Jason – agrees. And then I took her HOH. Justin – we just need to win this veto. They talk about when the safety ceremony might happen. Justin – so she saves one person. Jason – She would just save Shelby. Justin – I honestly think if it wasn’t for us here .. there wouldn’t even be a show. Jason – there have been plenty of seasons with boring people near the end. That’s when they normally do luxury comps and stuff.

3am All the house guests are sleeping..

 

 

“BIKINI GIRL FOR FINAL 3″

March 02, 2017

1:38pm Morgan in the bubble bath enjoying her HOH…
Morgan – I’m losing my mind but that’s OK because I have HOH
Morgan – I hope America you see I’m a competitor in this game.. I’m here for the next 2 weeks..
Morgan – So America, Hoping you’re enjoying bath time with Bikini girl
Morgan – I know I was America’s nom and I’m hoping I redeemed myself and got back in your good graces..
Morgan says she’s drowning in Student debt and owes her parents a lot of money
Morgan – I want to go back to school and finish my education,… Kryssie thinks I’m here to LAwdy daw around (that’s why Kryssie is here)
Morgan – she thinks I don’t need the money which is false.. I would love to start the business someday.. I might be just a bikini girl but I’m actually quite intelligent..
MOrgan – Bikini Girl for Final 3..
Morgan says she’ll take Kryssie to final 3 if she can.

3:40pm HOH Morgan and Shelby

Talking about how Kryussie, Jason and Justin were whispering in the bathroom today. They bring up Jason acting all sad and trying to get people sorry for him
Morgan and Shelby agree they don’t feel sorry for Jason he made that fake final 4 deal with them “Just to mess with us”

6:30pm Jason/kryssie found a dead rat..

7:22pm Still playing with the rat …

8pm Justin is laying in bed. In the kitchen – Morgan and Shelby are making dinner.

9:15pm The house guests are in the kitchen eating.

11:20pm – 11:50pm Bedroom – Justin and Jason. After, they sit around the kitchen reminiscing about the season. They head to the bedroom. Jason and Justin continue to talk. Justin – I ain’t trying to compete against you. You two are the ones I’m most loyal to. I pick their brains to see where they’re at but I really don’t give a f**k about them. I really haven’t won anything.. its been my social game that’s kept me in here. Jason – they think you’ve been throwing everything. Justin – I really haven’t thrown anything in here.

12:15am Morgan and Shelby go to sleep.

12:20am Bedroom – Jason, Kryssie and Justin are talking in bed. Jason – best case scenario is we’re able to help the person not on the block get the veto. But if it looks like that is impossible then its every man for himself. Justin – I just want us 3 at the end. Whatever I’m telling them… I’m selling them pipe dreams. Jason – oh I know.

3:30am All the house guests are sleeping..

JASON “I WANT TO MAKE THEM EAT DIRT! I WANT TO RUN THEM OVER. I WANT TO GRIND THESE GIRLS FACES INTO DIRT!”

March 02, 2017

8:25pm Jason talking to himself. Okay, so whoever doesn’t get nominated… HAS to win the veto. Like HAS TA, HAS TA, HAS TA! Thanks for the endurance comp that I asked for … that I tanked at! I should have know that do back flips over herself would have been able to stand on that sh*t forever. We’ve got to win the veto. f**king eh! I clearly can’t win anything. Justin joins him and asks if he’s okay. Jason – no, I’m f**ked. Justin – well I’m not too far behind you in the f**ked boat. Jason – hopefully the veto comp is something that we can help Kryssie win. Whoever isn’t nominated we have to try and help that person win. Justin leaves. Kryssie joins Jason. Kryssie – whoever isn’t on the block wins the veto. Jason – sh*t we couldn’t beat them at a 1 in 4 chance, how are we going to beat them at a 1 in 5 chance?! Kryssie – we’re going to go into it with a good attitude.. and pull it out. Jason – I went into this with a good attitude and I sucked. Kryssie – I really tried. Jason – I should have been great with my tiny a$$ feet. We just have to win the veto and hope that Justin doesn’t play into their hands. Kryssie – he won’t. I’m going to fight for you. We have to get that veto… it can’t come down to you or Justin.

Bathroom – Justin asks Morgan – you’re not going to throw me under the bus are you? Morgan – no, no, no… I want to carry out with what I originally said if possible. So no, no, no you’re good. I am just so excited. I’m excited because everyone saw me as such a none threat in this comp. Now I feel like I’m in it! Justin – you’re in it.. because you got yourself an HOH and you got two vetos.

11:13pm Morgan gets her HOH room. All the house guests head up to see it. Jason looks at one of her photos and says – is this your date? Morgan – that’s my dad. Kryssie – your dad is like really attractive. Morgan reads her letter from her dad and starts to cry.
11:22pm All of the house guests but Morgan and Shelby clear out of the HOH room. Shelby – yay you’re HOH! Morgan – we get the room back! We get the room back! We get the room back! Shelby – I get to sleep up here for 3 weeks in a row! Morgan – I’m so pumped! Shelby – I was down there and basically calling them out for trying to get me out the first week. You know that fight that Kryssie and Neeley got in .. it was about me .. because Neeley wanted me up. Morgan – she must have really disliked you then. Shelby – she hated me. Morgan – at the end of the day it just needs to be Kryssie & Jason together. Shelby – we might need to convince Justin to use the care package on me. It seems like they were trying to backdoor me this week from the way Jason was acting. Morgan – they definitely were. Justin joins them.

11:30pm – 12am Justin & Morgan. Justin – no matter what … I know that Shelby is going to try and change your mind at some point but I mean can I really count on you though? Morgan – yes. As long as we’re HOH we control a lot of things. Shelby joins them. Morgan – we’re talking about how we need to have Kryssie up on the block with Jason. Morgan – your care package.. Shelby – if you keep someone else safe it might have to be me so its not someone else that goes up. Morgan – we 3 just need to be on the same game plan that if Jason is up we have to vote him out this week. Shelby – I have no problem with that. Morgan – we have time. Your care package won’t even come till Friday and we don’t nominate people till Sunday. Shelby goes to the bathroom. Justin tells Morgan – I got you. Justin leaves.

12:10am Bedroom – Jason, Justin and Kryssie are talking. Jason – your care package might protect you though depending on what it is. It might be a buy in to the final 4 for you. Justin – that means Kryssie and I would be automatically nominated. If you get immunity, she would have to put up Shelby and then you and I would vote her out… BOOM KAKA! The best case scenario is your care package is immunity. Justin – I will take whatever it is. Jason – I want to make them eat dirt this week. I want to run them over. I want to grind these girls faces into dirt!

Danielle is evicted from the Big Brother Over the top house.

March 02, 2017

Jason and Danielle are nominated for Eviction

Danielle says it’s harder to stay in the block with Jason than Shane.

Jason misses his friends and family.. thanks the house guests for a unforgettable experience.

Justin Votes to Evict Danielle

Morgan votes to Evict Danielle

Kryssie votes to Evict Danielle

America Votes to evict Danielle

Danielle is evicted from the Big Brother Over the top house.

6:06pm No more America nominee and no more America vote. After the last care package no more America involvement until the finale.

7:03pm HOH comp called Keep you Posted

Jason and Justin out..

Morgan and Kryssie remain

Kryssie falls

MORGAN WINS THE HEAD OF HOUSEHOLD COMPETITION

8:20pm Ballsmashers celebrate

JUSTIN “NO MATTER WHAT.. WHATEVER MY CARE PACKAGE IS, I’M USING IT ON YOU” KRYSSIE “I TRUST YOU”

March 02, 2017

9:45pm – 11pm HOH room – Morgan & Shelby. Morgan – well we know who Kryssie is going to target if she’s HOH. Shelby – probably me. Morgan – yeah it probably would be you but now Jason will have an excuse to go after me as well. Shelby – Jason will probably still want me out if he’s smart. Morgan – see that’s the thing they’re not freaking smart! I can honestly see them be like … yeah Shelby has won more comps but lets get Morgan out because she’s going to want revenge for us getting Alex out. They’re so friggin’ emotional it BLOWS MY MIND! Shelby – but we’re the emotional ones!? If we were the emotional ones we would take out Jason, the ring leader of the fake final 5 deal. Morgan – exactly! If we were the emotional ones we would be like he lied to us about this deal… we’re going to get him out. No, its when you think logically in these situations. For some reason Kryssie can’t think logically… like why would you want to bring your friends to the end… to sign up and waste 70 days of your life to make some friends. To go to the end with them because they would be fun… just because they’re your best friends. Morgan – I really don’t think she (Kryssie) gets how this game works. Shelby – you didn’t tell her my test did you? Morgan – no. Shelby – we could probably convince Justin to leave Kryssie on the block. Morgan – I would nominate Kryssie and Jason. I don’t want to work with Jason. I have no desire to go to the end with him. If he came up to me and asked me I would be like no I don’t want to go to the end with you because I’m not stupid. Shelby – I hope I can get out of this funk soon. I’m winning comps but I’m still not happy. Morgan – its the house.

11pm – 11:30pm Backyard – Kryssie, Justin, Jason and Danielle are in the hot tub chatting. Meanwhile inside – Shelby & Morgan head to bed.

12am Bedroom – Jason, Kryssie, Justin and Danielle are laying around. Jason is studying the days / events of the season. Danielle, Kryssie and Justin are adding in as he goes.

12:45am – 2:30am Jason and Danielle are talking. Jason – he (Justin) is going to go with whoever has the power. Danielle – exactly. Jason – he’s going to use his care package to help. We just need to make sure… Kryssie knows these f**king numbers .. Kryssie knows then better than anyone. I really want to win HOH but if Kryssie wins … GREAT! Because I know she won’t come for me. Danielle – you guys just have to win HOH to get it back it line. No matter what I think I am going to be the one that goes tomorrow. Jason agrees. Kryssie and Justin join them again. Danielle – I can’t seriously watch her (Shelby) win. They start studying the comps of the season so far.

3am Kryssie – I told you I’d stay loyal. Justin – I already knew you really meant it. It will be me and you at the end I’m telling you. Kryssie – I am so ready for that. Justin – you and me both. Justin – the end is near. Kryssie – 17 days left. Justin – I really got a plan Kryssie. Kryssie – I trust you. Justin – no matter what… whatever my care package is .. I’m using it on you. Kryssie – thank you. That means a lot. You know how bad I need this. Justin – everything is going to work out. Kryssie – I trust you and have faith in you.

VETO MEETING RESULTS “IF THEY VOTE FOR ME OVER DANIELLE I’M GOING TO FLIP OUT”

March 02, 2017

12:45pm Morgan and Kryssie
Morgan – Alex was my sister.. so… that was a big twist.. Jason got out my sister I’ve been targeting him.. that is why I want to be HOH..
Morgan – even if I go home.. I want to do something on a game and personal level
Kryssie – ok
Morgan adds that she broke her word to Kryssie earlier in the season and she’s hoping with coming to Kryssie with this truth now she can mend things.
Morgan is planning on talking to Justin as well.
Morgan – I want the 4 of us to make it to final 4.. I’m willing to get the blood on my hands..
MOrgan – the off chance he does stay he’ll be coming for me
Kryssie – if I end up throwing this thing it has to at least look like I’m not throwing it
Morgan – obviously I don’t want it to be obvious.. we need Jason to stay close to Justin.. saying I don’t need HOH I need the final one
Morgan – If I got HOH you, Justin and Shelby are completely safe

Morgan – I want the final 4 thing to work out
Kryssie – I do too

1:03pm Veto meeting… 
Shelby uses the veto on MOrgan. Since she’s America’s nomination there will be no replacement picked. Jason and Danielle nominated for eviction.

1:35pm Jason, Shelby and Kryssie
Jason – This will be interesting, America will have to vote for someone whose not their nominee..
Shelby – is this the first time this has happened..
Jason – ya
Jason – If they vote for me over Danielle I’m going to flip out
Jason laughs

4:30pm Storage room Morgan and Justin

Talking about going final 3 with Kryssie.
Justin – Yo.. I was thinking.. we gotta come up with a name..
Morgan – give me tonight I’ll have something for you by tomorrow
Justin – this could be a good thing for us.. I feel like I can really trust you
Morgan – out of everyone you’ve been the most genuine
Justin – no one will see it coming
Morgan – we get to final 4 we have options.. you’re close with Kryssie, I’m close with Shelby .. we got the best of both worlds going.. Plus you get the care package
Justin will use the power to save Kryssie if that’s what it does.

They hug..

4:54pm Kryssie tells Danielle
Kryssie – those girls came to me and pitched me a final 3 I was sure if it comes to that
Kryssie burps
Danielle says they might take Justin and dump her
Kryssie burps
Kryssie – that’s not going to happen.. they were right to not approach me about it (Final 4)
kryssie burps (and I’m not joking about the burps)
Kryssie – I gotta get him alone and I gotta figure out what the hell he’s got going on with them.. cause if that ones (Jason) in Jeopardy next week I gotta win HOH
Danielle starts talking about wanting her phone right away when she gets out
Kryssie burps

Kryssie – that’s the worst part of gettign evicted is not getting your phone..
Kryssie burps

5:28pm Bathroom Justin and Morgan

Jusitn says Kryssie told him “Don’t throw the comp”
Morgan – is she really
Justin – ya .. thats why I’m saying it’ll be really tough
Morgan – that makes me nervous that means she’s going to side with Jason
Justin – I already know .

They agree “To figure it out”

5:34pm HOH Morgan and Shelby
Morgan says Kryssie is siding with Jason. Thinks this is a dumb move for Kryssie.
Morgan calls Kryssie stupid for this, “Kryssie isn’t a huge comp threat.. which she’s proven”
Shelby – time and time again

Shelby about Kryssie – She thinks this is a friendship game and not Big Brother

Shelby brings up how dumb Kryssie is to want to take people she can’t beat to the end.

5:45pm Justin and Shelby HOH
Justin says Kryssie isn’t throwing the HOH competition but she’s not very good at them. Justin mentions how Jason is always talking about throwing this competition because he wants to play for the last one.
Shleby – MOrgan Vs Kryssie
Jusitn – if y’all stay true to me.. Kryssie is not goign to vote out Jason
Shelby – he needs to go why can’t she see that
Jusitn – she’s not that type of person
Justin says Jason has been throwing him under the bus, “He’s playing for his own sake.. which I understand it’s Big Brother”
Shelby says Jason has been trying to make final 4 and final 5 deals with her for the past 2 weeks and still Kryssie is being loyal to him.

6:13pm Kryssie and Justin Bathroom hard to hear because of hair dryer
Justin tells her he’s got a fool proof plan for them to make first second and MOrgan third.
Kryssie – Shelby needs to go before Jason RIGHT
Justin – If I win this week I’m going to be screwed next week..

 

“PEOPLE ARE PROBABLY GOING TO TRY TO CONVINCE ME TO USE IT (VETO) ANOTHER WAY BUT I WILL JUST LAUGH IN THEIR FACES”

March 02, 2017

8:30pm Morgan and Shelby made up a game tossing balls into pots. Meanwhile Danielle, Jason and Kryssie are sleeping. Jason and Kryssie start talking. Kryssie – I didn’t even say anything bad. That proves they don’t listen. Jason – its not about whether its good or bad. They probably think it was bad because I said ohh that’s terrible… like I was making it bad before you got to the silver lining good part. Kryssie – Whatever the case may be I am just done. I go days unnoticed in here. I say 1 f**king thing! Jason – well we notice you. F**k the rest.

HOH room – Shelby & Justin. Shelby – everyone is still good voting out Danielle right?! Justin – I think so. Shelby – I don’t know why you wouldn’t be. Justin – I’m going to go through with whatever I agree to you with.. Shelby – whatever you agree to.. I hope you remember what it was. Justin – I remember everything. Shelby – as long as you do it, Morgan will do it and America will probably do it too but even it they don’t… either way it would be a tie breaker as long as you vote Danielle out … and I would break the tie to vote Danielle out. Then you get the care package next week. Shelby – I’m so nervous about next week. Whoever goes next week will sit in a hotel room on Thanksgiving.

10pm – 10:45pm Justin – I know I made a deal with you… but I can’t guarantee Morgan’s safety over you. Its got to be one or the other. I know I made a deal with you but like if its you or her do you want to sacrifice yourself for her. Shelby – I don’t want to sacrifice myself for her. My best case scenario is that we both stick around. Justin – I already know. I am 100% going to fulfill my end of the deal. I am keeping you safe and if I did win I was going to take Morgan down. It’s going to be hard to protect both of y’all. Its either going to be you or her. Shelby – unless we can get Jason. its good for you because then you don’t jeopardize your relationship with Jason. Justin – I can’t trust Jason. Justin – I feel like I can kind of trust you. I’m going to do my best to protect you. Just know I am not going for you at all. Justin leaves. Morgan joins Shelby. Shelby – I know people are probably going to try to convince me to use it (veto) anther way but I will just laugh in their faces. Justin already thinks Jason is a snake.

11:20pm – 1am Kitchen – Danielle, Justin, Jason and Kryssie are hanging out chatting about movies. The conversation switches to reminiscing about the season. Justin – we did it, we made it pretty far. Jason explains how Shelby said she didn’t watch season 16 and then knew the reward/punishment veto from the season. Jason – she’s pretending to be a recruit but really I think she’s a superfan. Kryssie – if anyone takes Shelby to the end .. you’re playing for second place. Justin – you think .. even though she sucks personally!? Kryssie – it doesn’t matter. Jason – she doesn’t suck personally as people think. Justin – now she is here kicking a$$. She was probably the brains of all those girls. She is very smart. Its going to be a problem. Kryssie – you need to make her think that deal you made is good so she gets complacent next week. Justin – you don’t think I did!? I talk sh*t to her a$$hole. She thinks I’m going to sell you out but that’s why I had to come talk to you. I don’t have it in my heart. When I was going crazy your cigarettes are what kept me sane.
2am – 4am Bedroom – Justin, Jason, Kryssie and Danielle are hanging out.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP POWER OF VETO RESULTS DOMINOES

March 02, 2017

Morgan is America’s Nomination

The Nominations are.

Power of veto order Competition

Jason Answers = Jeff, Veto For Sale, Veto Vault

Shelby Answers = Jeff, Perfect shot, Veto Vault

Justin Answers = Paul, Perfect Shot, Veto Vault

Kryssie = Answers = Jeff, Perfect Shott, Balance of Power

Danielle = Answers Jeff, Perfect Shott, Veto Vault

Morgan Answers = Paul, Perfect shot, veto vault

POWER OF VETO WINNER = SHELBY

The correct answers were Jeff, Veto Shott and Veto Vault

Jason – 14:58
Shelby – 9:38
Justin – 14:18
Kryssie – 16:06
Danielle – 23:13
MOrgan – 19:37

Safe to say Shelby will use the veto on Morgan. Leaving Danielle and Jason on the block.

Who would you rather stay Daneille or Jason?

4:48pm Celebrating that neither will be going home this week.

Shelby – this feels good… this feels very good
Shelby – Not this time America… you’re not taking another Willett sister away from me.
Morgan wonders if Danielle will even try to campaign.

6:54pm HOH Morgan and Shelby
Morgan – first time ever we don’t have 3 up there..
Shelby – we have to make sure at least Justin votes out Danielle
Morgan – it’ll be me, Justin, Kryssie voting
Shelby – and America
Morgan – Justin for sure will vote Danielle.. America will vote Danielle they’re not going to vote Jason
Morgan – MY mind is going 8 million miles a hour
Shelby – I hope it slows down this is the only night we get top relax.
Morgan – I feel like Alex.. played the game so hard and got cut early.. She’s looking at me and is like What the hell are you doing.
Morgan – I’m trying so hard.. I keep thinking OK i’m goign to try so hard in this comp and it’s going to pay off..
Shelby – I know you wanted to win it for yourself.

Morgan sounds bummed out that she hasn’t done a lot in the game.
Shelby says she’s felt the same thing until recently.
Morgan – I have a fire to win it .. when is it going to happen
Shelby – next HOH hopefully
Morgan – Hopefully America can see I can work a deal with Justin and Kryssie to toss a HOH comp..
Morgan is going to tell Justin if he tosses the HOH comp to her he’s guaranteed the care package and final 4.
MOrgan – I’m targeting Jason I wanted him out week 2
Morgan is going to add to Justin that by throwing the HOH to her she can take Jason out saving Justin from having to do it.
Shelby – he’s already safe with the care package..
Morgan – exactly he’s already safe..

They talk about Kryssie going on about playing the “Loyalty game” she told them she’s loyal to them going to final 4. They will be the ones taking Jason out so Kryssie can keep playing the loyalty game.

KRYSSIE “I CAN’T BELIEVE THOSE B***HES TRIED TO TAKE F**KING GROUP PICTURES WITHOUT US!”

March 02, 2017

7:40pm Backyard – Shelby, Justin and Morgan. Justin – this is crazy. Morgan – its close enough that people can see the light at the end of the tunnel. No point in going home now, we have 20 days left. If things go as I’m thinking .. which they normally don’t. Justin – no they normally don’t. Morgan – We worry about the veto tomorrow and then figure out a plan for Wednesday. Justin – I don’t like the way she tried to manipulate y’all to think I wouldn’t work with y’all. Morgan – that was the frustrating thing for us .. they were like we’re your only option. You are the two biggest liars in the house .. like you aren’t the only option. Justin – the only way to get Kryssie on board was to bring her up there. Shelby – I think if Danielle and Jason wanted to create this whole duos thing.. Morgan – then they’re getting it. They finish BBQ’n and head inside.

10pm Morgan and Shelby head to bed.

10pm Kryssie – I can’t believe those b***hes tried to take f**king group pictures without us this morning. Jason – they took like 900 photos. Kryssie – they held paper plates with paper towel on them up to their faces. I said it in front of all of those hoes! And they only said it when you said it. I hope they all get herpes. Jason – OOHHHhhh that’s a fun one. Kryssie – the gift that keeps on giving. See it won’t kill them so you can’t get mad at me everyone. Jason – lets hope Morgan is America’s nom tomorrow. Kryssie – I think its going to be me. I don’t think there would be any reason it would be me but.. Jason – Don’t do it America! Kryssie – Let these a$$wipes keep underestimating me. I thought about trying to talk to the girls but I feel like there is no point because I’m going to win that f**king veto. Let them keep underestimating me and let me take out the two of them the next couple weeks.

11pm – 1:20am Kitchen – Jason, Danielle, Justin and Kryssie are talking about random things while eating smores. After they head to the bedroom.

1:20am All the house guests are sleeping..

10:21am Monday morning..

Morgan is America’s nominations..

“THIS WILL BE THE MOST AWKWARD SAFETY CEREMONY EVER “

March 02, 2017

2:45pm Danielle Cam 3-4
Danielle – people think I have it easy.. Because of the circumstances in my life I share a room with my 3 year old son.. I want 6to be the one that give him his own space
Danielle – I want to be the one that gives it to him… ME
Danielle wants him to know his dreams are never out of reach.
Danielle – anything can happen.. I won’t let people that don’t know anything about this show win … I refuse..
Danielle – the only America’s nom to have survive
Danielle – I’m not ready to go..
Danielle – I wish I could tell you everything I’ve been through America but I literally can’t .. not allowed to America

Danielle saying she’s going to use the money to take her son on trips so he can experience the world.
(Kryssie has been spreading that Danielle wants to buy rims with the money)
Danielle – I’m not prepared to send Jayson home.

3:32pm Backyard…

 

5:15pm ZZZzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz

It’s been really slow today…

 

6:13pm Morgan and Shelby HOH
Morgan – I’m so nervous about tomorrow
Shelby – no offense but it’s probably going to be you no matter who I put up
Morgan agrees
Shelby – No matter what.. if I had done Justin and Kryssie could have been a risk… If Danielle was America’s nom and Jason won (Veto)
MOrgan – Right..
Shelby – pulled down Kryssie forcing me to put you up and they vote you out
Shelby – everyone is playing in veto there’s no point to back door anyone now
Morgan – how is more likely.. Kryssie or Danielle.. I feel like Danielle got back into America’s good graces
Shelby – who knows… what reason would they have to put up Alex

they hope America nominates Kryssie over Justin. Morgan says there’s a 90% chance she’s America’s nom.


Morgan – this will be the most Awkward Safety ceremony ever ..

 

7:05pm Shelby makes Morgan safe. Danielle and Jason nominated for eviction
Shelby – Fool me once shame on you Fool me twice shame on me…

 

Danielle mocks Shelby “She’s quite the gamer” Danielle goes on about how “Shocked” she is.
Kryssie – I wonder who America will nom..
Danielle – me and Jason will be the two most likely.. she can’t send us both home..

Kryssie – you look pissed
Danielle – I’m pissed for multiple reasons.. she better hop I don’t win the veto

SHELBY “YOU BETTER PREPARE FOR ANOTHER TEMPER TANTRUM FROM ME IF I GO HOME [NEXT WEEK] BIG BROTHER.”

March 02, 2017

8:25pm – 10pm HOH room – Justin, Shelby and Morgan. Justin – this has been a wild and crazy week. The last thing I expected was for Alex to go home. If you would have asked me … I would have told you. Morgan – yeah and I figured. After the blow up fight .. it was everyone just exploding. Justin – I was just like C’est la vie, C’est la vie! I don’t like none of that sh*t. I don’t like all that confrontational sh*t. I’m going to go kick it down stairs. One love! Justin leaves. Shelby – thank goodness I am HOH this week because it would suck if I wasn’t. Morgan – that it would. Shelby – our only saving grace would be convincing someone to take out the other care package. Morgan – what will be interesting is when all the care packages are gone. Shelby – there will be another twist at that point. I don’t think they’re going to let us play big brother at that point .. there will anther surprise. I’m glad they all underestimated that Justin is going to try and play the game. Morgan – I mean even we did. Shelby – fortunately we offered him something he couldn’t refuse. Do you want to go on the block or do you want to stay and also get a care package next week? By the way its being offered by two of the people you’ll have a shot against in the finale. Morgan – and it helps that Danielle is acting like the.. Shelby – brat! Morgan – yeah. She knows this is what got her in trouble in the beginning of the game. Don’t do it. Shelby and Morgan reminisce about the season.

10:30pm – 10:45pm Morgan – its going to suck for whoever goes home next Wednesday. Shelby – and it very well could be me. I’m the sitting duck with a big target on my back. At least I’m the one that can throw a big temper tantrum and demand to be taken to my family. So you better prepare for another temper tantrum from me if I go home big brother. Morgan – all I said I wanted was to win 1 HOH and make it to the finale. Shelby and Morgan go to sleep.

10:25pm – 11:40pm Kitchen – Danielle, Justin, Kryssie and Jason are sitting around chatting. Danielle is cooking. They head to the bed room to chat.

12:24am – 1:30am Jason and Kryssie. Kryssie – it seems like its playing out just like Justin said .. it seems like Danielle is their target. Jason – yeah, but you never know. Justin – stay positive. Jason – I am. I’m positive its more likely that its her but she’s already like I’m going to kill to win. Alright… I’m going to have to kill times two to win then I guess. Justin – you’ve got multiple people dawg. I’m going to be like a monster in that comp. Jason – well I hope so. Justin – I can’t take too much of them. I’ve got to do it. Jason – its about time. Justin leaves the room. Kryssie tells Jason – I know I never win anything but if I win you know I’m taking care of you. They want Danielle. Jason = I’m fine giving them Danielle. I just want to be as safe as possible. Justin returns. He says I just hope this works out. I made it clear if I win I’ll take you down. She’s made it clear she doesn’t like me. Jason tells Kryssie – they don’t even think you’re here doing strategy. Kryssie – let them think that. Jason – exactly and when you get to the end you say this is why I should win the game …..you’re going to have like 10 reasons and those girls are going to be like uuhhhh.. I won a veto once. I can’t imagine Morgan rounding up much of a fan base.

JUSTIN – “STRAIGHT UP I’M COLD HEARTED RIGHT NOW IN THIS GAME”

March 02, 2017

12:31pm Jason and Danielle
Jason – these b1tches itch (nicotine patch)
Danielle – it’s like you have a weave

12:34pm Justin and Kryssie
Talking about Jason or Danielle leaving this week.
Justin – one of those are leaving this week
Justin says even if Danielle wins the Veto and MOrgan goes up as a pawn Jason will go home.
Kryssie- NO.. why not vote out MOrgan
Justin – umm Ya i’ll vote her out
Justin is tired of Danielle’s half ass flirting Justin want Danielle out this week that’s what he’s focusing on
Kryssie tells Justin she would never f*** him over
Justin says likewise tells her he doesn’t trust Jason aor Danielle at all.
Justin – Jason is money hungry.. That’s not in the best interest of me..
Kryssie tells him if he goes to the end with one of those “Golden Girls” he’s not winning
Justin says Jason and Danielle have been running behind his back trying to get him out this week “those Girls” told him everything
Justin – “Straight up I’m cold hearted right now in this game.
Justin says he doesn’t trust Jason he knows KRyssie does.

1:51pm Jason and Kryssie Bathroom
Jason tells her they are all in pairs and Kryssie is really his pair. He’s trying to make the girls think that Danielle is his Pair and Kryssie is Justin’s .
Kryssie – it looks to me that he’s afraid that you and Danielle are selling him out .. you are but…
Jason – yeah..
Kryssie – I’ve been telling him if you are selling him out it’s to make it look that Danielle is more of a threat..
Kryssie thinks Danielle is the target this week.
Jason – we paid so much loyalty into Justin and he’s not paying us back
Jason – we keep investing in this stock that is never going to grow
Kryssie – he’s loyal to you and me but not Danielle
Jason – he’s never going to do anything with that loyalty.. He’s never winning anything
Jason – he’ll get to the end and say look all my minions helped me to the end and I did nothing for them
Kryssie – then he can take home 3rd place
Jason thinks Justin has a good chance to win the game.
Jason – he is a user.. He uses people..
Jason says Justin steps on people to make it to the top.
Kryssie – if he makes a deal with those girls he’s stupid because they’re not taking him to the end anyways..
Jason – no.. he’s using them this week.. Next week he’ll suck someone else’s sh1t

Jason – we’ve invested all this loyalty, time and energy into someone who’s never gonna f***g give anything back, he’s not even trying to give anything back he doesn’t even have an excuse for the mirrors.

Jason – he’s even done trying giving excuses on why he blows everything
Kryssie – running the days yesterday hurt my brain
Jason – he’s a leech he’s leeching loyalty and leeching power
Jason wants to take out Justin then MOrgan or Shelby. After that they go for Danielle.
Kryssie – Right
Kryssie says Justin won’t even talk to her.

 

 

2:10pm Jason and Justin
Justin – it’s Complicated but you shouldn’t worry
Jason – well I am worried
Jason – yeah I know but… I don’t know.. I don’t know what is going o happen to be honest with you I don’t know what the f** is going to happen.

Jason me ether.. That’s what I’m asking… you probably know more than I know
Justin – the mission is not for you to go
Jason – if i’m stuck up there with her and she wis I’m going
Justin – if that’s how it works out… but .. you just gotta believe man (HAHA)
Jason – mmmmhmmm
Justin – stay positive
Jason – mmmhhhmmm
Justin – best case you win the veto
Jason Yeah period.. Best case scenario

Justin – do I know truly their intentions … NO
Jason – nobody knows … or they’re not saying anything
Justin – you should talk to them..
Jason – I’m going ot but you know how people are … once they decide..
Justin – plead your case but I don’t know what they are going to do
Jason – right
Justin – he all know today’s first noms and she’s going to..
Jason – PIck MOrgan… nothing is going to happen today

Justin – one of us Gotta win the veto
Jason – right..
Justin – Shelby is way smarter than she portrays to be.. She’s very intelligent..
Jason agrees
Justin – best case you gotta win the veto
Jason – I know..

Kryssie says she doesn’t want to be the pawn.
Jason tells her him and Danielle are going up and Kryssie will only be used as a pawn in the event one of them come down.
Kryssie – i didn’t look at it that way
Jason – what I was telling them me and Danielle are a pair..
Jason explains they are a threesome and he’s trying to hide that from them and Making Danielle a target.
Jason tells them bu doing this it hides their threesome but puts him in some danger because he’ll go up.
Justin – they want Danielle gone and I want her gone too… so.. That’s the plan.
Jason – I’m fine with that plan
Justin – I farted… I’m sorry my nerves are bad. (And with that line Justin has a fan :) )
Justin says when Danielle goes he’s guaranteed the care package after that “you know how the deal goes.. So I don’t even have to speak on it”

Justin – they told me a lot of sh1t you said… and it looks like you and D were throwing me under the bus
Jason – that was D’s plan but I mean.. The plan was to get Morgan up they’re.. If Morgan was up there she was f***d…
Jason – D would be happy to see you go but I’m not in that position
Justin says Kryssie has been trying to convince him that Jason isn’t flipping on them.
Jason – I’m not..
Kryssie – I told him .. you’re making Danielle a bigger target
Jason – I know she’s coming after me and Danielle together so i’m making it that Danielle it the more viable
Justin – I’m telling you if I win the veto and y’all are up there I’m taking MOrgan down
Justin – I’m taking MOrgan down… BOOOM if she’s America’s nom
Jason – yup
Justin – Ya DIG…
Justin – I’m voting Danielle out of here..
Jason – ya .. that’s fine.. I don’t care..

Justin says the girls don’t trust Jason or Danielle
Justin doesn’t care if Danielle goers he’s never trusted her.
Justin says next week it’s all of them Vs Morgan
Justin – that’ll be a perfect time to get her outta here.. Or we get Shelby out.. Whatever way you want to do this
Jason – yeah.. Or get Shelby out
Kryssie agrees
Justin – we can cross that when we get there.. In order for me to make this deal with them I had to sell you all out

Justin says he made a deal with the girls this week to protect his own ass and get someone out in this game he doesn’t care about.
Justin – at the end of the day I’m going to cut that deal with them .. BOOOM D’s going to be outta here this week if everything goes well and I’m going to get the care package.
Justin – The only scary thing is you are going to be on the block against her (Danielle for POV)

 

Kryssie burps in some mocks about Shelby and MOrgan…

Kryssie – I’m not voting Jason out
Justin – the plan is to get D outta here..
Jason says he’s down with that

Justin says the only thing Danielle likes is D1ck … goes on a rant about her being the most complicated person.
Justin says he doesn’t want it to be him, Kryssie, Morgan and Shelby he’s never had any loyalty to those girls.
Jason asks Justin wants Happens if Danielle wins veto.
Justin – She deserves to be here.. that shit crazy (Danielle for VETO!!!)
Kryssie – “if she’s going to pawn Morgan we can just send Morgan home”
Justin – yeah

Jason – I’m obviously the plan B
Justin – you are the plan B you are the plan B

 

3:30pm Bathroom Jason and Justin
Justin – just trust me boo .. the only reason i’m here is because of you and Kryssie..
Justin – it’s us to the end.. no matter what ..
Justin – You’re not the target.. and I’m not voting you outta here..
Jason – Kryssie knew and KRyssie wasn’t telling me.. I talked to Kryssie this morning..
Jason feels like he’s the tag along with Justin and Kryssie.

Justin – she’s just probably trying to save her own ass
Justin – you’re not a tag along.. you’re my day one fool
Justin – I care about you as a person.. .actually… .D I don’t care about her

 

3:35pm HOH MOrgan and Shelby
Hoping the plan works this week and next week…

 

5:39pm Shelby and Morgan
Morgan is getting sketched out by Justin.
Shelby practicing her nomination speech..
Shelby – fool me once shame on me fool me twice shame on me.. OK I got it
Morgan – don’t screw it up..
Shelby – she can pull out her bibles, letters, and son’s toy all she wants… I’m not christian and.. .like I have something BIG I’m playing for too..
Shelby – so
Morgan – we’re all here for different reasons.. one reason’s not better than the others
Shelby – the way KRyssie put it she doesn’t even need the money she’s just proving this to her son
Morgan – ya .. well I could use the money

 

7:03pm safety ceremony

Shelby picks Kryssie and Justin to be safe.

SHELBY “WHAT IF WE DON’T PUT YOU UP, VOTE DANIELLE OUT AND GIVE YOU THE CARE PACKAGE?!”

March 02, 2017

8:30pm Backyard – Jason joins Kryssie to workout. Kryssie – he’s got little arms maybe I’ll give him the 10’s (10 pound weights). Justin – just imagine if you had been doing this since you got here .. you would be JACKED! Jason – I can’t get too jacked … I don’t have the money for a new wardrobe.

9:30pm HOH room – Shelby – we would not be in a good position if I didn’t win HOH. We would have zero bargaining chips right now. Morgan – like I literally don’t know what we would preach to Jason. We have nothing to leverage with .. no care package. Shelby – we would have nothing but Justin and Kryssie. This is just the power to make sure one of them gets care package. Plus a final four deal isn’t terrible. I think it works out great for all of us. Morgan – it literally helps all of us. First it gets Justin his care package. Then it gets him automatically to the final 4.. hopefully he will take us along with him. Once we do get to the final 4 its good for us 3 because we all have agreed that us 3 girls would take each other to the finale. Shelby – Justin knows that Jason and Danielle are coming for him. Morgan – so there is no reason why he wouldn’t want to work with us. He knows Kryssie is loyal to him. Its an even number of loyal people to loyal people. Nobody is out numbered. Its not bad for anyone. They must think you are taking this deal because they haven’t even asked you about it. Shelby – I never accepted it but I don’t care. If I want to f**king lie to them just so they think I’m taking them… But I will have to ask them again what the safety ceremony is going to be like. It would be so much easier if it was 1 then 2. Morgan – it just makes more sense.. save 1 …there’s only 1 obvious choice. Then let one worry until the next night and put up the other two. It would be way better for suspense. Shelby – I told someone and they said yeah that is a good idea.

10:15pm Kitchen – Jason, Danielle and Kryssie are studying the days and events of the house. Meanwhile – Shelby and Morgan are playing pool out in the backyard.

11:20pm – 12am Kitchen – Shelby, Jason, Danielle, Kryssie and Morgan are hanging out talking about random things.

12:40am – 1:15am HOH room – Justin, Shelby and Morgan. Justin – okay Kryssie isn’t here. Jambalaya gang! They cheers. Shelby – we just need to kill this veto comp. No, not we’re going to …. we are going to kill this veto. Morgan – we are! Justin heads out but says he will come back to hang out later. Morgan tells Shelby that he seems excited about it. I think its the first time someone has shown him excitement and let him have some kind of power. I feel like Jason and Danielle have been like Justin just do this. Do what we want. Shelby – right. I mean the deal is great for him. No one else wants him in the final 4. The don’t want him in the final 4. They want us to take him out for them. We’re giving him a care package. Morgan – and offering him people to work with to get there. Shelby – they might think he’s dumb and won’t work with us but.. Morgan – I knew if this was presented to him in a kind of way he would jump on it. Shelby – I know you’re putting me up … what if we don’t put you up, vote Danielle out and give you the care package?! He was like WHAT?! Morgan – I would rather have him in the house than her. Shelby – yup. As long as we kill veto. Morgan – yup. This is our best bet which solidifies us through next week. Jason and Danielle just guaranteed us next. Shelby – we can literally convince Jason to throw the HOH comp. I’m just really nervous about America’s nom. I really hope its Kryssie. I don’t want to lose another person on our side during my HOH. Morgan – no its about time someone on their side went. I just want this HOH to go smoothly. Can for once the worst case scenario not happen to us.

1:20am – 1:45am Justin joins Shelby & Morgan again in the HOH room. They talk about random things like music. Justin – I truly feel like

people don’t really know who I am. I feel more comfortable being able to come up here and talk to y’all. I want to do the best that I can to uphold everything that we agreed to. Shelby – just don’t leave this veto to fate. I knew eventually I would have to take her (Danielle) out. I will look really f**ked up if you’re (Morgan) America’s nom and I’m taking you down (using the veto on her). Morgan – if I am America’s nom .. hopefully I win the veto for myself and able to pull myself down and not have to worry about stepping on any toes. But as long as Danielle or Jason don’t get the veto, then we’re still in a good position. Shelby – you’re not just f**ker her over, you’re ensuring you get the care package. Justin – can I be honest with y’all!? I’ve never trusted Danielle. I just get that vibe from her. Morgan – that’s why we’ve wanted to take something from her… she’s presented things to us and then time and time again she backs out of what she presented to us. Shelby – its scary how fast she is ready to sell out her own side .. so obviously she would sell us out. Justin – its just nice to come talk to y’all. Y’all really do have souls. I’m going to fulfill my side of the deal.

1:45am – 2:30am Shelby – big brother is about making big moves.. and if you want we’ll do the stabbing for you .. it will be front stabbing. Justin – but how do I know you don’t want to backstab me? Shelby – we want Kryssie and Jason out. Morgan – we want them out one after the other. Shelby – And you get the care package which will probably get you to final 4. I’m not going to f**k y’all over. Morgan – the target next week has to be Jason. He even told me that he was planning on throwing the next HOH.. he wants to win the one after because he knows no one is taking him. We just need to get through this week first. Justin – I got you. Morgan – I have a ton of faith in us. Justin – I’m going to ride out with this. Justin leaves. Shelby – if this works, convincing them to vote out Jason next week is going to be hard. Morgan – I know people say we come off as soulless but that just means you haven’t taken the time to get to know us. Shelby and Morgan go to sleep.

“THERE’S NO WAY I’M F***G YOU OVER, OVER JASON … F*** JASON “

March 02, 2017

12:12pm Danielle and Shelby in the HOH
Danielle is trying to get Kryssie or Justin out . Offers her a Final 4 with Jason, MOrgan and Shelby. Says if Justin goes home this week she’s fine with getting Kryssie out next week.
Shelby – I feel like I’m a target now.. Everyone said they were coming after me and now I’ve win 2 HOH’s I feel I’m a target now
Danielle – you’re a target with Justin and Kryssie ..
Danielle says Kryssie and Justin are together in this game.
Shelby points out they are close to Jason too
Danielle says their group is 2 couples.
Danielle – Justin’s game is vern translucent.. Whoever is head of household he gets really close to them
Shelby questions if Justin is even a threat in this game.
Danielle – Yes Socially
Danielle says Justin will use his Care package to their advantage

Danielle – the odds of us winning over Kryssie are high.. Next week I can give you and MOrgan protection then the 4 of us can go final 4
Shelby says she’s hesitate to get into a deal with Danielle
Danielle – you leave me off the block that benefits you.. Lets me know you’re serious about the deal
Danielle says Morgan will be America’s nom if Danielle is on the block.

Danielle accuses Shelby’s side to ignore her all season “Gamewise”
Danielle says she was getting rid of Alex so she would be able to work with Shelby and MOrgan in the future. Danielle explains that with Alex in the house they were never going to have that chance.
Shelby says that’s crazy

Shelby – you’ve become the BIG player.. You’ve won the most and I feel like I’m the second biggest target behind you..
Shelby – You broke the deal last week … You didn’t have to come to us with a deal so… I know I’m a sitting duck next week.
Daneille – My deal with you will be 100% solid they’re will be no faulty lines..
Danielle wants to get her and Jason through to the following week.
Danielle offers to shake on it now
Shelby says she needs to think about it.
Danielle says she’s willing to do whatever it takes to make it far in this game, “If that means cutting Justin and KRyssie so be it”
Shelby – I do believe you are going to make deals.. It’s just that we already had a deal

12:30pm Kryssie and SHelby HOH
Kryssie – I’m not campaigning against anyone… I’m the perfect person to leave because I have no blood on my hands..
Kryssie says Whitney leaving was all Danielle
Kryssie – with my HOH I sent home someone on my side of the house
Shelby – We’re in the same boat
Kryssie – you’re HOH got hijacked and we got lucky

Kryssie asks her what she wants Protection? “I’m open to anything at this point nobody has wanted to game with me except for when I was HOH”
Shelby – I know you guys aren’t going to turn on each other.. It doesn’t give me much wiggle room
Kryssie goes on about wanting to be in the final 3 with the strongest players, says she was “Grossed out” by Shelby’s side wanting to take out the strong players first.

SHelby says Kryssie is the most trustworthy of her side
Kryssie – I wanted to play the least icky game of Big Brother possible (ZOMG)
Kryssie says Danielle was ready to send Justin home last night she’s not loyal.
Shelby – so the deal you’re offering me is you’ll go after MOrgan instead of me next week
Kryssie- OK.,. I’ve only won 1 HOH no Vetoes

Kryssie says Morgan has broken deals before but Shelby hasn’t
Shelby says danielle has lied to her 2 times in the past week..
Kryssie says Jason probably isn’t coming up to talk to SHelby he saying he’ll just win the veto.
Shelby – OK so he doesn’t want to make any deals..
Kryssie says her and JAson agree that Justin is throwing HOH’s all season, “Justin’s not here to win Big Brother”
Kryssie says Justin isn’t her main she just started gravitating towards him when he was close to Whitney.
Kryssie – I don’t have a number 1 my number 1 was Neeley
KRyssie brings up Jason wanting her and Justin in the final 3, “Whitney said the same thing she wanted to take me and Justin”
Shelby – that little backstabber
Kryssie says Justin was attracted to Justin and she used that to her advantage.,
Kryssie – her being gone has made him gravitate towards Danielle HARD
Kryssie – I would be more concerned that him Daniele and Jason are doing something

KRyssie wants Jason to stay because early in the season their side agreed to bring people to the end that NEED the money not WANT the money.
Kryssie – He’s poor, so am I
Kryssie brings up a player saying they wanted to get Rims on their car if they won.
Shelby – who the f*** said they want rims on their car
Kryssie – I feel like I should say it..
Shelby – is it someone that’s still here
Kryssie – mmmmmhmhhhmmmmmmm
Kryssie – Danielle … I never said that..
Kryssie says the only thing Jason ever lied about was the final 5 deal they made last week with the girls, ‘They only did that honestly to f*** with MOrgan”

Shelby tells her she’s not coming after her.

 

1:02pm HOH Justin, Morgan and Shelby
Justin – I’ll do whatever I want to stay here.
Justin says he’s ready to make a big move..
Shelby and MOrgan sell the final 4 deal to Justin. Justin wants to do it with Kryssie. SHelby just talked to KRyssie and she told her she’s not selling out anyone on her side.
Shelby – that’s what this deal involves.
Shelby tells him Danielle and Jason broke 2 deals with them in 1 week.
Justin knows, “They can’t be trusted”
Shelby wants to put the personal stuff aside and move ahead with this deal
Justin says he’s ready to do it

 

1:11pm Morgan and SHelby HOH
Morgan and Shelby are say they are more willing to trust Justin and KRyssie.
Morgan – Danielle is FREAKING out
Shelby – Kryssie actually told me Jason’s her main so if we made this deal..
Morgan – Kryssie is so delusional
Shelby brings up KRyssie saying Justin has money and shouldn’t win
Morgan – we have a fighting chance against Kryssie and a fighting chance against Justin
They agree Jason and Danielle did a lot more in the game and have good arguments to win it.

MOrgan – I bet JAson and Danielle are just wishing and wishing that they took that deal with us
Morgan – Jason i’m sorry that’s what you get for being an ass
Morgan says Kryssie will take their final 4 plan when she finds out Jason is going around telling them it’s him and Danielle to the end.

Shelby brings up Danielle wanting to buy new Rim if she won the money.
They want to put JAson and Danielle up and take Danielle out.

 

1:17pm Justin and Kryssie
Justin says they want Danielle out and want to cut a final 4 with them.
Justin 0 I’m not I just had to say yes.. I don’t want to do it you know that.. but if that is what guarantees me another 2 weeks.. at least with that deal I’m good with that
Kryssie- OK ..
Justin – goes up there and talk to them
KRyssie – right now
Justin – at some point

Justin says in 2 weeks he can to whatever the f** he wants

 

1:28pm HOH Morgan and Shelby
They talk about Jason being a evil person and making up that deal last week just to f** with them.
Morgan – I wish Kryssie wasn’t a idiot
Shelby – I know
They talk about Kryssie thinking it’s “Disgusting” to take out eh strong players. Morgan and Shelby agree that’s going against the point of the game.

Morgan – Jason and Danielle you are stupid you should have taken the deal with us..
Shelby – guess what when you try and sell them out they’ll come talk to us..
Morgan – they must have really thought they are stupid too than if they think they won’t come talk to us..

 

1:29pm Justin and Kryssie
Justin – I got to win the f****g veto.. At some point she wants us to all shake on it.
Justin says Jason and Danielle were selling her under the bus
Kryssie says jason is only doing it because it’s a game.
THey seem convinced Jason is trying to get Danielle out

Justin – they are pushing me to get the f*** outa here.. Jason is going to have to stay up they’re..

 

2:13pm Tokyo Room Kryssie and Shelby
Shelby offers up the final 4 deal.
Shelby tells her both Danielle and Jason were up in the HOH trying to get her to take out Justin
Shelby – they want him out and they want me to do it for him
Kryssie – I have to go if they are going to win
Shelby – if you guys do take this deal what odds are in our favor..
Shelby – i know you are not willing to back stab anybody but they are more than willing to back stab you
Kryssie – there comes a time in this game you ahve to … 3 and a half weeks left this is make or break.
Kryssie says Danielle is ready to turn on them at the drop of a hat.

Kryssie – I want to protect me..
Shelby says Jason came to her on her last HOH and said that Kryssie was the person he’s closest to. Today he came to her and said he had lied to her and it was Danielle he wanted to keep safe, “Danielle is my number 1″
Shelby – we need us all to agree to take down the America’s nom.

 

Justin joins them.
Shelby – it’s best we put them both up .. so they can’t pull the other down
Justin – Ohh ya.. I’m feeling it.. I know this is a serious matter because all I care about are my muscles.
Shelby – my plan is for us to do this final 4 deal
Kryssie- I’m here to win
Justin – that’s my girl
MOrgan joins them.. “I’m on the same page”

Kryssie says Morgan lied to her face.
Morgan – I need Scott to stay just 1 more week.. I wanted to get a big threat out
Kryssie I get that.. I’m not playing this personal .. I though that was shitty that was week 4
Kryssie – If I make this deal with you guys does that mean I make it to the end..
Shelby – do you think we want to take Jason to the end.
KRyssie – he’s proven he’s a f****G dick.. at least to you guys he’s been great to us

Shelby – there’s no way I’m f***g you over over Jason … F*** Jason
Shelby – he told us you two (Kryssie/Justin) were playing personal games and there’s no way you would work with us and that’s why we had to work with him and Danielle
MOrgan – he said the only option was for us to work with him and Danielle
Shelby – he thinks you’re not playing this game.. and now it’s time for you guys to show him a big move
Kryssie – i have seen them palling around more

Kryssie – Jason is playing for Jason.. Jason is using Danielle.
Shelby – you guys need to be careful because Jason is good.. I’m sure yo know that.. he is so good at spinning stuff

Kryssie says Jason “lost his sh1t” when they almost lost Justin
Shelby points out none of them will beat Danielle and Jason in the final 3.

Shelby tells her they are taking Kryssie ti final 3 and Justin will take her to the final 3 so if their final 4 deal works out Kryssie is making it to the finale. (LOL Kryssie is winning this season the vote will be split)

 

5:10pm Kryssie and Jason
Kryssie says she’s worried about being a pawn this week. Kryssie says they need to get Danielle out this week it’s the only way to protect Jason.
Jason thinks the girls want Justin out.

Jason says it’s smart for them to take one of the girls to the end. Would prefer Morgan over Shelby.
Kryssie doesn’t think Shelby should get to the end she’ll have a good chance to win. Jason agrees.

 

6:55pm Justin, MOrgan and Shelby
THey talk about Danielle now being close to Justin after Shane left. Justin says he’s told them this in the DR “If you didn’t pick me first you didn’t pick me at all”
Justin – She’s the only one I never had any trust in my alliance.
Shelby – I know you and Jason are close but he’s being trying to get us to take you out so he doesn’t ahve to do it himself
Justin – I already know
Justin – I’m keeping to my end of the deal 100%

Justin – we gotta make it happen we gotta win the veto
Shelby – yup.. it’s 4 on 2

 

7:24pm Justin and Kryssie 
they both don’t want Jason to go home. They have to win the veto so that Danielle doesn’t
Justin says Danielle has to go home.
Justin – she openly told the girls she’s flirting with me for game.. I’m a southern playa baby
Kryssie says she knows

“I WOULD BE DOWN TO PROMISE, SHAKE ON DEALS, PINKY PROMISE. LETS TELL THESE B***HES WHAT THEY WANT TO HEAR.”

March 02, 2017

9:30pm Living room – Danielle, Jason, Shelby Kryssie, Morgan and Justin are sitting around the living room chatting about random things. At 10:35pm Shelby gets her HOH room. All the house guests head to check out her room. Shelby is happy that she got photos of her family and mom. Shelby reads her letter from her mom.

10:50pm Bathroom – Shelby and Morgan are talking. Morgan – coming into this house I wanted to make it to finale night whether I win or lose. If I win HOH next week I could keep us safe for another week. Shelby – I think they’re beginning to realize I’m not the idiot they think I was. Morgan – I we get Danielle out this week, then next week we will be against Kryssie, Justin and Jason. Jason’s not that good at comps. I mean he is okay. If we get her (Danielle) out there is a good chance I could get that.

11:55pm Jason is talking to Kryssie and Justin. – I’m sure I’ll be the casualty. It will be me and Justin next to each other. Then I am f**ked. Lets hope America’s nom is one of them. They’ve been keeping it spicy. Kryssie – I was thinking, what if they gave Shelby the care package to keep her safe but that they don’t like Morgan. Jason – you think the only person on their side they like is Shelby? Kryssie – think about it, what has Morgan done. She hasn’t done anything this entire game.

12am – 2am Justin, Jason, Danielle and Kryssie talk about random things. Meanwhile up in the HOH room, Shelby listens to her HOH music.

2:30am – 2:45am London room – Danielle and Jason are talking. Danielle – we need to sell to them that we’ll vote how they want us to vote. And I can sell them something about my care package. Jason – exactly. We’ll just see how this week shakes out. We just have to try and get those girls to not nominate us and make some kind of deal. I think that’s our best option. Danielle – when I put Shelby and Morgan up .. I told them it wasn’t because I wanted them to go … Scott was my target. Jason – we just have to go up there and make a deal. If they’re smart they’ll take it and if they’re not then they’ll have to fight us in the veto. Do they want us with them or against them. Kryssie and Justin are never going to give them that. Kryssie hates Morgan more than she hates Shelby. Which is weird to me because I find Morgan much more tolerable. We could even say that during the double Kryssie was freaking out that we were going to vote out Justin. If Kryssie is up there with him that means she won’t be campaigning for him to stay. He would be up there .. an easy target. Danielle – exactly. Jason – I’m down to shake hands and sh*t. I would be down to promise, shake on deals, pinky promise and whatever they want. I don’t think they would vote Kryssie out over me. Danielle – hopefully America’s nom is Morgan. Jason – that’s the best best best case scenario. Danielle – if they keep me I would be willing to work with them with my care package. Jason – they think we’re 4 but we’re not we’re to pairs and we need to convince them we’re breaking off from them (Kryssie and Justin). Lets tell these b***hes what they want to hear and keep it moving. Jason – we kind of have to get Justin out just to ensure you get the care package. This is going to work. Jason and Danielle go to sleep

I WAS DISAPPOINTED IN HOW I PLAYED IN THE COMP, AT THE SAME TIME I ALREADY WON A HOH I DON’T NEED TO BE GREEDY OVER HERE

March 02, 2017

2:14pm Tokyo room Kryssie and Danielle 
Talking being suspicious where Whitney’s loyalties lay. Danielle adds that Justin is not a big game threat to her. Danielle says she has the most comp wins so far this season and she didn’t win anything the first 4 weeks.
Danielle – I hope Jason wins this.. He’s thinking really negatively like she’s always catching a break.. (Shelby)
Danielle – I’m like HEY you don’t know that it could have been us catching a break she might have finished it faster than you..
Kryssie – I don’t think he (Jason) is in a good head space .. he’s not able to look at it like that, last night messed him up really bad because he was f** I was about to get rid of Justin.. I get it I’ve been in his position f*** this I’m going home.
Kryssie – He’s reeling
Danielle – the only positive to winning the HOH I guaranteed my safety and got a letter from home

Cams switch to Morgan and Shelby in the yoga room, they’re talking about Danielle not wanting to take Justin out last night.

2:16pm Yoga room Ball smashers
They have second thoughts about Justin being able to win this game because he has done so little in the game. Jason and Danielle are the ones that will win because they were involved in more things.
Morgan says Kryssie and Justin are the ones we want to take to end, those are the players they have a good chance to beat in a vote.

Morgan – If Jason wins HOH he’s putting us up
Shelby – then we have t win VEto and play a mad social game

3:06pm Tokyo Jason and Justin
Jason – me and Danielle are the only super fans left
Jason – I don’t even care about Julie’s chat today I’m wearing a outfit like I’m going to fight someone in a parking lot

Kryssie – I was disappointed in how I played in the comp..
Kryssie – at the same time I already won a HOH I don’t need to be greedy over here
Jason – I need to be greedy

Jason says he really has to win this HOH otherwise it’ll look like he never won a HOH this season.

3:20pm waiting around for Julie’s Q & A

3:24pm Shelby and Morgan Kitchen

Shelby – It has to be 1 and 1.. 1 HOh and 1 America nom.. there’s no way they are going to have 3 people on the block
Morgan – I thought they were going to end it all together
Shelby shakes her head, “I was freaking they said there’s still America’s nom there’s still veto”

Feeds cut to another room..

4:01pm Julie Chen tells them trump won the election.. Everyone but Danielle thought Hillary Clinton won. Sounds like they all wanted Hillary Clinton to win.
The 7th and final care package is delivered a week from tomorrow

They are all in shock with Donald Trump winning.
Jason – gay people where were you.. minorities where are you..
Danielle – the people that typically vote are older white males..
Jason asks if they can live in the Big Brother house for the next 4 years.
Danielle says it was a close race. they think something big was leaked.
Justin – I thin it was rigged
They joke about moving to Toronto.
Jason points out that Trumps VP is crazy he’s worried

Danielle reminds them there’s 3 branches in the government with checks and balances a lot of crazy thing Trump says he won’t be able to do.
Jason brings up the supreme court judges retiring and a lot or Republicans voted for Trump because they wanted to make sure a Republicans judge is picked.
They start saying that Monte was a big Trump fan.
Jason brings up having a conversation with Monte about Trump, “I had to leave the room”
Danielle says she’s a Republican but didn’t support
Shelby – good by uterus I will have no controls over you after this
Shelby and Jason say they don’t care about the emails and DNC corruption they didn’t want Trump to win.

Danielle tells them she’s not shocked, “I saw this coming”
Jason – I’m not shocked.. there’s a lot of people that have ignorant views
Danielle – a lot of people don’t like Hillary
Jason – I don’t like him so Hillary was my only option

Danielle – you need a double term to get anything done.
Jason says if he wasn’t in the house he wouldn’t have been able to vote because he didn’t register in time.
They joke about wanting Ellen DeGeneres or Kyane West to be president

Jason says he’s Republican but can’t get behind of Trump.
They bring up Hillary’s gun laws helping Trump
Justin – every America should have a right to have a gun
Jason – you don’t need a gun that does 30 bullets in a minute you don’t need an Iraq gun

Shelby and Jason now competing in HOH

Unofficial Shelby is around 4 minutes Jason was over 5 minutes

SHELBY WINS THE HOH

Jason finishes up the HOH at least 5 minutes behind Shelby.

Camera flips to the HOH 6:52pm Kryssie burps into her mic.

7:43pm Shelby and Morgan
Shelby – I’m in the final 5 .. I didn’t think I would make it this far
Shelby – they should have taken you out instead of Alex (Because of the care package)
Morgan – they are stupid

They start talking about Noms..
Morgan – it’s so imperative to get Danielle out so she doesn’t get another HOH
Shelby – we should try and work some deal with Justin
Shelby – like you are guaranteed this care package if we take her out
Morgan – right
Shelby – i’m going to let him come to me…

7:43pm Jason and Danielle
Jason – I’m a f***g idiot
Justin – you ok kid
Jason – no.. .. I’m such a f****g idiot
Justin – it’s OK.. we still participate in the veto
Jason – I know
Danielle – and if America noms Morgan
Jason – they just gave her a care package

Kryssie scoffs “what are they celebrating again”
Jason – I don’t care they deserve to with those times
Jason – I don’t deserve to be here..
Kryssie thinks Morgan will be America’s nom.
Kryssie – you’ve won more comps than me you’ve won more than Justin.. They gave you an HOH America likes you
Jason – no they wanted me to troll Shelby
Kryssie – they could’ve given it to other people.. Justin hates her
Jason – they’re saving the good one for Justin.. NO offense Danielle

Jason says Shelby deserves HOH, “I’m going home 6th place, I sacrificed everything to be here.. for a thousand more dollars than I made last year.. NICE”
Kryssie – it’s not over till it’s over..
Jason doesn’t think America will nominate Morgan it’ll be more interesting for them to see the LNJ break up.
Kryssie – we lost somebody last night
Jason – yeah.. theres only 2 of them.

9:15pm trying to figure out the Trump victory while they wait for the HOH room..

 

BBOTT HOH RESULTS! “YOU’VE SURVIVED THE DREADED DOUBLE EVICTION. NOW ITS TIME TO REFLECT!”

March 02, 2017

10:15pm Danielle gathers the house guests in the living room to read the Head of Household competition rules. Its time for the head of household competition. As the out going HOH, I will not compete. Tonight’s competition will be played one at a time in the backyard. At this time each of you will draw a chip to determine the order in which you’ll compete and what room you will wait in before being called to the backyard. The house guests then draw chips. Kryssie pulls her chip. She will go 3rd and will wait in the havenot room. Danielle laughs. Jason, you will go first and you will wait in the diary room. Justin, you will go 5th and you will wait in the yoga room. Morgan you’ll go 2nd and you’ll wait in the London room. Shelby, you’ll go 4th and you’ll wait in the storage room.

  1. Jason – Dairy room

  2. Morgan – London room

  3. Kryssie – Havenot room

  4. Shelby – Storage room

  5. Justin – Yoga room

10:45pm The HOH competition starts with Jason as he drew the chip to go first.

“You’ve been in the house for over 40 days and seen 7 house guests evicted and you’ve survived the dreaded double eviction. Now its time to reflect. The goal of this competition is to use 4 of the mirrors to reflect the laser beam around the obstacles so it hits the target. The house guest to correctly solve the laser puzzle and then hit the button with the fastest time wins. To begin press the button to start your clock, then you may enter the laser grid to begin placing mirrors. You’ll place a mirror by inserting it into any stand on the laser grid floor. To solve the puzzle the laser beam must reflect off all four mirrors and then hit the square target. Even if all the mirrors are properly placed, some fine tune adjustments might be necessary to get your laser beam to hit the target. Once your laser beam has the target you must hit the button to stop the clock. You’ll have 20 minutes to complete this competition. if you do not complete the competition in 20 minutes you will be disqualified.

Jason starts the competition and successfully completes it in approximately 8 minutes and 14 seconds.

Where the mirrors need to be to hit the target:

11:15pm Morgan starts the competition. Morgan struggles to get the reflectors lined up properly but eventually finishes at 11:27pm

11:40pm Krssie is up next. She takes longer than Jason and Morgan. At approximately 11:57pm Kryssie hits the target and then presses the button.

12:09am The house guests are waiting for Shelby to go next and then Justin after her. So far Jason is in the lead with the fastest time of approximately 8 minutes 14 seconds.

12:10am – 12:20am Shelby starts the competition. She has passed Jason’s time so Jason is still in the running to win the HOH.

12:40am We’re still waiting for Justin to start.

1:05am Still waiting … the house guests are quarantined in their respective rooms waiting for Justin to compete.

2am Still waiting…

3:40am Justin finally starts. At 3:50am he is still trying to figure it out but he hasn’t beaten Jasons time.

5:10am Danielle reveals their HOH times

Time reveal:
Justin – didn’t finish within 20 minutes and was disqualified
Kryssie – 15:05
Morgan – 12:49
Jason – 8:14
Shelby – at the 7:23 mark you experienced a technical difficulty when your mirror broke therefore we can’t determine the final time. That means you and Jason will compete again tomorrow night where the winner will become the new head of household.

1:41pm Thursday.. the HOH will be played tonight.
Danielle gets her HOH letter from last nights Double eviction HOH.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP DOUBLE EVICTION MADNESS

March 02, 2017

Tonight’s double has been a bit of a shit show as CBS tries to figure out how they will run the Care Package vote. We have 1 hour to vote the Double Eviction Care package. First they posted that all cast members are eligible then they posted that only ones that haven’t won are. They might have even gone back and forth a couple more times, we’ll find out when the vote goes live but I thin kit’s last settled on only allowing houseguests that have not won a care package to be eligible for the double eviction care package.

From what we’ve pieced together this is the schedule for tonight double eviction shit show.
After the eviction they play the first HOH
7pm the care package voting is open
No America nominee or America vote
8pm The second eviction

After today we’re down to 6 people, I’m hoping for something fun to come out of tonight but I doubt it..

Whitney gives her speech “I love and respect all y’all”

Alex “Hypocridiots all of you .. a lot of ya’ll are insufferable people”
She tries to say a Bob Marley quote but messes it up..

Morgan – Mom dad back in Texas I love Y’all”
“Message for y’all…”
AHHAHAH MOrgan lays out the speech they had planned yesterday.. 

DOUBLE EVICTION RESULTS

First Eviction 
America votes to evict Alex
Danielle votes to evict Alex
Kryssie votes to evict Alex
Justin votes to evict Alex

Evicted houseguest is Alex

She wishes them all good luck. Jason says he loved Morgan’s and Alex’s speech. Alex hugs Whitney says no hard feelings. Jason compliments her on her game everyone seems happy..

Jason – MOrgan had the most lite speech of the season..
Justin – Too bad none of it is true..
Jason says it was still funny.

Head of household competition 
They get to watch the Big Brother Shopping Network in preparation for the HOH competition. They’ve seen this earlier today, there has been changes.

6:14pm Houseguests get some time to study
The last 2 Ball smashers Studying in the Yoga room. LNC + Whitney studying in the Tokyo room

6:25pm Rachel enters the house she will be the host of the HOH..

Q1 – All answered False all Correct
Q2 – All answered True all Correct
Q3 – Justin answered true and was wrong.
Kryssie, Whitney, Morgan, Danielle = 3 points
Justin = 2 points
Q4 – All answered True all Correct
Kryssie, Whitney, Morgan, Danielle = 4 points
Justin = 3 points
Q5 – All answered False all Correct
Kryssie, Whitney, Morgan, Danielle = 5 points
Justin = 4 points
Q6 – All answered True all Correct
Kryssie, Whitney, Morgan, Danielle = 6 points
Justin = 4 points
Q7 – All answered False all Correct
Kryssie, Whitney, Morgan, Danielle = 7 points
Justin = 5 points

Justin out.. the girls go to the tie breaker

Q – Add up the price of all 5 items with the shipping and handling cost what is the total amount.
Kryssie – $84.76
Whitney – $91.60
Danielle – $99.00
Morgan – $65.99

Correct answer is 100.40

HOH WINNER IS DANIELLE

Care package winner is MORGAN! She gets the power of Veto.
Morgan – the veto holder cannot be put on the chopping block and has the power to save someone during the Veto meeting

The girls are happy because they will both stay tonight.
Shelby – thanks America

(Safety Ceremony coming up… )

9:11pm Nominees are Whitney and Justin Danielle cries during the Safety Ceremony

Sounds like Justin is the target.. Everyone but Ball smashers crying.

Veto meeting..

Morgan doesn’t use the veto.

9:34pm Bathroom Jason, MOrgan, Danielle and Shelby are talking about who to evict. Shelby and Morgan want Justin out Jason wants Whitney out. Danielle does too but is acting like she’s on the fence.

Second Eviction results

Justin – “New Orleans.. Zamabam”

Whitney – “Sorry I’m a hot mess”

Morgan Votes to evict Justin
Kryssie Votes to evict Whitney
Shelby Votes to evict Justin
Jason Votes to Evict Whitney

Danielle breaks the tie.. Whitney goes home.

9:50pm LNJ crying…

Ball smashers in the tokyo room..
Morgan – we’re going into this one 3 on 2
Shelby – not the worst odds

JUSTIN “I THINK ITS REALLY GOING TO BE F**KING HELL” JASON “LETS JUST HOPE DONALD TRUMP DIDN’T WIN!”

March 02, 2017

8:40pm HOH room – Shelby, Alex and Morgan. Shelby – I can’t wait for Morgan and I to release our inner b***hes together but with this double eviction .. we could go home right after. Alex – I really wish it was not. I wish double eviction was next week and not this week. Alex – coming in here I said I wanted to be close with the nerdy people. You (Shelby) are a bit nerdy and Scott was nerdy. Alex points at Danielle and says this was the type of person I described I did not want to be inside the house with. And here she is .. right here. I still think I would be friends with Whitney but not right now in here. I kind of know what I want to say in my speech. As I’m walking to the door I want to turn around and say something as I’m going. And I want to yell something calling out Jason. I might just honestly say something about him being the puppet master of his side of the house and running his entire alliance. Just something to make them think. He is literally the brains behind the operation.. their side.

Alex – Dear hypocrit-idiots and yes Whitney this now includes you. I cannot sand any of you. And then as I’m being evicted whether its first or second. If its second I will say the sister thing. I would turn around an say Jason congrats on being the puppet master on your side of the house. And as I go out I’ll scream by the way Morgan and I are sisters! This is assuming I go second.

Shelby – you could say it in your speech like Alex and I are sisters. Morgan – If I am second to go I am just going to do the sister thing. If I’m first to go I don’t know. Shelby – you could be like Alex and I were sisters and we both could have been working both alliances but you all were so unbearable that we had to be on the same side of the house. And then when you leaves you could be like All you bikini girls…. And then everyone would be so dumb founded.

Morgan’s speech – tomorrow I’m going to give my speech to everyone. I would say in my speech I’m not going to campaign for your votes to stay but I have a few things for everyone that I’ve wanted to say. Kryssie I’m so proud of you for not quitting the game. I know you’ve only threatened a couple times, good job. Danielle I’m really happy you finally realized there are other people in this house besides just yourself. Justin – maybe you should stop throwing competitions so that you can stop riding Jason’s coattails. Jason – the real twist of this game if if the truth camDanielle – I’m going to have a nice celefrares

11pm Bedroom – Jason, Justin, Kryssie, Whitney and Danielle are hanging out and joking around. They talk about how Alex hasn’t said anything to them. Kryssie – Alex has been stomping around ever since she became aware she was going home. Jason – she should be trying to work. Danielle – really! I don’t understand. Jason – I thought she would have got to work and I wouldn’t have even told you guys no. I would have done whatever you guys want. But she clearly isn’t as good a player as I thought she was because she ain’t working. Danielle – I would have been going to everyone being like listen. Jason – she should have been on it and been like can I have my 3 voters with me. F**k my other friends. Justin – I would have respected that. I would have been more than happy to send f**king Morgan out of here. Jason – you don’t have Scott to make deals for you anymore. If you want to save yourself you have to pull up your big girl pants and do it yourself. You can’t stomp around. But clearly she can’t do that. Danielle – if you’re not going to save yourself, who’s going to do it. Jason – if these b***hes don’t know what to do and don’t have anyone to show them the way. That’s why they’re on the webisode version. Danielle – hey, we’re all on the webisode version.

12:35pm – 1:40am Danielle, Jason, Justin, Kryssie and Whitney. WHitney – Justin sing us a patriotic song. Jason – sing us one where our country isn’t going to be a hot mess when we get out of here. Justin – I’m not feeling very hopeful. I think its really going to be f**king hell. Jason – lets just hope Donald Trump didn’t win and then it would be a little less hell. Clinton will probably be a little less hell. Justin – she’s going to suck but she is going to suck a little less than he is. Danielle – it will suck either way.

1:40am – 2:40am Alex opens the havenot door and says can you guys be quiet so we can sleep. She then closes the havenot door. Justin – wouldn’t you want to stay up if this was your last day here?! Jason – yup. Or wouldn’t you be trying to save yourself. Justin – or wouldn’t you want to eat. Jason – I would have been eating and sleeping in a regular bed if I was going home. I just expected more for her to do something.

2:45am All the house guests are sleeping..

VETO MEETING RESULTS “SUCKERS”

March 02, 2017

1:04PM Veto Meeting 
Jason uses the Veto on Danielle Morgan goes up in her place. Jason balems it on the “Roaring” cheers they heard last Wednesday night from the storage room and them turning their backs on Corn, MOnte and Whitney.
Shelby, Alex and Morgan are nominated for Eviction.

 

Morgan – in the HOH room last night you came to use with a final 5 deal…

Justin yells out “SUCKERS” to them…

 

1:06pm Living room the girls
Alex – I’m going home

Morgan – hey Whitney.. when you said Celebratory dinner..
Alex – that meant me going home
Whitney – I didn’t want Justin to get backdoored
Alex – Just wasn’t even considered an option for a backdoor
Alex – that cannot be what you were talking about
Jason joins in says that Shelby implied it
Whitney – I felt I was no longer in the group so that’s why I said that
Whitney leaves
Shelby wants to ask Jason what the point of yesterday .
Alex – I told you you can’t trust Jason.. I had a weird feeling about it.

Morgan – what was the point
Alex – to throw us under the bus even more .. it makes them look heartless ..
Shelby – oh how dare I cheer that I won HOH..
Alex – can we talk about Jason getting the care package and they are all screaming in a huddle together

Alex – he wants me out ..
Morgan thinks she’s the target because she still has a care package
Shelby – they just wanted to f*** with us a little more..
Alex – at the end of the day this move makes them look like shitty human beings.. Just laughing as he walked out.. Shitty human beings..

Shelby we already know he’s a disrespectful sh1t when he pulled his d1ck out on you second week
Shelby – props America for not doing anything about it.
Shelby points out Jason cheers Eat a D1ck every time he wins something and then calls her out for cheering after a HOH win.

 

 

1:12pm Backyard 
Morgan – can I ask what the point of last night
Jason says they were still trying to figure out what they wanted to do
Jason – doesn’t work with us .. you all are a school of fish
Alex – and you guys aren’t
Jason – no we’re not .. we were defaulted together and have showed better loyalty cause I’ve seen how you sell out the lowest on your totem pole.
They say the only reason they went after Whitney was because of the celebratory dinner comment
Whitney says they sold her out last week
They deny it saying that Jason has twisted around what happened last week with Alex and Scott.

Everyone arguing about it. Justin says one of them is going home.
Shelby – I’m not
Jason – Alex is going home..
Shelby – you (Whitney) told us you are loyal to use and never to them.
Whitney claims to always be loyal to Justin, Jason and Kryssie..
Shelby says all Jason does it talk shit about people
Jason denies it says he’s never talked shit about anybody but Shelby.
Jason – I really like Alex and I actually really like Morgan.

Jason – you guys lied to me every week how you will vote out.. every week.. so we can’t do the same thing
Morgan – I don’t see the point
Jason I considered everything yesterday

They tell Justin he better be playing. Justin says he’ll win during the double and send Morgan’s a$$ home.
Danielle tells them they are staying loyal to the people they’ve been with since day one.

Jason says they are weak players because they want to take a person to the end they can beat. Him and Danielle are strong players because they want to take the players who are toughest to beat to the win.
Jason – weak people want to take weak people with them.. I’m not here to scoop up bottom feeders

Alex tells them she hopes they have fun taking each other out. “Whitney good luck to you playing a floater game”

The girls leave.. the LNJ start going over how perfect things are..

 

1:40pm Alex and Shelby
Crying about being stuck with Jason, Justin and Danielle..
Alex – if Danielle wins I will vomit on the spot
Shelby – almost want Kryssie to be it out of everyone at this point (BB winner)
Alex – Give it to the girl who has quit 17 times in this game or tried to.. it would be funny
Alex says it can’t be Justin he’s a ‘Gross human being”
Alex – Justin is a trust fund baby.. he’s never.. I can’t handle him.. the horrible sportsmanship

 

Shelby says she has a secret to tell her. “I’m not a waitress”
Shelby – I’m waiting for my test results from the bar exam

Alex – are you serious.. I have a secret to tell you.. I will tell you I promise
Shelby – I skipped a year in law school..
Alex – it all makes sense.. Shelby is the smart one.. you were always wanting to run numbers

 

1:53pm HOH 
Alex – Me and Morgan are sisters
Shelby what the f****
Morgan – we’re the sister twist
Shelby – shut the f** up
They laugh at how Neeley was going around calling Shelby stupid.

 

2:12pm HOH the remains of the ball smashers
Going over comments they can make during the eviction.
Alex – Kryssie I’m really proud you haven’t quit the game yet
Alex – Danielle I’m so proud of you, you’ve acknowledged there’s more than just you in this house
Shelby – Jason even if you won this game you are still going back to the basement.. your mom’s basement (ouch)
Morgan – Jason you’re going home to a basement
they laugh
Morgan – I want to keep it to the game.. not personaly
Alex says Jason is slimy , a snake, skussy
Shelby – the biggest twist this season will be if you told the truth

Shelby – better bet we’re going to have a celebratory dinner when you (Whitney) go home cause you’re on the bottom of their alliance
Shelby – Justin you whipped your d1ck out at me that second week it wasn’t great
Shelby – you’re very arrogant for shitting yourself in the Big Brother house
Morgan says that side of the house takes pride in stuff like that

3:02pm Justin + Whitney talking about how Trump will ruin the country and all the good work Obama has done.
Justin says it’ll regress the country 10 years.
Whitney says it was a tie when they came into the house but doubts it’s a tie now.
Justin – it’s scary
Whitney – do you wish you could vote
Jason – I do
Justin says he respect trump because he says what he believes “I don’t trust him with our country at all .. we’re going top get nuked if he’s elected”

(WOW can’t believe with an election like the one Y’all are having they don’t allow these people to vote)

 

3:20pm HOH Remains of the Ball Smashers
Alex – maybe they will disintegrate.. we’ve been saying that for weeks
They wonder when the other side will clue in there’s a final 3
Morgan – I’m disappointed in Jason.. I really thought he was a smart player
Alex says this is something that will come back to haunt him
Morgan says she would love to say she’s in a good spot but..
Alex – you’re in shitty spots..
Alex says Justin, Whitney and Kryssie will never flip on each other because they are the friendship club. Danielle and Jason lie all the time so there’s really nothing they can do but win.
Alex – you have to hope someone approaches you
Shelby – I can’t trust a word they say..
Alex – you’re a free agent at this point..
They agree eventually the other side will have to flip on each other.
Shelby – me running on the grass was literally a 250 thousand dollar mistake.. I would have won that comp

 

4:00pm HOH Remains of the ball smashers
Shelby – I bet Whitney doesn’t have a boyfriend.. I bet Whitney is just a f***g sl*t .. just like what I’m supposed to be my character.. it sounds like she just made up a dream boyfriend
Alex – she says she has no desire to travel or leave her town which is kinda strange
Morgan thinks Whitney has a kid.

 

4:02pm LNC.. 
Danielle – Justin give the best hugs
Justin – I’m a hugger and a f***ker

(Ball smashers are pissed talking shit up in the HOH. LNC is happy doing what they do. Now that 1 side is destroyed time to see who from LNC capitalizes on it)

5:46pm HOH BS 
Alex is suspecting that they other side will throw the HOH to Danielle Tomorrow, “So she can get off a have nots”
Alex – she was talking about eating pizza tomorrow.. I put 2 and 2 together.. I don’t know this is not confirmed..
MOrgan – you still the target
Alex – I really don’t know if they play personal or strategic.. Danielle and Jason have been so fixated on me …
Alex goes on about how Danielle says Dr Will is her favorite Big Brother player yet she admitted to never seeing a episode with him in it just YouTube clips.

 

 

I wonder if Jason is still going to tell us that you plot against us.

March 02, 2017

9pm – 10pm London bedroom – Jason, Kryssie, Danielle and Justin are talking about actors/actresses and movies. Justin and Whitney head out to the backyard. Justin – You’re going to have to win HOH soon. Whitney – yes, I know that. Justin – I’m ain’t going to be able to take care of you forever in here. Because my people think that you’re going to choose me and Kryssie over them which is true. Whitney – which is true. Justin – they’re starting to think I’m going to choose you over them and I’ve promised them I’m not going to do that. You’ve just got to win HOH sooner than later. Whitney – I know but what if I win HOH during the double. Justin – that would be great. Whitney – I told Jason I’m not coming for him. And that I would put up Morgan and Shelby and if one of them comes down I would put Danielle up there. And that’s what I would do. It’s not like I’m not trying. I am trying. Do you think everything is going to work out.. like for right now? Justin – yeah. Nothing is going to happen right now. Whitney – do you think he is going to put up Morgan? Justin – yeah. You’re a problem for them down the line. They obviously know that your loyalty lies with me and Kryssie. SO that eventually is going to come to a head and you’re going to have to win HOH. It puts me in a tough spot because they’re going to expect me to put you up over them. Whitney – as long as you have other people to choose from. Justin – on some real sh*t.. I would really put Danielle up. Whitney – I would too. Justin – over you but that’s only because she didn’t choose me first. If she didn’t choose me first she didn’t choose me at all. She isn’t going to take me or you to the final 3 because she knows she can’t beat me. Whitney – is Danielle scared you’re going to choose me over her? Justin – I just told her I wouldn’t but worst comes to worst .. I am. Whitney – but going into the double eviction .. if Alex goes home. Justin – Alex is going home. That’s the plan. Whitney – Shelby can’t even compete in the next HOH .. so it will be me, you, Danielle and Kryssie against Morgan. Jason, Kryssie, and Danielle join them.
 11am – 11:35pm HOH room – Shelby, Jason, Alex and Morgan. Shelby to Jason – do you think you’re completely f**ked with Kryssie after this? Because Kryssie is all about her loyalty gaem. Alex – there will be no one left. You’ll be who she comes back to. Jason – right but I will have just shown that her loyalty game is not my game. If Kryssie has to go, then she has to go. Morgan – we could always put up Morgan and Kryyyie.

12:05am – 1:15am Bedroom – Justin, Jason, Kryssie and Whitney. Jason – they’re buying it. Either I am a really good actor or they are dumb as sh*t. Whitney – I think they believe you 100%. Kryssie – I hope so, I can’t wait for you to break their hearts tomorrow. Jason – I kind of feel bad. Whitney – I’m going to wear sunglasses. Kryssie – me too. Jason – its just karma coming all the way around. Kryssie – its because they didn’t want to game with you or Danielle until right f**king now! Jason – well Alex did but only to f**k over her own people. Kryssie – so let her go home first… BYE! Jason – you’ve to to make sure this jabroni don’t vote out Morgan. Jason – y’all b***hes better love me after this! … Because if I was a scumbag .. I might just accept their deal.. but I’m not a real scumbag. SO you better f**king love me more! Kryssie – I’m still waiting for my necklace. Jason – its right over f**king there… You want it right now c**t!? I’m actually going to give it to Justin. Kryssie – you guys both need to wear them under your shirts tomorrow and pull them out. Jason tells Justin that he told the others that Justin was going to try and fight him and they were going to have to protect him. Justin and Jason laugh.

12:15am – 1:15am HOH room – Shelby and Alex. Shelby – I wonder if Jason is still going to tell us that you plot against us. Alex laughs .. I wanted y’all out. Fully he can stop with all that now. Shelby – its good you didn’t call him out. So lets just not call anyone out until we know whats happening. Alex – yeah, I’m so glad when I talked to Whitney I could have said so much more about Jason but I skimmed over it. Shelby – yeah if it goes according to plan the people that opened their mouths too soon are going to learn a lesson.

 

POWER OF VETO AND AMERICA’S NOMINATION RESULTS “WE’RE GOING THROUGH WITH OUR PLAN” -JASON

March 02, 2017

10:05am Alex is America’s nomination

 

Veto players are Shelby, Jason, Danielle, Whitney, Alex and Morgan

 

10:07pm Jason and Kryssie
Jason – Alex’s chip always comes out like how lucky can you be.. how the f*** does her chip come out.. 1 in 6 chance.. always gets her chipped pulled.. It’s ridiculous her chip..
Justin comes in tells them to not fart on his pillow. (Kryssie farts on Shelby’s pillow)
Danielle joins them
Jason – her name always comes out.. how the f***.. .we have not pulled players once where we didn’t pull Alex’s name

 

11:18am Kryssie, Whitney, Justin and Jason
Jason – this Veto will decide who the final people are… which side rides it to the end ..
Whitney – you’re making me nervous
Jason – this is doomsday .. cause whoever gains power this week is goign to start the trend.. the other side will be way too easy to pick off..
Jason says every year the side that America doesn’t want to win wins and makes it to final 5
Jason – I’m going to go and Tonya Harding those girls right now

Jason – if we don’t win this Veto comp all of us have lost the game
J – I didn’t come back into this house to let a b1tch with no personality run me out
K – Mmmhmmmm
J – She was nominated because she endorsed everything that Scott did that America didn’t like and she has no personality .. She’s not offering herself up to the experience at all she only wants to strategise.. we’re here to be human beings and show who we are.. she’s not showing anything
K – MMMMMMhhhhmmmmmm
Jason says “Positive, Humble and Grateful” it’s what his mother always says.

 

 

1:20pm POV competition starts

Jason wins

 

1:46pm in the storage room
Jason and Danielle twerking and chanting.. “Danielle is going off the block guess whose going up .. Morgan going up Danielle going off the block.. guess who’s going up Morgan going up”

 

1:48pm 
Shelby cries says she was so close of winning but had a reset stepped off the beam..
Alex – it’s ok.. we really have just 1 option..
Alex – he had a major advantage being in the shade though.. I had sweat in my eyes..
Shelby – I screwed it up I would have won
Alex – it’s OK
Shelby – it’s not OK
Alex brings up Danielle celebrating..
Alex – She’s such a horrible human being.. she just sucks ..
Alex – we have to make jason a deal all of us.. a 2 week deal final 5.. maybe we could use Morgan’s care package.. there’s deals we can make it doesn’t hurt to try

 

1:53pm The celebrating continues..

 

2:04pm Whitney tells the LNJ the girls are probably going to try and throw her under the bus. Tells the LNJ they are good with her in the double.
Jason says it’s not going to work.
Whitney – there’s not a lot to say
Jason – Alex knows she’s in a ht most trouble she’ll be throwing everyone under the bus
Danielle – we got you
they say they wouldn’t have saved her last week to get rid of her now.
Justin – this is amazing the plan is about to work..

 

2:08pm HOH Shelby, Morgan and Alex
Morgan – I feel like Whitney is not even upset..
Shelby – I know I’m fine and i’m the one most upset..
Morgan – I don’t want any of my alliance going home
Shelby – she has 2 alliance..

 

2:21pm Morgan and Alex
“This Sucks”
“Not Giving up”
“I jsut hate all of them so much”
“I freaking cannot stand Justin or Danielle.. or Kryssie”
They agree Jason will not turn on Danielle it was a lie all along. Alex knows says she didn’t suspect he was telling the truth ever.
Morgan – they are trying to make us look like idiots
Alex – I want you to fight to stay here.. I’m goign to try and make deals with JAson.. I know it won’t work ..
They talk about offering up Morgan’s care package. They know it’s a long shot. .
Morgan – If one of us wins during the double he’s fine if one of us wins in the next HOH he’s fine and if I get a care package we share it even

 

3:12pm HOH Morgan, Shelby and Alex
(They talk about hearing Whitney say to Justin they have to have a celebratory dinner tonight. )
They thinks Whitney did the stupidest thing.
Morgan – I cannot believe she said that..
Morgan – she’s freaking out right now
Shelby – she should be
They agree Whitney thought they were in the HOH.
Alex – Imagine what she says at night.
Morgan – I still don’t think this will work I don’t think he’ll do it (Take Whitney out)
Alex says Whitney “Shattered the alliance.. at this point one of us is going home”
Morgan is going to say something to Whitney tomorrow.
They are going to “Blow up” Whitney’s game tomorrow.
Shelby comes in “F**** you Whitney.. I don’t know how I’m not goign to call her out”

 

3:23pm HOH Jason and the girls
trying to get Jason to target Whitney this week. They tell him they know Whitney has flipped on them. They heard her whisper to Justin that they need to celebrate tonight.

They offer him 2 weeks safety. He can Save Danielle and put up a pawn or save alex. They have the votes.

 

3:40pm Jason and Danielle HOH
Jason – Basically they want Whitney out they know Whitney has switched on them…
Jason tells them what the girls are selling.. Basically offering him safety during the double. They have realized that Kryssie, Whitney, Justin are a three, Shelby, Alex and Morgan are three and Jason, Danielle are 2.
Jason – are we missing too good of a shot we’ve been aiming for a long time..
Jason – they’re selling to me if Whitney wins she’s taking me out for sure
Danielle isn’t sure about that

Jason – what if I took Whitney down and replaced Whitney with Morgan .. it would be the same thing if I took you down..
Danielle doesn’t see Whitney turning on them, “She knows that there’s no where for her to go”
Danielle – I agree she’s more loyal to just and Kryssie than me and you
Jason – I think I’m going to follow through with my plan (Get Alex out)
Justin is now with them they are agreeing to get Alex out.
Jason – Morgan is going up ..

Jason – we’re going through with our plan
Jason tells Justin he can’t f*** him over for Whitney.
Justin says he’s 100% with them
Jason – I do commend them for trying
Danielle – oh of course
Justin says Whitney knows she’s f****d up
Danielle – she knows she was the one they are going to cut off

4:07pm Kryssie and Justin 
Justin says the plan is to take Alex out. Adds that Shelby is really pissed at Whitney.
Kryssie – Shelby should go before MOrgan because Morgan hasn’t won sh1t

 

4:22pm Shelby alone studying dates..

 

4:29pm Whitney, Kryssie, Danielle and Jason
Jason filling Whitney in on what Alex, Morgan and Shelby are trying to pull.

 

5:38pm HOH Danielle, Alex, Morgan and Shelby
Trying to make a deal.. saying if they get rid of Whitney this week because she’s going to get a care package. Warns that Whitney made a deal with Kryssie they don’t know about and Whitney is plotting against them.
Alex says if they help them this week they are all good going into the double eviction, ‘There’s other people.. ”
Danielle – higher up on the loist.
Shelby says Whitney is going to make it to the end if she doesn’t go now.
Alex – she has a good standing with everyone in the house.. she’s America’s sweetheart
They point out Shelby and Alex are hated with America, “{We can all agree Whitney is someone that will win the game”
Shelby says Whitney has been playing both sides of the house for 3 weeks, “She had me fooled into thinking she was 100% with us… she’s good”

Danielle – I’m open to that..
Danielle says she’ll talk to JAson.

 

6:41pm Shelby, MOrgan and Alex
Going on about Whitney’s “Celebratory Dinner” comment trying to figure out what else Whitney could have meant.
Shelby – she wants you (Alex) out.. She doesn’t trust you she thinks you were making deals against her they sold her that idea, you were America’s nom and Jason won the veto so that is what they were celebrating.. you going home.
Shelby – Justin wants you out too

7:22pm Jason and Danielle are going to give the girls a tiny bit of hope that they are going to take Justin out. They laugh “ya we’re going to backdoor the person we’ve been close with since day 2.. literally”

 

8:49pm Jason and Danielle
Jason says if Justin f***cks them over for Whitney and they have this real chance right now he’ll kill himself.
They agree Justin won’t he wants Whitney to stay as long as possible.
Danielle says they should get Whitney out before Shelby
Jason – you need to win HOH Wednesday so one of those girls don’t..
Danielle – here comes another fart…
Jason – oh my god you just shit yourself
Danielle – no it’s all air
Jason – we’ve had a risky enough week.. roll with the plan but tell these girls whatever they want to hear cause we’re petty
Danielle – we took a really big risk already
Jason – they’ll be like what happened.. oh we changed our mind

JUSTIN “I THINK THIS IS ONE OF THE GREATEST STUNTS PULLED!” JASON “SHELBY WILL BE MORTIFIED!”

March 02, 2017

8:15pm Backyard – Jason and Justin. Jason – I can’t be acting like its cool being in the kitchen with her. But yeah, no I’m fine. Justin – can I tell you something? It really worked!! Jason – do you think that everyone is buying it? Justin – yes! Jason – I’m no Oscar award winner but as long as they’re buying it. Justin – they’re definitely buying it. Jason – Danielle reacting or is she just saying she’s okay? Justin – she’s just saying she’s okay. I think this is one of the greatest stunts pulled! Jason – if it works… it is going to be a good stunt. Justin – well dawg.. it already worked because they put up Whitney! It all worked out. They don’t realize how close we are. Justin – we just got to win veto. Jason – they kind of do but not to the full extent. Justin – this sh*t perfect! I hope Morgan is America’s nom. Jason – we get Danielle off the block and backdoor Alex. So that Whitney, Morgan and Alex are sitting up there together. Shelby will be mortified! Justin – Mortified! Oh my god! Jason – her face will drop! Justin – she asked me if I would vote Danielle out of here and I said f**king right! BUT f**k no! It’s too early! Jason – its too early for that. Justin – its still this side versus that side. Jason – Shelby really laid it all out there .. like I’m putting you up so I can take you off. Okay you want to be that obvious. They’ve got the same strategy as us but they’re trying to smoke screen it. Justin – this evil plan is going to work. We’re going to get everything we wanted this week. Jason – the more people that bought that, the better. They’re thinking it was a gift from heaven I got that co-HOH.

8:35pm Shelby talks to Whitney. Shelby – Morgan and Alex will definitely not vote you out especially over Danielle. Whitney – I think we’re going to be fine. Shelby – I just knew that if we put up one of our own then we would loose a number. Whitney – it’s completely up in the air. I guess it could be Kryssie (America’s nom) but I think its going to be Morgan or Alex. Shelby – yeah it will probably be one of them. Shelby if I do win I would probably take you off and Danielle would go home. And I’m the tie breaker. If Jason wins he might not change them. I can see you not even having a vote against you. Whitney if I were to win the veto what would you do? Shelby – I would put up someone from the other side. Whitney – when Justin talks to me .. I know he doesn’t want you out. He might not like you or agree with stuff. Shelby – I don’t think it even really matters with you on the block

9pm In the kitchen – The house guests are playing melon bowling. Morgan tosses it and busts the watermelon open.

9:30pm Lounge room – Jason, Shelby Morgan, and Alex. They talk about random things. Shelby and Alex tell him they have someone they would set him up with. Jason leaves. Shelby tells Alex about how Whitney was crying earlier. I got emotional too. I just told her that there is no way she’s going home and that if you guys (Morgan, Alex) go up, you guys go home. Alex – yeah. Shelby – she gets it. Alex – She is literally probably the safest this week. Shelby – Danielle and Kryssie will go over her. What do you think of Jason coming in here. Alex – he is either doing damage control because he realizes the sides are shattering. Shelby – the thing is our side didn’t shatter.. our side is still good. Alex – I think he is strategically sitting in here .. he wants to hand out with us in case of a double eviction. Shelby – why the f**k for one hour.. 40 days in. Alex – he’s never done this before. Morgan – I did enjoy talking to him. Shelby – he is the only one from that side that I can stand … and he did say f**k it I will go for Danielle. Alex – so he says.

11:05pm Bedroom – Alex and Whitney. Alex – It just hasn’t felt the same between us. You were my first first friend in this house. I know the whole house thinks Scott and I had this alliance.. I haven’t had any alliance but with y’all. I know that people like Jason might be saying things that are opposite. Me and Scott just talked about pokemon. One thing that you probably don’t know about last week is that Jason approached me and said I will tell Danielle to not put you on the block if you promise to keep me safe if America puts me up as a nominee. He asked me who I wanted out Whitney or Morgan and I said Jason I’m not throwing names out, I’m not throwing people under the bus. I don’t know what he has said but I have a feeling he has twisted my words. But I just wanted to clear the air.. y’all two are the only two that I am loyal to the alliance. Whatever happens I am 100% voting to keep you. I would never vote out you over Daneielle .. ever. If I am not America’s nom.. I expect me or Morgan will be but if I’m not and I get picked to play (in the veto) and I win, I will pull you down. Whitney – yeah, no that’s fine.

12am Shelby and Alex laying in the HOH bed watching the fish and talking about random things.

1am Jason – I’m blocking the rays of Stacy! Justin – who’s Stacy!? Jason – the imaginary girl that Shane is sleeping with right now.

1:45am All the house guests are sleeping.

AMERICA’S NOMINATION IS ALEX

Veto players are Danielle, Whitney, Alex, Morgan, Jason and Shelby. Veto starts at 1pm

JASON WINS THE VETO

“IF THIS WAS THE REAL WORLD I WOULD DRAG SHELBY’S BY HER UGLY A$$ F’ING HAIR.. LIKE B1TCH I WILL KILL YOU”

March 01, 2017

1:16pm Jason, Kryssie and Danielle 
Danielle – If this was the real world I would drag Shelby’s by her ugly a$$ f’ing hair.. I don’t f****g like her I can’t stand her a$$
Danielle brings up an encounter with Shleby where she was whispering to the other girls about Danielle.
Danielle – Like b1tch I will kill you .. No I won’t really .. I’m really not going to kill her I have a son to raise
Jason – just kidding just kidding.. disclaimer disclaimer

Jason complains about the nicotine patch being itchy
Danielle – well if you’ve never started smoking cigarettes you wouldn’t have this problem
Jason – shut up
Danielle – I’m going to whip booger on you

1:51pm Jason and Kryssie Backyard
Jason – You and Justin HAVE to win during the Double… Danielle has to win tomorrow
Jason says if Justin wins Veto he’ll moan about using it on Whitney.
Jason – then guess who’s’ getting backdoored.. You
Jason – it’s unlikely you’ll go but still
Jason – Whitney is a smart player Shelby gave me way more information than Whitney did.. And we saved Whitney.
Jason says this show how not smart of a player Shelby is and how smart of a player Whitney is
Jason warns that Whitney’s loyalty will always be with the other side.
Jason – these girls are so sensitive they have no sense of humour
Jason says she’s the safest out of them all for Double.
Jason – Alex has to go this week.. If she comes into power she’s for sure gunning for me
Jason is worried about America voting for Justin to win. Points out that Justin is playing both sides and sometimes America doesn’t like that.
Jason says Shelby is a better strategist than they thought, “Morgan doesn’t know what show she’s on.. Alex is playing so hard she doesn’t have fun or personality”
Jason says it’s a good thing they are nominating Danielle because it increases the chance to have someone on the other side as America’s noms. Adds that even if one of them do go up as America’s nom that means 1 extra player to compete in the POV that’s on their side.
Jason says Justin won’t be anywhere near his HOH if he wins it again.
Jason says Whitney is a lot better than they thought. Says she got a call back without even trying and is only 21.
Jason – I’m nervous for Tomorrow

Jason says he has to beat Shelby tomorrow in the POV so he is the tie breaker vote.

(It’s pretty darn slow Sundays)

4:11pm Alex, Shelby and Morgan
Alex – I need to talk to Whitney tonight make her trust her again
Shelby – she’s not goign to feel very good when I Maybe put her up
Shelby – I’m going to feel so bad if I put her up and she cries..
Morgan – she knows it’s coming
Shelby says Justin was trying to tell her Alex scheme against her.
They agree Justin is Jason’s puppet.
Shelby – he’s doing a bad job of repeating what Jason told him to say
Shelby – maybe it would be good for Jason to go in the double…. but no he’s already got a care package.. and Whitney will never use her care package to save Jason

They talk about this being the first season that someone (Danielle) had a early showmance with Shane. Shane got evicted and she started another showmance with Justin.
Whitney – there is no way this has ever happened before because you know what people have morals
They laugh.
Morgan says they didn’t get a lot of boys.
Shelby agrees.
Whitney – because we’re all married

7:08pm Safety Ceremony .. Jason nominates Danielle and Shelby nominates Whitney

7:31pm Shelby and Whitney 
Shelby says Justin told them he won’t vote you out over Danielle.
Shelby – Jason won’t even change the noms if he gets it.. (POV)
Whitney – who is America’s nom
Shelby – Alex or Morgan .. Justin will vote them out over you, Kryssie will vote them out over you
Whitney says Jason wants Danielle out they might vote Danielle out.

Shelby – there’s no situation you go home.. you’re fine
Whitney says last week she felt that Scott and Alex were turning around .
Shelby – Alex will not vote you out over Daneille I can promise you that
They both start crying..
Shelby says if she puts Alex and MOrgan up they will go home and then they won’t have the numbers dur
ing double eviction.

BB MATH – SHELBY IS NOMINATING WHITNEY & I AM NOMINATING DANIELLE. ONE OF THEM IS AMERICA’S NOM..

March 01, 2017

8:15pm Justin, Jason, Danielle and Kryssie are in the HOH room. Jason is using candy to show them who he should nominate and why. Me and Shelby are not voting. She (Shelby) is nominating Whitney and I am nominating Danielle. One of them is America’s nom and it stays as that 3. But there is no way it would stay as that three.. everyone would use the veto this week. If Danielle comes down and we chuck up Alex .. then we have 3 for sure that are going to vote out Alex. So if we take Whitney down then Shelby would put up Justin. Whitney will not vote Justin out. She would vote America’s person out. Kryssie will vote that way as well. And they will vote Justin out. America’s will probably side with that way (America’s nom). If Alex is America’s nom and she takes herself down .. then we’re f**ked. But if one of us is America’s nom .. if Kryssie is America’s nom and Kryssie wins the veto she can take down Danielle. Back door Alex. Then it comes down to if I beat Shelby in the veto or not. Justin – you’ve got to beat her. Jason – I will. Justin eats the Jason candy. They all head down stairs.

9pm – 10pmThe house guests are playing BB melon bowling. If it breaks on your turn .. you clean it up.

11:20pm – 11:50pm HOH room – Alex and Shelby. Alex – say by some miracle we do get Danielle out this week and then on the double we get out another person with a care package that leaves 2 people and 2 care packages left. Shelby – I know. Alex – oh you’ve already thought of it. The odds of that happening are pretty slim. America just can’t put up me or Morgan and our odds go way higher. Than if we’re up against people who are seemingly loved by America. Shelby – seemingly how!? Alex – Whitney and Scott keep telling me Kryssie is loved by America. Shelby – and so does Kryssie and she got the sh*ttiest care package. Alex – true. Shelby – and they probably didn’t make her a havenot till then because they knew she would quit the game. America just puts up whoever will be interesting at the time. Alex – I’m just going to assume it will be me or Morgan. Shelby – well if that happens I will be playing for you in the veto. And I would rather take you down than have to put someone else up and piss people off on the other side going into a double eviction. Alex – what would be interesting is what would Jason do .. would he take Whitney down? Shelby – then I would get to pick a replacement. Alex – oh yeah. Then he would take down Danielle. Shelby – I bet he would like to leave Whitney up there .. just in case. Then he would put up me or Morgan .. and one of us would go home. Alex – if Kryssie is America’s nom… even if Whitney won they pulled Whitney down .. Kryssie would not be going home. It would probably be a consensus of Danielle. Shelby – if we got Danielle out and Whitney won HOH .. do you think she would put up me and Jason? Alex – no I don’t think she would touch you. Shelby – it might be Morgan. Alex – It might be me. Shelby – she’s a threat but she’s also our ally. Alex – I would like to keep Whitney around a lot longer. Shelby – yeah final 6 .. final 4. Alex heads to bed.

12am – 12:40am HOH room – Shelby alone dancing around listening to her HOH music.

“I DO NOT BELIEVE THEY WANT DANIELLE OUT THAT IS TOO GOOD TO BE TRUE”

March 01, 2017

12:10pm LNJ 
Jason says Whitney is really nervous because she’s “Their” target. Explains that the other side will get rid of them first before Whitney but she’s still their target.
They watch Justin working out. Jason comments that Justin lose some muscle during his have not week. Before his have not week he was looking “Swole”
Jason says Shelby thinks the last care package will be a buy in to the finals.

 

1:45pm HOH Whitney and Shelby
Whitney – were you able to talk to JAson
Shelby – we want to take out someone big that can win and he wants me to throw one of you guys under the bus.
Whitney – he’s saying he wants Danielle out is that true
Shelby says yeah .. everyone wants her to leave it’s great
Whitney says Danielle doesn’t know she’s the target.
Shelby knows says they have to keep it hush hush
Shelby says Jason wants Alex to be Nominated.
Shelby – I want to pull deals with Justin and Kryssie about not voting out whoever I put up and obviously.. I want to be the tie breaker… it depends. We have the numbers to get Danielle out
Whitney – right

Whitney – I have felt ever since I was taken off the block last week there has been a wall between .. especially me and Alex i never really get to talk to her.
Whitney – I kinda explained myself to Morgan because she was the one that went up but I don’t know..
Shelby – If you want me to be completely honest with you we thought you made a deal with them
Whitney says she talked to Danielle just campaigned to her to use the veto because Whitney felt there was a chance she would be evicted.
Whitney says the reason she felt in danger last week was because of Scott’s and Alex’s behaviour
Whitney – that is why I felt so threaten being up there.
Whitney – I knew I was going home if I was up there with Scott.. At least a possibility
Jason comes in….

1:53pm Pool Alex and Morgan
They walked in on the LNJ game talking.. They say Jason and Justine holding up fingers counting votes.
Alex – I feel like they don’t want Danielle out
Alex says if they wanted Danielle out they wouldn’t be counting votes they would know they have them.
MOrgan – I could be wrong..
Alex – I do not believe they want Danielle out that is too good to be true
Alex – I wouldn’t be surprised that Jason made a deal with Shelby saying I’ll put Danielle up she’s the real target you put Alex up
Alex says They are trying to trick Shelby that they want Danielle out but really they will blindside her.
Alex – I know this kid.. I don’t trust him
Morgan – I don’t trust him either
MOrgan – maybe he wants Danielle out
Alex – no he wants me out
Alex says Shelby would be really stupid to put Alex up.
Alex – you HAVE to start making deals with people
Morgan – not yet.. I don’t want to0 be caught in a lie

Alex – Jason is going to want to take Shelby to the end
Morgan – what about me
Alex – you have a care package waiting
Alex thinks Jason wants to take Shelby or Kryssie

Alex says Justin is the person she trusts most on the other side of the house. It’s scary because he’s so untrustworthy. They agree there’s not point making a deal with Kryssie but the rest are possibilities if the scenario is right.

2:19pm Shelby and Justin HOH 
Shelby says she heard he was targeting her this week
Justin says that was just “Shit” he told to Morgan.
Justin says during the double eviction he’s gunning for Alex and Morgan.
Shelby – OK

Justin pinky promises her that he’s not Gunning for her during the double.

Whitney joins them.
Justin – If Danielle is on the block Danielle is going home
Whitney – I believe that ./.. Danielle has been in everyone’s mouth
Justin says if it’s Danielel and Whitney on the block.. Danielle is gone, “Especially of she doesn’t win veto” (LOL)
Justin says Alex is gunning for Shelby
Shelby – when
Whitney – I already told SHleby I had suspicions last week
Whitney says she was on the block mainly because of Scott but suspect maybe Alex was part of it.
Justin says Alex was part ofit “Her and Scott were in an alliance.. that is why it was important to get one of them out”

2:46pm HOH Morgan and Shelby..
Talking about there two choices of noms are Alex and Whitney.
They want to try and Get Daneille out.
Shelby – it’s got to be Whitney ..

2:55pm Jason, Danielle, Whitney, Kryssie
Danielle says Monte was disgusting.
Jason brings up Caleb doing a youtube about not wanting gay people to get married.
Danielle says he was cute on the show
Jason says he hears crazy things about Devin “on the outside… I hope I never meet him”

3:13pm HOH Shelby, MOrgan and Alex
Shelby tells Alex she needs to smooth things over with Whitney.

Alex wants Jason out before Justin. THey agree Justin has no idea what he’s doing and is lucky Jason was in teh game to help him. They go over all the things Justin has said that have damaged his game.
Alex – America’s nom is so huge this week.. Imagine if it’s not me and MOrgan..
They suspect it’ll be one of them as America’s nom, Maybe it’ll be Kryssie. (Burping to the finale vote Kryssie for everything!)

The girls laugh that when Alex was HOH they threw Shelby under the bus and when Shelby is HOH they all throw Alex under the bus.
Alex says Jason has been sneaking around wheeling and dealing the problem is nobody has been in a position of power to do anything.
They agree Danielle is a lot smarter than everyone thinks plus she has the story back home to “pull on the heart string of America”
Shelby says she talked to Jason about Justin not needing the win.. apparently “he’s a trust fund baby” he doesn’t need the money at all.

Alex – I would rather Jason win over Danielle
Morgan – yup
Shelby – same
Alex says during Jason’s season his strategy was being “sucky at big brother”
They agree Justin is the biggest suck up.

Alex – I think Kryssie is sitting really pretty.. because shes someone they think they can beat
Shelby – she needs to win a lot of comps to make up for all she’s done… win a comp for every attempt she’s made to quite this game 
They laugh that Justin flat out told Shelby to her face he didn’t like her and is now trying to cover it.

Shelby – i’m not looking forward to putting Whitney on the block
The bring up how Justin is acting like they all have crushes on him
Alex – that whole side of the house
Morgan – is delusional
Alex says Whitney will play the middle until final 3

4:45pm Morgan and Alex 
Morgan saying that Shelby thinks she’s more loyal to her
Alex says she was branded the big fish and Morgan has been branded the little fish.

5:24pm Jason, Kryssie, Danielle
Chit chat

5:32pm LNJ talking about how their A$$holes felt after the spicy food.. Now they talk about how Kryssie is into “Freaky Sh1t” but not into @nal.
Whitney joins them says their side had a alliance name “Monte’s pythons”
Justin – what a f****g douche bag”
Jason says Monte is the type of person to go to rallies and punch people
Justin – I cannot accept his ignorance
Whitney about Monte “He is not very bright”
Whitney – he would say stupid stuff like hey guys I can be your leader
Whitney calls Monte a “Fruit loop dingus”

Morgan joins them
Whitney – did you enjoy being a python
MOrgan – ohh god no… but he loved it

7:00pm Safety ceremony 
Shelby picks Morgan safe
Jason picks Kryssie safe

 

SHELBY “THIS F**KING SUCKS. I HATE BEING HOH! I CAN’T EVEN EXPRESS TO YOU HOW MUCH I HATE THEM!”

March 01, 2017

9pm Backyard – Danielle joins Justin and Jason. Danielle – they (the plastics) did something really nice for me. Jason – they really thinking you’re going home. Danielle – they gave me some of the ice cream I like. Justin – they didn’t give you the whole thing though? Danielle – no. I didn’t even expect this. Jason – they must really believe I want you to go home and they’re like this is Danielle’s last week, lets be nice. How dumb are these girls?! How dumb would they have to be to believe that. I’m hoping they’re just being nice to be nice and not because they believe that. Big Brother blocks the feeds. When the feeds return – Justin, Danielle and Jason are in the kitchen talking about a BB alarm going off telling them this is a lock down. Please go inside the house. Justin – did you see anything? Jason – no, but it was kind of like we had an intruder or something. Danielle – it was like something was going on in the neighborhood or something. Jason – that lock down was scary.

9:40pm – 10:20pm Kitchen – Danielle, Jason, Justin and Kryssie play the never have I ever game. Kryssie burps. They all start with their fingers up and put them down if they’ve done what someone says. Justin – never have I ever rode a scooter. How does this work?! Danielle – you say things you’ve never done. Justin – oh. Damn this is hard. Danielle – never have I ever had s*x on a balcony. Justin – puts his thumb down. Jason – does a porch count? Justin – no, I’m talking about over the balcony both t*tties giggling. Jason – never have I ever had a boyfriend. Justin – never have I ever … so never ever done it?! Kryssie – I’ve got one for you .. never have I ever had s*x with a man. Justin puts a finger down. Kryssie – no you don’t put your finger down! They all laugh. Kryssie – Never have I ever had a threes*me with more than 1 dude. I didn’t say never have I ever had a threes*me because that would be a lie. Danielle – never have I ever ate a girl out. Jason – never have I ever que*fed. Justin – this is so difficult for me. Never have I ever had to squat to pee. Danielle – never have I ever licked a t*tty. Danielle – never have I ever ate out a blind girl. Jason puts a finger down. Jason wins that round. Alex, Morgan, Whitney and Shelby join them.

10:30pm – 11:30pm They all hang out in the kitchen chatting about random things.

12pm The havenots are no longer havenots and they get corona beer. The house guests are all eating and joking around in the kitchen.

12:50am In the bathroom – Shelby and Morgan are talking. Morgan – he (Justin) is getting on my last nerve. Shelby – I’ve been saying that for weeks! When everyone was talking he was like bla bla bla bla… it is not your turn to talk .. there are 8 people here .. shut the f**k up! Morgan – he is so annoying. Shelby – I’m actually pretty annoyed that Alex didn’t tell us he farted on our food. Morgan – he is gross. I am freaking irritated. Shelby – make sure you bring it up in your next.. Morgan – my thing is that when I ate the cheese it an hour after I was a havenot because I forgot. The thing is with him he knew he was eating it and he told Jason not to tell anyone and he ate another one. Shelby – and they don’t do anything about it. And he gets to nap because he eats himself into a food coma. He acts like he is so tough but be can’t eat some oatmeal?! Morgan – so they let him sleep all day because he doesn’t eat the slop that he’s supposed to. Well no you shouldn’t be worried about him being sick when he used to eat what everyone else is eating. I just think its stupid. Shelby – I know. I’m just in an awful mood right now. My whole HOH got messed up. He gets to do whatever he wants. Morgan – he’s going to be America’s favourite player and for what .. not reading the directions on a veto and people think its funny?! Shelby – nut sack, fart, I sh*t myself today … you’re not f**king funny .. you have the humor of a 7 year old and you’re 20 f**king 7. Morgan – yeah I just think the reeces thing is irritating. Like he had the easiest week as a havenot but he can’t follow the rules like everyone else!? Shelby – I think he should have to be havenot for longer or he should get a penalty nom… and I’m going to keep bit*hing to them (BB) until they do something about it. Morgan – and me to .. or can I get a reeces if I’m a havenot because they don’t do anything?! Shelby – yeah you better.
Shelby – I already lost it in the DR. Shelby starts crying. – I thought this was going to be fun. This isn’t fun! This f**king sucks. I hate being HOH .. like this whole experience just sucks .. I hate these people so much! I can’t even express to you how much I hate them. They’re so annoying! And then I finally get a room to be away from them and it gets taken away from me. And then I was upset that I didn’t get something from my family and then I just got some random letter talking about burgers from my friend. Why didn’t you give me something from my family! Morgan – I’m sure they were just trying to show the humor in it. Shelby – but everyone else gets something from their family and mine is like oh we’re going to go out and get drunk and eat burgers… and then my whole thing gets taken away from me. Morgan – the end is near if we can just push through this. Shelby – and Alex can’t tell us if someone is farting in our food. I’m just sick of people that can’t speak up for themselves. Alex joins them and asks if everything is okay? Shelby – NO! I’m sick of this and I hate these people! Alex – it does suck but its a game. Shelby – its not about the room .. I want to put up my own targets and I don’t even get to do that! Morgan – hopefully America will help us out and put up one of them and hopefully still make this work. Shelby – my biggest fear was going home on a double eviction and now next week I can’t even be HOH. They make it look like its so much fun on the show and its not! Morgan – just keep pushing .. you still have power. Alex – this game has highs and lows. Shelby – well I didn’t know that the rules only apply to some people so that is making me pissed off. Morgan – there is still hope to get one of them out. We don’t know what America is thinking. Yeah they suck but if we can stick together .. 250K. Shelby – this will be the hardest 250K.

1am – 2:20am In the bedroom – Morgan talks to Alex about how pissed off Shelby is. Alex – is she really pissed off?! Morgan – I think she is real pissed off about the farting thing. Alex – she knows how dumb these people are. Alex – people need to suck it up! Morgan – you have to remember we have each other. It would be different if we didn’t have each other. Alex – I am just sick of criers. I’m sick of people who cry because the lose comps, cry because they’re havenots. Like man up! Morgan – if she puts up one of us and America doesn’t put up one of them we’re going home. She wants to put up Justin if we get the veto. Alex – this week she (Shebly) doesn’t have power ..she needs to focus on getting out one. Morgan and Alex go to bed.

2:50am HOH room Jason and Shelby. Jason and Shelby talk in the HOH room. Jason – if Kryssie was to win HOH during the double eviction she wouldn’t go after you.. she would go after anyone of those other girls. Shelby – she won’t go after Whitney over me. Jason – maybe that’s why you put up Whitney because if she goes then you’re guaranteeing that if Kryssie does get power she’s not coming for you. She would be going for Alex and Morgan. They gave Alex safety when Kryssie was in power because they (America) knew Kryssie was gunning for her.

CARE PACKAGE 5 CO-HOH RESULTS “WOW THIS IS VERY COMPLEX”

March 01, 2017

1:02pm Jason wins the Care package
Jason – thanks America.. I got Smores stuff and a best friend necklace..
Neither Shelby or Jason get to compete in the next HOH. They share the HOH bedroom. Big Brother will explain how the safety ceremonies go later.

They both Play in the Veto in the event of a tie during Eviction the person that performs best in the veto will break the tie.

1:49pm Storage room Morgan and Shelby
Agreeing it might be alright that Jason got HOH this week as long as they can get their target out this week. This means that next week Jason doesn’t compete in the HOH.
Morgan – he’ll want to take out a care package..
Shelby – Now I have to think about how to get out my target.. and I don’t have a backup target

1:11pm LNJ
Danielle says she’s so happy for Jason.
Kryssie – and you were worried about going home
Danielle wants to get Alex out this week next week Morgan after that Shelby which leaves there 5 intact.

 

1:40pm Danielle with her LNJ crew + Whitney – Jason
Justin – hopefully America’s nom is Morgan..
Whitney – I think Alex
Danielle going over the numbers of votes they have in the event that America’s nom is one of them.

Danielle – say Shelby is the one that nominates Whitney.. Jason nominates me I win Veto I come down and now Jason gets to nominate Alex.. BOOM ..
Danielle – now it’s 1 of use Whitney and Alex.. we have 3 votes in the house and America has 1 vote..
Danielle says the votes will be tied so it comes down to whatever HOH performs better in the veto. Says hopefully “Shelby doesn’t get lucky a second time”
Kryssie – so are you volunteering going on the block because you have the best chance to win the veto
Danielle – no

Whitney – she’s saying if she goes on the block one of America’s nom will be one of them.
Danielle says she doesn’t see America nominating Kryssie or Justin so if She’s off the block America will nominate someone from the other side.
Whitney says she’ll have to talk to Shelby says that Shelby will nominate her no “one of you guys”
Whitney runs upstairs because “Alex is up there”

They want to get Alex out this week.
Kryssie – you gotta act shock when he nominates you though.. You have to act pissed..
Danielle explains that Shelby will have to nominate Whitney because of how the safety ceremony will work, “He picks someone she picks someone hes picks someone she picks someone”
Kryssie says she will do a Cartwheel if America nominates someone from the other side
Justin – “Wow this is very complex”

They all comment how the other side isn’t smart enough to capitalize on this week .

1:42pm Ball smashers asking America to please not nominate them.

1:53pm Jason’s HOH room reveal..

2:10pm Danielle tells him he has to beat Shelby in the veto.
She fills Jason in on her plan to be nominated. Danielle says the other girls are not smart enough to figure themselves out of this week.
Jason – they are going to try and nominate their strongest player.. they might do that to protect Alex from being America’s nom..
Danielle says Alex won’t volunteer to go up they’ll put Morgan up.
2:17pm Danielle takes Jason outside with Justin where she’s outlines her plans again.
Justin – you gotta beat Shelby bro.. you gotta kid (in the veto)
Danielle – I have to go on the block so we can Backdoor
Jason – she’ll save Alex first.. I’ll save Kryssie.. she’ll save MOrgan next i’ll save Justin and that will leave you 2 (Whitney and Danielle)

Danielle says Shelby will want to nominate her
Jason won’t let her ‘I’ll fight her on it”

2:18pm BS in the HOH
Going over the safety wall.. No major game since Whitney is in the room.

Whitney mentions if Danielle is nominated she might throw the Veto to Jason.

2:47pm Smashers going over scenarios (Circle talking)
They have figured out that Jason might want to nominate Danielle to make America’s nom a unknown. They also go over making Whitney safe.
They consider if Morgan and Alex are have nots and listed before Danielle Shelby should nominate one of them.

They wonder if it’s Whitney and Danielle on the block if they would pick Whitney. Alex and Morgan seem to think they would vote out Danielle.
Alex thinks Whitney may be their best bargaining chip
Shelby – I bet he (Jason) wouldn’t mind getting Whitney out .. he wants control back on his side of the house.. Whitney will probably take him out in the double eviction and he can’t play
Morgan mentions Jason can’t play in the next HOH that’s 1 advantage.

Shelby – now Whitney is probably on the other side of the house trying to be safe
Alex – yup

3:00pm Jason and Shelby HOH

S – we know who each others friends are in the house
J – that’s why America did this
J – I want to nominate someone from my own side
S – why

Jason says they’re “lingering issues” with Danielle he wants to put her up.
J – you have to nominate one of your people if I nominate mine

They agree it’s hard to decide what they will do until

J – I’m fine if Danielle goes
S – don’t you see her as someone you can beat at the finale
Jason warns her that Danielle is “Crazy good” at the strategy stuff .
J – She might not be the most likable.. If Danielle is playing the best game even if she’s annoying she’ll win
They think the Have nots will be reduced to 2.
Shelby says if that Jason wants to take Daneille out she’ll work with him to do that
J – I’m fine if Danielle goes
Jason asks her if there is anyone from her side she wants out.
Shelby thinks she can’t beat Whitney or Alex.
Jason says Morgan is getting no air time (HUH?)
Shelby says Morgan is the one person she can beat in the end she doesn’t want Morgan to go this week.

Jason admits Shelby’s Care Package wasn’t a huge benefit to her. And agrees when she says the jump from Care package 4 and 5 was huge. Jason says everyone has been on the show long enough that his fan advantage isn’t a issue. Thinks that if he had such an advantage he would have won the first care package it took him weeks until he got one. Shelby thinks Kryssie must have a lot of fans. Jason agrees then adds Kryssie care package was more of a care package for him.

Shelby – it’ll be Whitney or Alex depending on the have nots.. I trust Alex more but she’s a beast and she’s kinda implied she’s not taking me to the finale.
Jason says Scott and Alex were playing everyone in the house last week, Scott and Alex wanted to take Kryssie to the end. Warns her that the 2 biggest power players in the house are Danielle and Alex.

5:25pm Ball smashers 
Whitney – so he (Jason) said If he wins he would keep her (Danielle) up there..
Shelby – ya but he was lying
Whitney – ya because imagine how they would feel if they put the three of us up.. that’s a huge move

DANIELLE “YOU’RE STILL NOBODY. WHO THE F**K ARE YOU!? YOU’RE A WAITRESS AT A PRETEND RESTAURANT!”

March 01, 2017

9:20pm – 11:30pm HOH room – Morgan, Shelby Whitney and Alex are hanging out watching the fish. Morgan – I can’t believe he (Justin) je*ked off in here. Whitney – it was probably his dream. Shelby laughs – to je*k off in the HOH bathroom. They agree to talk about things before a double eviction happens. Alex – I think we should all have similar goals. Whitney – right, we need to talk about it. Alex – so that we don’t have to freak out and figure out who to vote so we’ll all be on the same page. If we don’t have time to talk .. at least the right person will go home.

9:40pm – 11pm Backyard – Danielle – I can’t sit out here and play pretend with them. Jason – that’s why I go to bed at like 10 o’clock now. I’m not going to play pretend. Danielle – I don’t care who’s HOH. I’m not going to sit here and play pretend. You (Shelby) haven’t talked to me in 5 weeks. I don’t care if you’re HOH. You’re still nobody. Who the F**k are you!? You’re a waitress at a pretend restaurant. You live with your Aunt and Uncle. I will drag your ass to LA and down the motherf**king street. Kiss my motherf**king a$$. Don’t f**king come for me! I hate that sh*t. Don’t pretend you have money if you don’t have money. Let me take you to places you don’t know about. They will drag your a$$. She don’t even know what LA is! I will take her to LA and we’ll see how well her passive aggressive a$$ does there. I can’t stand her! Jason – its the basically never been beat before. People who have never been in a fight before and beat act different than those who have. Danielle – I hate people like that. She is so shallow. Justin – there’s nothing we can do about it. Lets just hope one of us gets the care package.

“COULD YOU IMAGINE IF WE GOT ALL THE GUYS OUT.. IT WOULD BE SO EPIC”

March 01, 2017

11:16am HOH Alex 
Alex – I am a huge huge huge super fan I love this show all of my heart..
Alex – I think that this game .. oh that’s morgan coming up.. This week is going to be interesting we can get out a big target this week and make a strategic move.. I plan on working with Shelby on this to make this happen.
Alex says SCott was her main person to talk strategy with now she’ll have to do it with Shelby “Can’t rely on my sister.. Love her but she’s a really loyal person but strategically Shelby is my best bet”
Alex says she’s in trouble this week and next week because of the care packages. If MOrgan doesn’t get one of the next 2 they at least one of them will be going home.

Alex – Jason is gunning after me then Whitney.. Justin is gunning after SHelby then me or my sister
Alex – Danielle is coming after me.. Kryssie is 100% coming after me.. Half the house wants me out really badly..

Alex – these care packages will either make or break me
Alex doesn’t want to go after Justin this week she doesn’t think he’s coming after her short term. He’ll go after Shelby and Morgan first, ‘Sooner or later I’m going to have to play my own game”

Alex – I think Kryssie, Jason and Danielle all want me out .. I’m in a sticky situation when it comes to them.
Alex – I know Justin is y’alls favorite player and I’m going to try and not gun after him .. I’m going to try and talk Shelby into not gunning after him this week.

11:22am Morgan comes in 
Alex – Jason is for sure coming after me and Whitney..
Alex – Kryssie is coming after me and you.. She’s a great person to get out of the house.. At the end of the day she’ll work with Shelby and Whitney before us
Morgan wants to keep Danielle this week.
Alex says Jason is the person she has to watch out for.
MOrgan – he’s someone we all have to watch out for he lies to everyone
Alex – he does.. People are starting to notice he’s really sketchy in this game.. He irritates me
Morgan – if Jason goes that will be a big blow to Justin
Alex says MOrgan’s goal should be to get tight with Whitney again.

Morgan says Shelby is really set on putting 2 people up she won’t say because it’ll influence the Care package.
Alex is going to try hard to steer shelby “the goal is to get one of them out this week”
They agree they’ll let Shelby do what she wants.

Morgan – I’m sad Scott left..
They agree he said questionable things but was a good person.
Alex – he was very creative with his strategy in this game

11:31pm Shelby and Whitney come in
Chit chat..
Shelby – they gave me a lot of face scrub.. I get the hint Big Brother
Shelby says her friend Monica doesn’t drink she just likes going out to the with them..

11:40am HOH Shelby and Alex 
Alex mentions if America wants the game to be 1 sided they’ll give the care package to the other side. Adds that a all girls alliance that started from the beginning has never made it this far before.
Alex and Shelby agree their all girls alliance is shaky but salvageable
Morgan comes in..
They talk about Justin Always saying he will help them but never does.
Shelby Brings up Justin telling her he will help keep scott this week then he voted him out.
Alex says Scott told her that Justin was never helping them. he found this out through Jason, “His word means nothing in this game”
They talk about Kryssie gettign so mad after losing the HOH. Alex points out Kryssie had just won it a week ago and she’s up in the HOH crying because she lost the Competition.
Alex – she’s a weak girl, when it comes to that.. it’s like a every day type thing.. she’s mentally not tough not at all
Morgan – she acts like she is
Alex – it’s a facade..
Morgan – big and bad knows everything
Alex says Kryssie is the most insecure person in this house
They talk about Kryssie being so sensitive they can’t have fun with her. They go over instances of them teasing around with each other but when they try with Kryssie she gets pissed.
Alex – we talk so much shit about MOnte and he was out friend.

3:03pm HOH Shelby and Alex
Alex tells Shelby when she was HOH everyone told her to put her up, “That was a month ago”
Shelby – finally another ballsmasher is in power..
Alex – hopefully we can keep this going
Alex – you’re the best person to get it to make everyone sweat…
Shelby says Kryssie and Danielle are not acting “antsy” so they must know who her targets are and they are right.
They agree not to tell Whitney anything at this point.
Alex – she needs to approach us.. hopefully tomorrow we can have a bonding night again

Alex says she’s sitting in the bath tub for Kryssie’s and Shelby’s conversation.
They mention that the only time Kryssie makes eye contact with them is when she’s burping. They agree Jason and Danielle have made very little effort into getting to know them but Kryssie and Justin have.
Shelby plans on having a krackle bar in her bra in case Jason goes home.
Alex hopes it’ll go back to old school BNB so they don’t have to worry about all these twists.
Alex – could you imagine if we got all the guys out.. it would be so epic.

They talk about how bad Shane’s speech was.
Alex – and now Danielle is basically hitting on the other single guy in the house.. sounds like a winner Shane.. she is a winner

3:17pm
Alex says putting Kryssie up is better than Danielle because “they will all turn on Danielle not Kryssie”
They agree Jason will go over Justin.
Alex tells them Kryssie will never make a deal with them but Danielle would.
Shelby – Jason might work with us but I don’t trust a word he says..
They agree neither side can trust each other.
Alex – Jusitn now is completely denying everything he said to Scott
Shelby about Justin – You told me you can’t stand my guts and my time is coming and I’m going to say it wasn’t my time to go it was my time to win HOH and it’s here.
Shelby – you told everyone even Morgan.. you were saying this whole time you were going to target me.. you offered Scott a deal that you would pull him off the block that you deny
Shelby – your side through my name under the bus to Scott when you knew he was going home.. there’s not point in that
Shelby – you cussed me out the other day because I wanted to sleep..

Alex – you have 3 solid points you can use against him
Alex – he’s about to feel the heat for the first time.
Shelby – you got to want to be in the bathtub this time

4:06pm Julie’s questions..

She tells them on Wednesday they will be evicting 2 people. The first eviction takes place immediately following the weekly episode. The second eviction happen later that night no one is safe from it.

5:00pm Backyard
Jason warns that Alex will keep protecting Justin placing him and Danielle “in the worst spot”

Danielle about the other side “They don’t have to face adversity in the real world so they don’t know how to face it here.. they don’t know how to adapt the way we do.. they don’t know how what it’s like Ohh sit I don’t have enough money to pay this bill and pull some shit together and get it done.. ”
Jason says the other girls are young they still rely on their parents to take care of them.
Justine joins them.
Justin says he’s not as worried they son’t know what is coming up.
Jason – well I’m glad for you Justin the rest of use are stressed out
They agree Morgan won’t get the care package she’s too much of a “Flat line”
Danielle says if they can pull this off and get rid of someone from the other side “that’s 5 of us competing in the HOH” (sounds like fun to watch)

5:45pm Jason tells Kryssie they would be idiots if they took Justin to final 3.

7:43pm HOH Morgan and Shelby
Alex says if they are in the finals with Justin, Jason or Whitney they won’t win.
Shelby thinks Danielle has a chance to win ‘She’s playing the game the most.. like she’s won the most comps”
Alex says the one person she wouldn’t vote to win is Kryssie, “Someone who has tried to quit multiple times”
Alex – she might have really good DR’s…
Alex – if Morgan wins comps to keep herself safe I would give it to her..
Shelby – she needs to make a move soon (Morgan)
Shelby is glad she’s won a HOH so now she can make a move
Alex – ideal Final 3 is me you and Morgan
Shelby – we would be the best all girls alliance ever if we made it to final 3
Alex – that would be amazing . .crazy crazy crazy hard battle
Shelby – I think it would be hilarious if we got the 2 boys out consecutively

SHELBY IS THE NEW HOH!

March 01, 2017

HOH Competition Order:

  1. Whitney

  2. Alex

  3. Kryssie

  4. Shelby

  5. Morgan

  6. Jason

  7. Justin

 

Face Morph Answers leading up to the HOH sign:

  • Cornbread & Morgan

  • Kryssie & Monte

  • Scott & Danielle

  • Shane & Neeley

  • Alex & Monte

  • Whitney & Shelby

  • Justin & Jason

 
The house guests have a 30 minute time limit to correctly identify the 7 face morphed house guests. Whitney’s time runs out and she gets the wah wah wahhh signal. She joins Danielle in the HOH room. Whitney tells Danielle – that comp was hard. She says she named that comp as her favorite before coming into the house

Alex correctly answers all of the photos with a time of 27:04.
Kryssie reaches Alex’s time and is disqualified.
Shelby’s strategy was to uncovered one at time carrying all the names with her as she went along. She answered them all correctly with an impressive time of 3:42.38
Morgan doesn’t beat Shelby’s time and gets the wah wah wahhh
Jason goes next but he doesn’t understand the rules. He thought one house guests name went up with the photos.
Justin doesn’t beat Shelby’s time.

12:35am – 12:40am Bathroom – Justin & Whitney. Justin – I can’t believe she won. Did anyone have a time closest to that? Whitney – the closest time was 27 minutes. Justin – really?! Out of all the people, I can’t believe she is HOH. Whitney – she got them all right the first time. Justin – Oh god I have to win the veto. Whitney – you might not even go up. Justin – I hate her ..and she knows that. I can’t stand her. God I will feel so played if I get sent home during her HOH. Like oh my god she isn’t good at anything., but obviously she is.. at matching faces. That sh*t’s crazy! She was the last person I expected to win. This is going to be a stressful week. She’s going to put up me and Danielle. Or me and Jason. This was the worst case scenario.

 

Justin heads to the kitchen and talks to Jason, Kryssie and Danielle. Jason – the reason why Shelby won is because she is shallow and superficially. Justin – she’s a sh*tty person. Justin – this is the worst case scenario this week. That sh*ts bad.. this sh*t is really really bad!

 

 

12:40am – 1:10am Storage room – Alex, Morgan and Shelby. Alex – I am so so so freakin’ happy!! Shelby – Justin is so depressed right now! He’s so pissed. Alex – he tried to throw you under the bus today. Shelby – yeah he tired to throw me under the bus right before the eviction ceremony .. he’s been talking sh*t to me all week AND I’M HOH MOTHERF**KER!!!!!! Alex – will you bring it up to him!? Shelby – maybe you shouldn’t have told Morgan that right before the competition. AMERICA PLEASE DON’T GIVE HIM A CARE PACKAGE .. PLEASEEEEEEEEE! Alex – she (Whitney) was cheering for Kryssie the entire time. They agree to keep it close. Morgan – its literally us 3 in this. Shelby – she didn’t even hug me. Alex – you know that Jason is sh*tting himself and he is going to try and use Whitney to get in good with you. Shelby – no one say anything until after the care package. They head out of the storage room and into the bedroom. Whitney joins them. They talk about the competition.

1:35am Daneille, Justin and Kryssie are talking. Krysssie is crying in the havenot room. She wonders why she is even here in the first place. Danielle – We have the care package, America’s nom and the veto. Kryssie – what if they take away America’s nom? Danielle – then we work around it. Justin – maybe its something very very good.
2:35am Shelby gets her HOH room. All the house guests head up to the HOH room. Shelby reads her HOH letter. Shelby checks out all the food she got in her HOH fridge.

 

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP EVICTION RESULTS SHELBY VS SCOTT VS MORGAN. Scott is evicted.

March 01, 2017

Shelby’s – Hi mom dad Mckensie the rest of my friends and family

Scott – thanks you for your friendship and support.. thank you Big Brother and CBS.. Fight hard everyone

Morgan – so much fun this past 36 days thanks to you guys

Shelby nulls Jason, Justin and Kryssie’s vote’s

Alex votes to evict Scott

Whitney votes to evict Scott

America votes to evict Scott

Scott is evicted.

8:09pm getting ready for the HOH

9:30pm The HOH is the face morph comp.. Big BRother over the top Freshman class

SCOTT “I’M COUNTING ON YOU KEEPING THE GIRLS TOGETHER & THE ONLY WAY TO DO THAT IS FOR YOU TO EVICT ME.”

March 01, 2017

9pm The house guest are sitting around the kitchen table talking and laughing.

9:25pm Backyard – Scott is alone and talking to the live feeders. Thankful I made it to Halloween. Thank you America for not letting me go out on Neeley’s bullsh*t speech. Most of which was untrue because I created the 4 guys alliance and I’m the one that turned on the alliance ..OK?! Welcome to big brother. I’m sure Monte is the only person that’s been evicted that would accept a friend request from me .. which is sad but whatever. Its fine. No hard feelings. Play your game. I’ve made a lot of mistakes in this game and I’ve hurt the people that I’m closest to as well. Sorry Alex. Sorry Shelby. If I was smarter, if I had listened to you. If I hadn’t been so selfish and tried to keep myself good with everyone in the house.. if I had just picked a side sooner… none of this would have happened. Now I only have one play left. I’m on my death bed but I’m not done yet. I have to make sure Whitney is solid with the girls. She has to be. Everything I did, I thought I had a good reason to do it. I’ve made a lot of mistakes in this game. I should have seen the red flags sooner .. but its hard. Jason’s been playing a really good game. He’s ruthless but I’m proud of the kid. But for my friends that I want to see succeed in this game… he (Jason) has got to go. Maybe I should have listed to Jason and Justin and gotten rid of Danielle. I know America you probably have your groups that you want to move forward. I hope you support Alex. And I hope you give Morgan the next care package. Shelby – what if he completely blows up our game in his speech. Well played Whitney, Justin, Danielle. You got what you wanted, you got the group to fracture. I thought I knew Jason’s game. I thought he was trustworthy and loyal. I give him mad props for how he is playing this game. Scott heads inside.

9:45pm – 10pm Bedroom – Shelby, Morgan, Alex, Whitney. Shelby – I feel so bad for Scott right now. Morgan – me too. Whitney – what’s he doing? Shelby – walking around in the backyard. Whitney – I know, I feel terrible. I feel down when he gets like this. Alex – that’s the game. They laugh about the possibility of being the last girls standing. Alex – the care package is definitely going to go to one of y’all two. Shelby – depends on who wins HOH. Morgan – and if its co-HOH. Whitney – if one of us wins HOH, it might go to Jason. Whitney – what if it goes to Danielle!? Morgan and Shelby head into the London bedroom. Shelby climbs on Morgan’s shoulders and puts the witch hat on.

11pm – 11:30pm Lounge room – Ball Smashers. Alex – Justin and Jason are the strategic people to get out. Kryssie and Danielle are the personal people to get out. We have to go for the strategic. Morgan – once Justin goes, Whitney has to come back to us. Shelby – it doesn’t leave her with many options. They talk about how they think they could convince Danielle to vote out Justin. Morgan – she (Witney) is not a good liar. You can immediately tell. Either she doesn’t make eye contact or she will awkwardly pause.

12:40am London Bedroom – Scott and Alex. Scott – I’m counting on you keeping the girls together… and the only way to do that is for you to evict me. Alex – I know. Now I wish.. If we had known things had shifted last night maybe we could have shifted it back. Scott – if we can get Whitney back, this is going to be better for the group. If we show her the light and get her back you will have two shots at care packages instead of just one. So if I do go this could be better for your game. it could be better for Shelby’s game. It could be better for Morgan’s game. If I go home instead of Whitney. You best believe Whitney has a care package coming to her… probably sooner than later. We need to show her the light and the love to get her back on track. It needs to be the whole group to show her the light and love. Alex – I know .. Jason is playing a dirty game. Scott and Alex go to sleep.

Morgan and Shelby try to sleep in the other bedroom but can’t sleep because the others are yelling and screaming in the other room. Shelby asks them if they can’t keep it down. Justin says no. Shelby says well I’m taking your bed then. Shelby and Morgan go into the London room to sleep.

1:10am – 2:45am Justin, Whitney, Kryssie and Jason are talking in the Havenot room. Justin – we just have to keep winning. Jason – Its at that point where we do need to keep winning. You know next week if we can’t get Alex out and we put her straight up and she wins the veto we can always send Shelby out. I’m not afraid of her.. here’s what you do .. he’s the king and she’s the queen. You get rid of the king first and then that queen is sitting there with no where to go. Kryssie – I think the other way around. Its like chess, the queen is the most powerful and can move any which way and the king is all but useless. Whitney – that’s right on. Jason – once he’s (Scott) gone she will have nothing but bishops on her side. kryssie asks Whitney – do you think she (Alex) will try and take you out. Whitney – possibly. Kryssie – I think they have bigger fish to fry. They’re so focused on Jason and Justin.

3:15am All the house guests are sleeping..

Nov 2nd 3:28pm Chit chat.. 
Justin has a giant scare on his chest from a skateboarding accident. “I probably should have gone to the doctors but I didn’t”

Whitney says she’s nervous about the competition.

Scott said his goodbyes to the ball smashers.

3:30pm Scott and Justin
Justin asks Scott to talk to Alex for him. Says he’s still wanting to work with her.
Scott says she’s very approachable. Goes on to say Alex is losing someone she’s close to and has a lot of people after her Alex will be looking for people to talk to .

Scott – it’s tough there’s only 3 votes this week
Justin – do yo think it’s double eviction soon
Scott – I’m not good with numbers.. I thought so when they said final 2 but final 3 I don’t think so

SCott – I’m going home tonight it’s all good..

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP POWER OF VETO MEETING RESULTS “IF YOU SAVE ME I WOULD OWE YOU A LIFE DEBT”

March 01, 2017

Shelby – Hey Danielle.. great job in the competition I would love if you used the veto on me but you are the one that put me here so i’m not expecting it.. Great job

Whitney – If you were to use the veto on me I would be so appreciative.. do whats best for your game

Scott – Danielle if you used the POV on me I would appreciate it and if you save me I would owe you a life debt

Danielle says this week she’s felt like she’s in Defense mode

Danielle used the Veto on Whitney pulled her off the block and nominating Morgan in her place.

1:16pm Morgan, Shelby and Alex
Morgan crying.. they tell her Scott is going home Whitney will vote him out. Morgan doesn’t trust Whitney at all anymore..
Alex – Whitney has flipped agaisnt us.. we can’t trust her
Morgan – dude hell no … hell no
Morgan feels she’s in danger this week.
Whitney comes in says she’s surprised. Whitney thinks that someone was pressuring Danielle to put Whitney up at the start.
Alex – it doesn’t make sense she got extra blood on her hands.
Whitney points out that Danielle was always saying to her whoever is America’s nom she is pulling down.

1:22pm Alex and Scott
Figuring out what happened. Alex says Whitney won’t look at her. Scott thinks Whitney will vote him out over the girls. Tells her to give him a heads up if he’s going.
Shelby comes in
Alex – I feel like Whitney is not with us anymore.
Shelby – I knew she would be the first to flip the whole time
Alex says Whitney was lying to all their faces in the bathroom just now.
Shelby says Kryssie was correct calling Whitney a floater.

SCott – if you want to keep me around consider cancelling Whitney’s voice.. Whitney and America will vote to get rid of me
Shelby – I’m on the block so I can’t take any chances
SCott – that’s fine.
Scott tells them to keep themselves safe if he goes home no big deal he made it to Halloween.

Alex – Danielle was already on the outs..
Scott – On Friday I talked to Danielle and she said she would use the veto on me..
Scott – they do want to eliminate out care packages.. Morgan is their target.
Whitney comes in..

Alex – well Danielle got what she wanted this week
Whitney – what do you think she wanted
Alex – out side gone..
Alex – I just hope if I go home you 4 girls stick together.. If I go home you all made it one step further..
Whitney – was Morgan upset
Alex – yeah she’s upset.. I haven’t seen her cry in here before.

1:32pm Another Week of Kryssie HURRAY!

1:42pm Tokyo room 
Alex – she Basically sold us out to save herself..
Alex – I’m surprised she didn’t put me up
Shelby joins them.
Alex say they can’t be mad at Whitney, “The other side has turned her against me”
They agree to start filtering the information they give Whitney.
Alex – she has broken the alliance
Morgan – I agree

Alex says it was so obvious Whitney lying to them.
Shelby – we don’t even have any f****g numbers if we win HOH
Alex – it’ll be a battle but we don’t give up
They agree it’s really awkward around Whitney now
Morgan – I know she threw me under the bus
Alex says she’s never made a final 2 deal with Scott and he’s made it sound like she has. She’s voting Scott out this week.

Whitney joins them tells Morgan she has nothing to worry about.
Morgan says she’s surprised she’s up.. “I was caught off guard”
Whitney – I did not expect to go up so I totally understand

2:05pm Danielle and Morgan
Danielle tells her she’s not the target. Says Scott was handed to her on a silver platter. She didn’t want to risk Whitney going home.
Danielle – for me it’s more secure voting wise if it’s Whitney and Alex voting… and America voting
Danielle says Alex is more likely to turn on Whitney than Morgan. Danielle wants to make sure SCott goes.

2:16pm Alex and Shelby
They think Whitney offered Danielle the Care package. Alex suspect Whitney told them their alliance name.
Alex – I can’t be mad at her we would have voted her out if Danielle saved Scott..
Shelby says Whitney must feel good “I’m floating to finale”
Alex – she is
Shelby – we’re not acting happy enough that Scott is going home
Alex says Whitney knows that they know she’s flipped.
Morgan joins them.. “I still Believe Whitney made them a deal 100%”
Morgan says Scott is the target.
Shelby says Danielle told Scott they were working together because they were both at the bottom of their alliance.
Morgan – she put me up because she thinks you (Alex) and Whitney are votes against Scott..
They agree Whitney must have said something to Danielle about Alex to make Danielle think Alex is closer to Morgan and Shelby than Whitney.
Alex says 3 days ago Danielle was all about getting rid of a girl that doesn’t have a care package.

Alex – Whitney probably told her (Danielle) we would vote her out .. Like Whitney planted the seed into Danielle’s mind probably

Alex – Whitney does not have confidence in us
Alex – I can’t fault her She made the best move for herself This is a game I can respect it .. it’s just a little tricky for us 
Alex – the other side of the house gives me a giant headache

They are worried Whitney will put them up if she wins HOH.
Morgan – once we left she has Justin and Kryssie
Shelby says she can’t trust Scott he reveals truths to them after the fact..

Scott joins them, “Whats cracking”
3:39pm Tokyo Shelby and Alex.

Complaining about how Production lets Justin get away with things they aren’t allowed. Like Singing and napping. They want Justin out over Jason because Jason they can work with. Alex knows Danielle wants Justin out. They think maybe Danielle will work with them to accomplish that.

 

3:40pm Whitney tell Morgan her deal with Danielle is to Vote Scott out 100%.

4:38pm Kitchen Morgan and Alex
Morgan says she talked to Whitney and brought up the care package saying that maybe they kept Whitney off the block was because they wanted her care package. Morgan adds that Whitney had nothing to say to that. Morgan is convinced Whitney made a deal with Danielle.
Morgan – she wants us to stick together
Alex – I’m going to make peace
Morgan – I’m going to keep acting like everything is cool..

6:00pm Jason and Scott
Scott admits he over played in the beginning. He got lucky and stayed but now his time might be up.
Scott – the fact I made it this far is 1/2 a Miracle in itself..
Jason – everyone is a winner that makes this on here..

6:43pm Alex and Scott Hammock
Scott hopes his mistake doesn’t jeopardize Alex and Shelby’s game
Scott – you are not disloyal to vote me out.. I almost want you to it’s the right thing for your game Alex it really is.. this is what you need to do to get further..
Scott – my last hurrah is to convince Whitney Jason is out to get her
Alex – if you can do that it will be really helpful.. At this point I don’t know if she will believe me
Scott is going to bring up the deal that Jason sold him if Jason was America’s nom, “Jason is the reason you went up on the block.. JAson and Danielle both Approached me about voting you (Whtiney) out”
Alex – thank you
Scott – thank you for being a friend
Shelby joins them .
Alex points out how Scott and Monte are handling themselves compared to Shane and Neeley and their freak outs. Stark contrast of characters.
Morgan joins them..
Scott – next week 4 on 4… the next HOH is 4 on 3 y’all have 4
Scott says he’ll be watching them Kill it.
they joke that Scott’s votes will cancel out Shane.

6:58pm Shelby, MOrgan and Alex
Alex reminding them not to blame Whitney she had to save herself. They feel that if they win HOH Whitney will float to them.
Morgan mentions if Whitney wins the care package and goes to the other side she’ll be pissed.
Alex says Scott knows Whitney flipped. They should keep acting like they don’t know what’s going on.

7:12pm Another party…. have nots get to eat again.

ALEX “MY HEART IS TELLING ME ALL GIRLS ALLIANCE, MY GUT IS TELLING ME THAT SCOTT IS PROBABLY BETTER”

March 01, 2017

12am Danielle, Justin, Jason and Kryssie are in the kitchen hanging out. Justin is singing. They join the others in the bedroom. They’re all haging out talking about random things.

12:35am Bathroom. Alex and Shelby. Alex – I started having panics when we were in the room woth Morgan and Whitney. I didn’t know what was going to happen. It was almost to the point where I didn’t want to step in and say anything so that people think we’re lying or playing both sides. Its at the point where Danielle, you do what you’re going to do and we’ll make a decision from it. Shelby – I’m like you go talk to Danielle. I think she is going to use it on Scott or not use it at all. Alex – I was trying to talk to Whitney earlier.. and I don’t know if she is upset but she isn’t making eye contact with me and not really communicating with me. She is acting distant. Shelby – She must be freaking out …but even if she has some plan .. I have to be in the plan. She isn’t saying anything to me. Alex – she isn’t talking to us about stuff. My gut is telling me something is off. Shelby – it doesn’t matter .. take away 3 votes. Alex – I know, I’m struggling a bit because technically Scott is better for me. Shelby – he is. There’s a part of me that wants to keep the all girls alliance. Alex – my heart is telling me all girls alliance. Y’all are my favourite people. And my gut is telling me that Scott is probably better for you and Shelby because he is more invested in you and Shelby whereas Whitney is more invested in Justin. She proved that today. Shelby – my heart wants to keep Whitney, my head wants to keep Scott but its all going to depend on Danielle. She will probably use it Scott so we won’t even need to have to convince Morgan to vote out Whitney. That was just weird that Scott just assumed Morgan would chose him over Whitney. Alex – Scott just doesn’t think. Alex – keeping Scott is better because he will always be a bigger target than us. Shelby – I’ve had doubts about her (Whitney) for a while. Shelby – Scott isn’t trustworthy but after this he will have to have more loyalty to me after I use the care package to save him. Shelby – I don’t want to be the one to tell her (Whitney. That she is going home.)

12:55am – 1:10am Scott is talking to the cameras in the lounge room. God America, we have to win HOH .. we have to win HOH so badly. Scott heads outside. I’m pretty sure Danielle is going to take me off the block which is huge. Its an incredible move on her part to keep me and Alex safe. She says she trusts me the most out of the people on my side and honestly I am starting to think she is the person I can trust most on her side. Which is really messed up but when Alex nominates her and her showmance I successfully take out her showmance and she doesn’t come after us… like that is a huge leap of faith on her part and honestly I have to respect that. As of right now it looks like she is going to take me off the block with the veto she won today leaving the nominees to be Shelby and Whitney. I’ve been doing a lot of thinking. There are a couple of reasons to keep Whitney around namely the fact that she is still eligible to receive a care package. And b the fact that Whitney is a marginally better competitor than Shelby. The reasons to keep Shelby are that Shelby, myself and Alex have been working together since week 1. I think Shelby would actually consider a final 3 with me and Alex. They have been my best friends so for personal reasons it seems better to keep Shelby over Whitney. Not to mention if Shelby sticks around and Jason and Justin win HOH they would want to take her out before me or Alex. Justin does not like Shelby at all. If we keep Whitney and Justin wins HOH he would probably gun after me and Alex. So there is a lot more strategic logic keeping Shelby around. It would be the darkest timeline if Whitney teamed up with Justin and Kryssie for a final 3. Me and Alex would be screwed. Not that I think Whitney would do that because she is a loyalty member. There is a lot more strategic value in keeping Shelby around. Obviously I will listen to Alex and if she tells me to jump, I will ask how high. Unfortunately, it looks like Whitney is going to go home. Me and Alex are pretty in tune strategically. Scott heads back in to socialize.

1:35am – 3:30am Everyone but Whitney, Danielle, Jason, Justin and Kryssie head to bed. They chat about random things and then get ready for bed. Danielle asks Jason if he will sleep with her tonight because she is scared. Jason laughs and says he will. Danielle the ouiji board just freaked me out. Jason – Scott was like Danielle is such a good strategist, I wish I was talking to her sooner. I was like yeah dumba$$! You’re a dumba$$. He’s such an idiot. Danielle – yeah Scott how did you not see I was a better strategist than Shane. Shane had good ideas, but I always fined tuned Shanes ideas.

AMERICA’S NOMINATION “THIS IS A RAY OF SUNSHINE FROM GOD.. THIS IS A SIGN AMERICA DON’T HATE US”

March 01, 2017

America’s Nominations is Scott!
 Veto Players 
Whitney chooses Justin
Jason
Danielle chooses Morgan
Shelby

9:45am Morgan and Whitney 
Morgan – she just can’t have Scott win.. We just have 1 worst case scenario
Morgan – everything is fine as long as they don’t pull Scott off.. Jason
Whitney doesn’t know what Jason will do
Morgan – it’ll be interesting

9:54am Have nots Danielle, Kryssie, Justin and Jason
Agreeing to pull Whitney down and put up Morgan.
Jason – this is a ray of sunshine from god.. this is a sign America don’t hate us they’re helping us and if we don’t take the opportunity they will hate us.. (To take Scott out)
Jason is certain America will be voting out Scott.

Jason says if they can’t get Morgan out they get Scott out.
Jason – we need to get Whitney wrapped up pull her down and take out one of their smartest players.. Alex can’t steer that ship all alone. the cockroaches will scatter

Danielle says they need Whitney or Justin to win the Veto.
Jason will try to win it but if it comes down to Justin and Whitney he’ll throw it to them.
Jason says the other side wants to get rid of Whitney because they can’t brain wash her ‘She doesn’t want to be one of their little pets”

(Sounds like Morgan and Scott are targets with Danielle not wanting Scott out but the rest do.)

10:02am Have not Justin, Jason and Kryssie
Jason saying Danielle is allied with Scott and Alex he’s confirmed it today. this is why she’s trying to protect Scott.
Jason says ‘the powers to be” want Scott to stay in the game.
Points out how Scott is such a big character in the house.
Kryssie lets out a giant BURP

Jason hopes production isn’t trying to convince her it’s a bad idea to leave Scott nominated.
Justin – they do that
Jason explains how production can manipulate the players.

10:10am Jason leaves..
Kryssie says Danielle will stick to the plan because she would rather be with them.
Kryssie says gettign rid of Morgan is just as good for them, “They have both been pieces of sh1t to me in the game”
Kryssie – whatever happens Whitney needs to come down.. I’m kinda pissed I’m not picked to play
Kryssie says they will be locked outside “For a couple hours” they don’t know if the comp is inside the house.

10:13am 
Scott – it’s all good America i’m not mad.. you did me a HUGE favor last week.. If I can get behind that golden door we would all be safe this week
Scott – I got Cocky, what else is new… cocky and confident that things were going our way..
Scott says if Shelby or Whitney win the veto Danielle will put Morgan up, “Alex is safe.. gotta get Alex to the end of this game hopefully she can finish from there”

 

VETO COMP

“The Big Brother house is Haunted”
The houseguests watch a segment explaining to them about a ghost in the house called Clementine. They need to find three objects, A brush, rattle and doll called Abigail

Players not competing wait in the HOH room. Players that are competing wait in the Toga room. Players take turns competing.

1:34pm Veto Comp underway

2:19pm 
Justin in the lead followed by Scott, Jason and Shelby
Whitney is next up

3:05pm Danielle wins the Veto
Justin = 1:50
Scott = 2:08
Shelby = 5:06
Jason = 2:14
Whitney = 4:52
Danielle = 1:22

4:25pm HOH Danielle and Jason
Jason trying to talk her into getting SCott out. Suggesting using the veto on Whitney putting up Morgan and voting Scott out.
Jason – Whitney is done with them.. whitney is pissed.. she is now ours..
Jason calls Scott and Alex the king and queen says Danielle is too good of a player to let Scott and Alex pass by. Danielle says Alex never made a deal with her it was just scott.

Jason says the girls are targeting them they want to leave Kryssie because they don’t think she’s a threat.

4:53pm Whitney tells Kryssie, Jason and Danielle she’ll keep hanging out with the other side and pretend she’s dumb.

7:34pm Halloween party

8:44pm Halloween party continues

“I’VE EXTENDED TRUST TO EVERY A$$H*LE IN THIS HOUSE AND EVERY A$$H*LE IN THIS HOUSE HAS SH*T IN MY MOUTH!”

March 01, 2017

8:30pm Shelby and Alex are laying in bed talking. Shelby – So what do I do just put on a happy face when he (Scott) asks us to be in an alliance? Alex – I think its best we just keep doing what we’re doing with Scott because he might be .. you know doing his thing but at the end of the day he is putting you and me in front of everyone else. Shelby – but would you want to be in an alliance with someone who obviously, blatantly puts you above me? Its just very awkward. Alex – it is awkward and he is basically screwing himself when he is like hey here’s my hierarchy of the alliance but lets all be loyal together. That’s big brother 101, you don’t do that. He has basically screwed up his game a little by doing that. Shelby – he just needs to stop saying that and stop having conversations on that hammock because he doesn’t know how to have a conversation. If he’s watched this game he should know someone is going to get pissed if you say yeah I’ll vote you out. Alex – I don’t know why he said that. I don’t get the logic behind it. Shelby – and he brought it up to me again! Alex – we know now he has this hierarchy thing …we can’t do anything about it this week but we can use it in the future.

10:35pm Kitchen – Danielle, Kryssie and Jason make “d**ks”. Danielle yells – Justin guess which d**k is mine!? Whitney walks by. Kryssie – we’re making d**ks. You want a d**k? Whitney – no!

10:45pm Ball Smashers – (Morgan, Alex, Whitney) Alex to America – we need your help. Whitney – we need a signal. They chant – USA WE WANT TO STAY! PUT SOMEONE US THAT’S REALLY GOING TO SUCK! Morgan – that was really good, we’ll have to teach Shelby it. Whitney – we didn’t smash any balls last week, but this week we’re going to! Alex to America – do you a strong all girls alliance to win? Morgan – there are balls left to be smashed. We need them up! Whitney – 6 balls left to be smashed. Alex – and we need your help to get two of them. Whitney, Morgan and Alex – we need your help. Justin joins them.

11:20pm Whitney and Justin talk about who they think America might nominate. Whitney – I’m just going to try and win the veto tomorrow. Justin – if I win it I would take you down and put Morgan up there. Whitney – but what if Jason is America’s nom? I don’t think it will be Jason. Justin – I don’t think so either. It will be Scott or someone else like Alex. Whitney – it just sucks because I know you and Kryssie aren’t even going to have a vote this week (Shelby’s care package can cancel out 3 votes.) Whitney – Scott is going to vote me out over Shelby or Alex.

11:25pm – 3am Havenot room – Justin tells Kryssie – I’ve been in Whitney’s ear so that later down the road she might ditch them. She is extremely loyal. She is someone we could work with. Whitney joins them. Kryssie – last night I was under the impression she was nominating Morgan and Kryssie – if for some reason you can’t come down. .. someone has to convince Shelby to not eliminate Justin’s vote. I realize that will be really difficult. Whitney – I don’t even think Shelby is going to think about anything and just leave it up to Scott. And Scott will vote me out of here before he will vote Shelby out. Kryssie – he is only protecting Alex. Whitney – I think she (Danielle) is threatened by me because I have relationships with people. Kryssie – they need to put up Alex or Scott. I hope they put up Scott because he has less chance of winning. Justin – I don’t want them to put up Scott. Kryssie – I want them to put up anyone but me. Kryssie – Shelby, Alex and Morgan all gave Danielle the exact same speech. They gave me the same bullsh*t too… the only one that didn’t is this one (Whitney). Justin – whatever happens this week .. is what it is. Jason joins them. Kryssie – I’ve extended trust to every a$$hole in this house and literally every a$$hole in this house has sh*t in my mouth! Jason – I didn’t quit my job for a second time for Scott and Alex to prance around this house and run sh*t. Over my dead body! Justin – we need a name. Kryssie – not if we can’t save one of our own. We need to win the veto first. Jason – they have their entire group brainwashed and the only person that isn’t .. they want out.

“JUSTIN WILL GRACEFULLY GO OUT FOURTH.. I DON’T THINK HE’S HERE TO WIN HE’S HERE TO PROTECT US”

March 01, 2017

12:36pm Scott and Danielle
Danielle saying that her alliance thinks it’s best to keep Whitney but she’s not sure that’s best.
SCott points out that there’s people in this game that will really want Whitney left in the house (Justin)
Scott – she would be one of my top picks
They agree Whitney will win the game if she gets to the end.
Daneilel thanks him for being there to “Bounce ideas” off of.

12:54pm Alex and Whitney
Alex tells Whitney she’ll save all the girls over Scot.
Whitney – Scott is likely to win this game
They agree Scott will have to be America’s nom to be up this week.
Alex says America’s nom being Whitney will be worst case scenario. Alex is sure it’ll be her and SHelby nominated today.
Alex – Shelby is going to be taken to the end because people think they will beat her.. Same with MOrgan.
Alex says if Jason is America’s nom he better win Veto or he’ll be evicted. If they have a chance to evict him they have to take it.

1:21pm Jason, Alex and SCott
Jason – do you have a preference who the nominee is
Alex – I feel it’s going to be me
Jason – I swear on my life..
Jason goes on to say they are safe from Backdooring as long as he’s safe if he’s America’s nominee.
Alex agrees.
Jason – You’re completely fine .. Who would you rather MOrgan or Whitney we know you aren’t going to take out Shelby
Alex – ahh gawd.. I think for end game they’re’s one person you send that can win the game and one person that doesn’t have a chance.
Jason – I know what you are saying ..
SCott – based on the have not rotation.
Jason says taking out “America’s Sweetheart” (Whitney) is the same as taking out “Justin’s sweetheart”
Alex says Whitney is playing more than Morgan. Scott points out that players that are so loved liked Jordan and Whitney don’t need to play the game to win Aemrcia’s vote.

2:00pm Jason and Danielle
Jason saying that now is the time to get Whitney out. Justin is probably not goign to have a vote this week. Jaosn goes on to say Justin is sick in bed all day he’s not “Chiming” in on the nominee discussions.
Jason – If Whitney wins Veto Plug MOrgan into the equation

2:35pm HOH Kryssie and Danielle
Kryssie points out the cameras are never on them when they are in the HOH
Danielle says they don’t like them.
Danielle – Me and Jason were talking about Final 3, He said that he can’t take Justin to the final 3 he wants it to be the 3 of us because he wants.. if he doesn’t get the money he wants it to go to someone who really needs it.
Kryssie – that’s sweet…
Danielle – he would rather it go to me because i’m a mom or Kryssie because she has all this band stuff over Justin because..
Kryssie – he’s financially set anyways..
Daneille – I’m the least liked person out of us three
Kryssie – My main motivation is to make it to the end with you Fuc**rs cause I don’t think I can survive with those other people.
Kryssie – Justin will gracefully go out fourth.. as long as it’s you guys.. I don’t think he’s here to win he’s here to protect us
Danielle would like the money to go to Jason who’s a “True BB’er” or to Kryssie
Kryssie – Band stuff aside I’m broke, like the whole reason i’m here because i’m scared to death i’m not … like I know I’ll be able to retire but i’m scared to death that like when I run out of money and can’t work anymore i’m just going to have to take a long nap in my garage.
Kryssie – I don’t have a plan for my twilight years
Kryssie – I would liek to have a option for later on
Danielle says there was no way she could work with Neeley “She thought I was annoying”
Kryssie – she parroted us a lot.. I did like her..
Danielle liked her too says Neeley was always trying go compete with her on some level.
Justin comes in. They start talking about the announcements Big Brother has been giving them.. Kryssie burps a dozen times.

4:20pm Backyard LNC 
They’re talking about breaking Alex and Scott from the other group and using them.
Danielle says Morgan is feeling Iffy about Scott and Alex. DAneille thinks they can pull Morgan on their side to take out Scott and Alex.

Jason says Alex and Scott are really worried about Whitney long term.

6:00pm Justin and Whitney
Justin tell her they are goign to try and get her out over Morgan
Whitney – am I going up
Justin – I don’t know
Justin – they are coming for you this week over Morgan
Justin – they think you’re a threat
Justin says Danielle is only doing what Alex and Scott want, ‘If one of our side goes up they are trying to keep them”

7:07pm Danielle nominated Shelby and Whitney

7:55pm Alex and Shelby
They are surprised by the nominations.
Alex – They want Whitney out
Whitney and Morgan join them, Whitney says she’s the target this week. Morgan points out if America’s nom is someone from the other side and they didn’t win Veto they’re going home.

8:20pm Yoga room Alex telling Whitney she’s in the best position.
Alex – Justin will save you Kryssie will save you..
They agree America’s nominations will be one of them.
Whitney – It Could be Kryssie.. I don’t know..

8:23pm London Shelby and Scott
Scott would use the veto on her but is worried Alex would go up.
Scott tells her his final 3 is Alex and Shelby.
Shelby asks if he has the veto and doesn’t use it on her she hopes he doesn’t use it on Whitney.
Scott wants to have an alliance name for Alex Shelby and him

DANIELLE “I’M ANXIOUS TO SEE WHO AMERICA’S NOMINEE IS” JASON “B***H ITS GOING TO BE ME!”

March 01, 2017

9:30pm Whitney heads up to the HOH room to talk to Kryssie and Danielle. Jason joins them. Whitney tells Danielle – I just wanted to come up and talk to you before tomorrow. I’m sure you already have a plan on what you’re going to do. But I don’t know if you expect me to be the America’s nom. Danielle – no, I don’t expect it. Whitney – I don’t know if its going to influence your decision in anyway. I’m kind of freaking out about that. Jason – why would you think that. Whitney – because I was the last name. Do you know what you’re going to do? Danielle – I was waiting till after havenots and that didn’t give too much information. I don’t think you’ll be America’s nom. Its really up to Shelby and who’s votes she cancels out. Jason – oh for sure we’re not voting. Kryssie agrees. Danielle – its not really up to me who goes. I don’t have a target. I don’t have a game plan. As of right now I don’t think you’re a threat. I think America likes you a lot. Whitney – well we’ll see won’t we. Danielle – you’re probably the last person. I want to be the only HOH to have 2 noms at eviction. If America put you up and I won the veto, I would pull you down. My talk with Shelby was pointless. She said she was going to us it in her favour. So I was like I guess this talk is over. Danielle – I’m anxious to see who America’s nom is. Jason – b***h its going to be me. Whitney – I really don’t have anything to offer you. Whitney leaves.

 

Bathroom – Morgan and Alex talk. Morgan tells Alex about her conversation with Danielle. She is open for us to work together and to bounce ideas off of. She was like I really respect how you got Neeley out. She said she was happy I did it so that she didn’t have to do it herself. Alex – she wanted to take Neeley out? Morgan – yes. I also told her that you have to think about who you want to take to the final 3. She said she wouldn’t take Justin. Everyone knows I wouldn’t beat him. She is going to want to target Justin. Alex – wow she told you a lot more than she told us. You should try and work with her if possible.

10:35pm – 11:30pm Havenot room. Justin tells Whitney – I trust you more than anyone else on your side. I know you care for Alex and Scott but you can’t trust them because they will vote you out of here because they know they can’t win against you… especially with America voting. You see what I’m saying? Its the same thing on my side .. we like to think we have loyalty but you can’t trust nobody. I just want you to know that, I’ve got your back. I’ve talked to Scott .. Scott and Alex they’re sharing the same ideas. They’re their own alliance. They’re going to eliminate Morgan and you and then Shelby last. If you’re up on the block they’re going to vote you out of here because they’re be like they had no choice. My side loves you .. Kryssie, Jason and Danielle. But they see you as a threat at the end. There are only 3 care packages left. We have to eliminate Morgan and then if you make it through this week .. the next care package would probably go to you. I’m going to try and win HOH this week and I hope you get the care package. I don’t want you to go home. I don’t trust Morgan. In my favor the good thing is that Danielle is still in the house. If you’re on the block its the perfect opportunity for Morgan and Alex to vote you out and for them to be like we had no choice. I don’t want you to be blindsided by this. You’re been taking care of me and I appreciate it. Whitney – I’m just going to take everything you say and make some moves if I have to.. and just take it day by day. Justin – you can’t tell anyone what I tell you. My side won’t trust me if you do. Whitney – I won’t tell anyone. Justin – this is best for our game if we just keep this between us. Whitney – I won’t say anything.

12:20am HOH room – Justin, Kryssie, Jason and Danielle. Jason points out the camera in the HOH bathroom stall. Justin – yeah I definitely j**ked off in there. It was less than 1 minute. I hadn’t came in so long. I just touched it and it came out. Kryssie – good for you. Justin – I definitely think it was your HOH Kryssie. I think it was the last day we had it. I can’t even recollect when I j**k off .. you know sh*ts bad. Justin – do you think they watch me j**k off? Jason – production yeah. It’s not like they’re going to air it though. Justin – I hope they did watch me c*m all over my stomach.. how great would that be.

12:30am – 2:30am HOH room – Jason, Danielle, Justin and Kryssie. Jason – Alex is a smart girl. I ain’t mad at her because we need her this week. Danielle – whatever Alex does, Scott will do. Justin – she (Shelby) will eliminate us three. Jason – by nominate Morgan and Shelby we’re pretty much asking America to nominate one of us. Jason – they’re not going to get any better scenarios to take out one of their own. If they decide not to do it, its bad game play on their part because they’re going to have to deal with them chicks later. The conversation turns to talking about random things. Jason does his iguana impression.

12:30am – 1:30am Scott tells the live feeders – I’m more nervous about what’s to come. I do not want Alex to leave this game. I had a very interesting conversation with Danielle today. I know I’m 100% safe this week. I’m not going anywhere. This game is a weird one. I am 55% confident Alex is safe but 55% isn’t a good percentage. Amazing care package. Thank you for giving it to Shelby. I couldn’t have picked a better person to give it to. Shelby will keep Alex safe unless its Shelby and Alex on the block.. which would break my heart. It would be number 1 and number 2 on the block. Then Shelby would block my vote and what I just watch Alex leave this game. I would be so lost in this game.. not that I know what to do half the time. If you (America) nominate someone from their side and we can get that person out this week, then its a game changer. The only thing that is giving me hope is that Jason did offer me a deal. That went something like if I can promise you that you and Alex won’t be nominated or like the original 2 nominees then I just need you to promise that if I am America’s nominee … Jason needs to know that we’re not going to vote him out. And of course I took that deal. How could I say no to a deal like that. You never say no to a deal that’s not bullsh*t. I made it clear to Jason that its only if Alex and I aren’t on the block. Shelby and Alex on the block is the worst case scenario. If America’s nom comes off the block then it will just be Shelby and Alex. Shelby would then cancel my vote. I f**ked up on the hammock today. Best case is America’s nom is one of them and we win the veto and keep them up there. I need to improve my relationship with Shelby and Morgan. I’ll wait until after noms and then I’ll work out with Morgan. I don’t want people to be like oh sh*t Scott can lift a 40 pound bar. (LOL) Scott heads to bed.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP AMERICA’S HAVE NOT “I DON’T WANT TO BE A HAVE NOT… I DON’T WANT TO TAKE A COLD SHOWER”

March 01, 2017

12:37pm Jason is out of Cigarettes. He’s asked Big BRother for the patches and they haven’t given him one yet. Brings that they told him they had bought them already.
Jason – You know I smoke 4 a hour
Jason corrects that he smokes more than 1 a hour.

Jason brings up how disgusting Shelby is when she eats.
Jason says the two people she should definitely not nominate is Scott and Alex because those two they can flip, “those other ones are unbreakable”
Kryssie – saving those 2 is the only fighting chance if one of us is on the block

Jason says there is no scenario that someone that has already received a care package will be eligible to get another one.
Jason points out no matter if America loves them or hates them they will have give them one of the care packages
Jason – smart to get rid of one of the girls that haven’t had a care package this week.. Boost our odds
Kryssie wants Morgan gioen this week
Jason – I would rather whitney not go but it’s a game
Jason – I would prefer Morgan over Whitney
Danielle joins them
Jason tells her this week it’s best the person leaving doesn’t have a care package already.
Danielle agrees, “Morgan was so stupid for sending Neeley home”
Jason – Neeley was confident she was her girl
Kryssie – she had faith and Morgan shit all over it
Danielle says Justin is super nervous he’ll get called as HAve not

 

1:01pm Have not time 
Whitney, Kryssie, Justin

Justin is signing a song using a nickelback-ish voice
“I don’t want to be a have not”
“I don’t want to take a cold shower”
“I don’t want to sleep on the cobwebs”

1:08pm Alex, Shelby and Morgan
Alex says America’s nom will be either Whitney, Kryssie, Jason or Scott.
Shelby says she’s going to talk to Danielle today
Morgan will talk to her after Shelby
Alex – it could be Kryssie .. or Jason (Nominated)
Morgan – that would be ideal
They think the fans might nominate one of them to make this week difficult.
Alex says if they can convince Danielle to put Whitney up than Kryssie would be America’s nom
They agree she smarter than that.
Alex – at the end of the day we decide who goes home..
Shelby – no body is gong to volunteer to go home

Whitney joins them.. “My name was called first” (For have nots.. they think the first person called had the most votes but aren’t sure)

1:34pm HOH Danielle and Shelby

Scott – obviously we’ve been on opposite side’s of the fence this entire game
D – yes
S – I don’t think I’ve ever lied to you in this game .. we haven’t talked much game
D – We haven’t talked much game and honestly .. you know I think our issues are personal.. I don’t even think it’s that up until last week I didn’t have anything against you .. like you were playing your game and I was playing my game and they were 2 opposite things.
Danielle says she had no clue Shane was working with Scott and Corn she didn’t know about the day 1 alliance
Scott – I assumed Shane would have told you.. I wanted it to be me, you Shane and Monte..

Danielle – last week I was prepared to send Neeley home.
Danielle says Neeley was trying to push her out. Scott is surprised thought they were all really tight with Neeley.
Danielle says there was a big difference in the way Neeley acted towards her than ‘other people” she adds that Jason felt the same way.
Neeley says she was bullied her entire life, “I don’t hold anything against yo”

Scott says he hasn’t trusted Kryssie since week 1.
Danielle says in her alliance she’s in the bottom of the totem pole. Danielle says from the conversations she’s heard from the girls Scott is in the same position as her.
Scott agrees.
Danielle tells him he’s no the target this week.
Scott – Excellent
Danielle – If America’s noms you and I win the veto I plan on taking you down
Scott – Ohh cool
Danielle says everyone expects her to come after Scott, “But that’s not a very smart game move”

D – I know you have an allegiance to Alex
S – that’s the 1 person I won’t turn on
D – I know that and I respect that , I want the both of you to know I have a open door

Scott tells her if he wins HOH she’s not going up, goes on to say Alex won’t put her up nor will Danielle be a replacement nominee.
Scott – if you are America’s nominee we would use the veto to take you down
D – awesome
S – if Alex stays off the block at least as an original nom then I’ll know 100% that there’s real potential for us moving forward deep in the game together.
S – you are not someone I want going home this early, you me and Alex could potentially move forward in this game together
S – Alex is someone i’m not willing to turn on
D – If Shane was still here I wouldn’t turn on him
Scott says if she nominates “2 of the girls” and one of them come off she can use him as a replacement nom, “And I’ll still hold true to the deal I just offered you”
D – OK

2:14pm Danielle tells Jason, Justin and Kryssie that she wants to put up Shelby and Morgan.
They all agree Whitney won’t be too sad to lose Morgan if she can stay.

3:13pm Hammock sisters 
speculating who America’s nom is. Morgan says Whitney is the most in the middle out of all of them.
Morgan wants Kryssie gone becuase she’s not adding anything to the game.
Alex – she’s kinda mopping around
Morgan – right

Alex – week one she started off being really loud..
Alex – now she’s like gloomy and like
Morgan – she’s always in a mood.. I don’t thin she’ll ever recover from Neeley
Shelby joins them.

Saying that Neeley going home on Kryssie’s HOH hurt her ego. Shelby says that the other side thought they were the “Golden Children”
Alex impersonates Kryssie “America sees y’all as teh popular kids and we’re the misfits they’re goign to stand behind the misfits”
Alex – Everyone is kinda a misfit in their own way (Double bold)

 

Shelby – they may be the misfits but they are the ones being the a$$holes

3:42pm Scott and Alex Hammock
Scott is relaying his conversation with Danielle
Alex – interesting

SCott – I’m fine to lying to anyone .. I just want you to know I don’t trust him.. (Jason)
Alex says now that Neeley is gone Morgan has no ties to the other people. The only person Alex is worried about having ties is Whitney. Scott agrees.
Scott wants the final 3 to be him, Alex and Shelby.
Alex wants to make up an alliance name.
Scott – I think we should…

Scott tells her he wants final 3 to be him Alex and Shelby.

Alex – that’s how I feel about y’all too.

5:20pm Justin and Jason
Jason – Morgan is plan A
Justin Plan A
Jason adds if Morgan wins Veto than Whitney has to go home
Jason agrees..

6:46pm ….

Safety Ceremony results Justin, Kryssie and Jason safe.

7:20pm
Alex offers Danielle safety next week if she’s off the block this week. Alex brings up Scott mentioning a deal between the 3 of them. Points out that no one will see it coming.

ALEX “IF WE WIN THE VETO THEY’RE COMPLETELY SCREWED” SCOTT “THEY’RE SCARED OF US. HOLLA POWER COUPLE!”

March 01, 2017

8:45pm Alex – Jason basically told me that he can convince Danielle to keep you and I (Scott & Alex) off the block this week if we keep him safe and don’t touch me (Jason) next week. Scott – he told he if he convinces Danielle to not put us up, then if he is on the block as America’s nominee that we go after one of our own people. Alex – if you don’t put me on the block …we can work with that deal. We can work with that deal! Scott – exactly. I don’t even think he is going to be America’s nominee. Alex – how is he going to keep Danielle from nominating us? Scott – because the strategy is that Danielle is going to nominate the two weakest competitors. Nominating us would be the high risk, high reward strategy. If they win the veto, then one of us is going home. Alex – if we win the veto they are completely screwed. Scott – they’re scared of us because we’re competitors. HOLLA POWER COUPLE! They want to nominate weak competitors so they can win the veto and take off the third nominee .. so that Shelby’s care package doesn’t mean anything. Alex – who would they put up? Whitney & Shelby? Scott – that’s what I would assume. Alex – I still don’t believe Danielle won’t nominate us. Its too good to be true. Scott – they have to prove it be for we do. I don’t think Danielle even knows about this. Alex – Jason is playing this brilliant. Danielle is getting nothing out of it and Jason is getting everything out of it. Justin joins them. He tells them he doesn’t think they’re going up. Justin leaves.

10:15pm – 12am lounge room. – Morgan, Shelby, Alex, Whitney and Scott are hanging out chatting. They talk about what their spirit animals would be. Shelby brings up how on day 1 Danielle was all over Monte. They talk about how he was hot but how he had no personality.

Meanwhile – in the HOH room Justin, Kryssie, Scott and Danielle are chatting. Jason – they’re being nice today.. but they got a care package today.

12am – 12:30am The havenots are no longer havenots and can eat. Jason – I’ve never met food before. Danielle cracks open her Lime-A-Ritas. Danielle – eewww.. they’re gross but worth every 8%! It’s malt liquor. Jason – they might as well have given us mad dog 20-20. All the house guests are chatting and eating.

12:45am – 1:05am Kryssie – tomorrow is just the safety ceremony. Jason – bad day to quit smoking. Kryssie – why? You’re not going up. Jason – no because its a boring day. Danielle, Jason and Scott get into the hot tub.

Whitney and Morgan paint something on the storage room handle as a prank.

12:55am Bedroom – Alex, Shelby and Morgan lay down to go to sleep.

1:10am Hot tub crew hanging out talking about random things.

CARE PACKAGE 4 RESULTS “WE’VE NEVER WON ANYTHING” -JASON

March 01, 2017

1:00pm Shelby gets the care package. Enables her to remove 3 players votes.

1:09pm Celebrating..

1:11pm Jason’s crew has a hard time dealing with this but it seems like they keep the mean comments down compared to last week. They are thinking America hates them and are having trouble figuring out why because they feel the Girls are Boring, Terrible, horrible people with no personality. Jason believes that the fans have stopped watching the show. Danielle thinks they are getting a bad edit. Justin is baffled and Kryssie is nursing a heavily damaged hand.
Jason – America hates us
Justin – they are celebrating (the girls are cheering in the kitchen)
Danielle – it’s disgusting
Jason and Danielle claiming that they don’t celebrate when they win.
Jason – we’ve never won anything
Justin – sh1t…
Jason – 3 ecivrtions should have been the first care package.. there’s not that many people ehre.. that’s OK we’ll just deal

Jason – good luck Kryssie it’s me or you girl
Kryssie – I’ll start packing
Justin – Positive vibe
Jason – we tried Positive vibes and what did we get a dildo
Danielle says they have to put up 2 from the other side win veto and take down America’s nom. That’s the only way they can ensure one of the other girls go home.
Jaosn – we’re hated
Danielle – I don’t understand why they are such horrible people.
Daneilel says if she finds out that production is making them look like shitty people “I’m going to be so f*** pissed”
Feeds flip to the girls in Tokyo room

1:11pm Agreeing they need America’s no to be someone from the other side otherwise they care package isn’t going to help save them but will help them control who goes home
Scott points out they still have to win the veto
Whitney – she really doesn’t get any control this week
Alex – you have to use it on them..
Scott – hopefully you use it on one of use .. (because one of the other side will hopefully be America’s nom)
Shelby says the other side want her to work with them, “I really put you in your place.. thank you Jason I’ll vote with you.

1:15pm LNJ 
Danielle – we’re being bullied.. basically every week we’re getting picked on we can’t catch a break.. no matter how hard we fight
They are agreeing it’s not looking good for them with America’s nom.
Justin – it;’s not over until it’s over.
Jason proposes maybe America gave it to the other side because they want to see them break apart, “They don’t want us to decide who goes.. they want them to decide”
Justin – If i’m a have not I’m not tripping ..
Jason says “they” aka production used his rant about Shelby and how horrible she is and spun it to make her look like ‘Poor Shelby”
Justin – I’m sure they aren’t getting all the terrible things she says..
Jason – it’s on feeds I don’t understand
Justin – we don’t celebrate.. I don’t care how much we win..
Jason – I’m guaranteed America’s nom now because it’s me versus Shelby this whole time.. they LOVE her and they HATE me
Justin – her personality is shit.. I don’t know it’s terrible
Jason – I’m praying.. America gave them that package they want to see them play the game against their own.. Who knows.
Jason – we had to eat Shane.. these people will never have to eat one of their own.

Jason says all the care packages are going to Whitney and Morgan.
Justin – I don’t think Morgan will get a care package
Jason – Why did I agree to come back again..
Justin – Positive vibes man cannot let the enemy win bro

They go on and on about how boring the other side is.
Justin – I really would like to see the episode
Jason says they are being portrayed as petty people that all they do is sit around and talk sh1t.
Jason – maybe nobody is watching this anymore just these peoples families.
Jason proposes that all the BB fans said the show sucked and stopped watching.
Kryssie leaves says she’s goign to eat something says she doesn’t want to hang out with the “Hoes” in the kitchen because she’ll “Barf”

2:15pm Alex and Jason
Alex saying she still wanting to work with him and Justin. asks him what his relationship is like with Scott.
Jason – he as like f*** you because I didn’t take his deal last week.
Alex – I figured you had a split.. you’re still fine with me.. I haven’t told anyone you’ve been talking to me..
Alex says if she wins HOH she won’t target him she expect him to do the same.
Jason – ohhh of course

They agree the week will be interesting “It’s a big ass care package”
jason – i’m goign to be America’s nom
Aslex – I could be America’s nom
Alex says if he’s nominated she’ll Campaign to keep him
Alex – I feel like I am her number 1 target
Jason – I’ll get back to you on that didn’t sound like it
Alex says if he can kee[ her off the block she’s got his back
Jason – you’re steering the ship over there.
Alex – that’s what everyone thinks
Jason – that’s what it looks like .. I ain’t goign after the captain.. I’ll try and do what I can do.. you are fine with me even without Scott..
Alex – you protect me I’ll protect you
Jason – ok lets go smoke some cigarettes.

2:40pm Hammock Jason and Danielle
Jason saying their chance is to leave Scott and Alex alone, they have a chance to flip those 2 votes. They both are playing hard and there might be a slight chance to work with them.
Danielle – i was only going to touch Alex if it was the perfect opportunity..
Jason – we need to get them to let one of us stay over one of their friends.. the likelihood of that happening with Scott and Alex is higher than with Morgan and Whitney or Morgan and Shelby as voters..
Danielle – I’m thinking Morgan and Shelby ..
Jason – that’s the best..
Jason says Justin will work on Whitney

Jason says they don’t know the votes she’s removing until the night of the eviction.
Danielle – MOrgan and Shelby all week long.. I wanted to wait until after the care package..

3:04pm Alex and Scott Tokyo room
Scott says they have to make sure Alex and Shelby are not nominated.
Scott – we need to spend a lot more time with Morgan
Scott is worried if he’s on the block with Whitney Morgan would keep Whitney.
Alex – I think she’ll vote you over Whitney
Alex – we’ll need to stay tight with her but I’m confident if it comes down to that she’ll vote with us
Scott thinks he’ll have America’s vote over MOrgan “Not trying to be cocky”
Scott tells her as long as Shelby and Alex are off the block he’s safe this week so don’t stress campaigning.

4:05pm Daneille and Justin 
Justin says Morgan, Shelby and Whitney are disposable to Alex and Scott. Goes on to say Shelby is disposable to all of them, “Kinda sad”
Danielle is pissed that nobody has come to talk to her. At this point last week everyone had talked to Kryssie. Danielle accuses them of not playing the game.

Justin will vote out Morgan over Shelby because Shelby is not a threat.
Danielle says her goal is to pull America’s nomination down regardless of who it is. Danielle now saying if America’s nom is Shelby, Morgan and Alex she’ll leave them up.
Danielle says America is going to keep siding with the other side so their only hope is to win comps.

4:34pm Scott.. 
Scott – if me and Alex are not the original nominees this week it’s goign to be amazing.. all we have to do is promise Jason we won’t take him out if he’s America’s nominee.
Scott – the timing of it is perfect.. he could win Veto Danielle could win veto.
Scott – If they take Jason off the block than me and Alex aren’t on the block anyway like… Oh my god … this is the best deal possible.. this is literally the best deal possible and Jason came to me about this deal.. this is amazing.. it’s such a good deal
Scott – I love this game baby

5:05pm Sisters

5:32pm Yoga room Morgan and Alex
Morgan says she’s going to flatter Danielle because she thinks she’s a master player. MOrgan is goign to try and Talk to Danielle tonight, “Before Whitney does”
Alex – ya that should be your number 1 priority
Morgan is going to work the angle that taking her to the end it smart because she’s not a loud personality,
Morgan – I haven’t been winning things.. (Other than POV)
Morgan – I haven’t made any game moves
Alex – be like America hasn’t given me anything
Alex – America is clearly not responding to me .. Don’t throw Whitney under the bus Be like there’s certain people in this house that will win and I’m not one of them.. right..

JUSTIN “YOU’RE THE ONLY PERSON I REALLY TRUST ON YOUR SIDE” WHITNEY “YOU SHOULDN’T TRUST ANYONE ELSE”

March 01, 2017

9:40pm Whitney tells Justin – We haven’t even talked. You definitely made a smart decision keeping Scott. If you hadn’t voted to keep him… Justin – I just wanted it to be up to America .. but I told him that though. I really keep my honesty and loyalty in this house. If I tell you I’m going to do something, I do it. You’re the only person I really trust on your side of the house. Whitney – no you shouldn’t trust anyone else. Not that they would come after you but.. Justin – I can honestly say that you’re going to be safe this week. Whitney – I might even get a care package. I think it might be a co-HOH. Or cancel two votes… which is really big. Or you’re safe and make one of your friends safe. Justin – who are you closest with on your side. Whitney – probably Alex. Justin – you’re the only one on my side that people are willing to work with. Whitney – I would take you and Kryssie to the end with me. Justin – I already know. Whitney – I think it will all work out. Justin – don’t stress yourself.

10:25pm – 11:30pm Backyard – Jason and Kryssie are talking. Kryssie – I’m nervous for this weeks nom. I am worried my poor performance in the veto last week will make me look badly in America’s eyes. I just didn’t want it to look like I gave up. Jason – I think America is voting much more personal than that. They’re not going to be like you sucked at that comp so we’re making you America’s nom. Kryssie – I just don’t want it to look like I threw it. Danielle joins them.

12am – 12:25am London bedroom – Morgan and Alex are whispering. Morgan – Scott sketches me out. Alex – he doesn’t sketch me out. Morgan – yeah because he’s told everyone he’s taking you to the end. Alex – that is going to end up biting me in the butt. Like one on one that is something he has assumed. Morgan – in the end you would beat me… so maybe I should just vote you out. Alex – if you did I would delete you on facebook and delete your phone number. Morgan – it crossed my mind but I won’t do it. Alex – I don’t know why people think I’m such a threat in this game. Morgan – because you got HOH early. Alex – yeah. If I do end up going before you.. I will fight and claw my way out of this situation. Morgan – I don’t think you will. Alex – I’m thinking of approaching Danielle and being like you’re seen as the big target on your side and I’m seen as the big target on my side… people wouldn’t expect us to team up together. Like I will promise you safety for 2 weeks if you promise me safety. What you (Morgan) have going for you is that you’re not seen as a big target. Morgan – I do want to go talk to her (Danielle) but she is going to say I broke my deal. Alex – everyone is going to break deals .. you have to. Alex – if I can escape this week I have a good shot at going far. If Jason and Justin had won I have deals with them I could have weaseled my way out. Alex – when you talk to Danielle she might be annoying but she is smart. You tend to word vomit a lot.. when you go in there you have to speak smartly and minimally. Alex – if you make it through this week I think you can make it to the end because you can win comps. Lying low is working for you because people do not see you as a threat. When it gets down to our side people will come talk to you and I separately and we’ll be able to know who to target. Alex – I hope America puts up Kryssie as America’s nom. She is not a big brother player. If you took her to the end you would win. Anyone who quits during a competition, does not deserve to be here. She needs to go. When Scott was running around chasing Danielle .. I did not agree with that. Morgan – I don’t trust him. Alex and Morgan go to bed.
 
1am Backyard – Kryssie, Danielle, Justin and Jason are hanging out. Justin – Morgan’s going to become a witch come Saturday… I’m telling you. She lied to my girl. … she’s out of here. We better not say that too loud. America send Whitney the care package. If you’re listening to me SEND WHITNEY THE CARE PACKAGE! Kryssie – unless its something we need then send it to one of us. Jason – we might not need it this week. Justin – no, I don’t think we need anything. They shouldn’t send us anything. Jason – they might nom one of us this week. Justin – oh yeah. After my pizza dance they (America) love me. Jason – they might nominate me or Kryssie. They head up to the HOH room. They chat a bit about the fish and about other things. The others head down stairs. Danielle listens to her music in bed. 

JASON – “WE’RE ON TRICYCLES AND THEY’RE IN A LIMOUSINE TILL THE END”

March 01, 2017

3:40pm Kryssie and Jason backyard
Kryssie says at first she felt she didn’t have a chance but now she thinks she does. Danielle comes in.. says that Production is trying to push an agenda, “I’m like NO”

Feeds switch…

 

3:44pm when we’re back Justin is with them.
The LNJ is agreeing this week they have to win Veto.
Justin says he’s going to legit try this week, “I never throw nothing by the way… “
Danielle warns them if they lose another number this week it’ll snowball
Danielle says if it’s just those 4 girls left in the season it will be the most boring season of all time.
Danielle – “Those girls are so simple minded and “
Kryssie- boring
Danielle – they are like a barbie doll
Jason – boring.. 1 faceted

Jason says Big Brother will do a segment on how many roaches are in the house if the 4 girls are left in the house because they are so dirty.
Danielle hopes the America’s nominee is over or If America is on their side.

Jason says America is petty they’ll nomination will not be strategic points out he was really annoying so he’s worried he’ll be nominated by America.
Jason – we’re on tricycles and they’re in a limousine till the end
Jason goes on about his side of the house having a tough time and struggling whereas the other side has had it easy. Says this is like his season Big Brother 17. (His s

3:57pm backyard Jason saying he’s getting edited as someone horrible. Danielle, Jason and Kryssie saying that Scott is a bully.
They agree Justin is being shown like he can do no wrong its the 3 of them.
Jason says people pull out “Bully” it’s a big word so people throw it out there..
Jason says Scott was more terrorizing Danielle

Danielle says she doesn’t like Scott so she’s distanced herself from him she wasn’t bullying
Jason says the other side left Cornbread, Monte and Neely out to dry when they found out they were the targets.
Jason says they are not good at this game because they don’t know how to act around people going home.

Kryssie calls the other side “Lying bastards”
Jason – the only person that could make eye contact with me is Morgan

 

4:01pm Julie Chen calls the houseguests to the living room.


Julie Chen asks Danielle about how she feels about Scott.
Danielle says she’ll never be friends with Scott, doesn’t like him and doesn’t respect him.

Scott says he doesn’t regret anything ‘Never say die never say quit”

 

4:05pm Whitney starts to cry about not winning the HOH “I let myself and the people back home down… Next time I’ll give it my all again and hopefully pull one out”
Whitney – I’m sorry I’m so emotional.. being close to something so bad it really hit me hard.. I’m so happy for Danielle I knew she wanted it just as bad if not more than I did.

 

4:06pm Jason says he’s surprise by Neeley’s nomination he’s not sure what people are being shown. Says he’s a feedster so he knows how it goes.. (Does Jason think there is a TV version of this show?)

 

4:10pm they show a bit of Justin singing a Pizza song its hilarious and worth flashing back to.

 

6:21pm Not a lot has happened. From what I gather Danielle isn’t nominating Scott.

6:55pm LNJ HOH 
Jason says he won’t be surprised if he’s not nominated by America they’ll know more when the Have nots are named.
Jason – I hope I have some sorta fan base to make sure it’s not me

 

6:57pm Ball Smashers
Speculating about Care package. Alex says Scott was talking to Jason last night and he said Alex was Danielle’s target.

 

8:10pm Danielle, Kryssie and Justin.
Danielle is going to try and make a deal with Whitney she’s the only one out of the ball smashers that the LNJ like.

 

9:13pm Alex, Scot and Morgan
talking about how weird it is sitting out on the couch “Feels like we’re trespassing” (It’s been LNJ’s spot for awhile)
Shelby joins them.
Wondering who the target will be Alex or Scott.
Alex – it’s me for now..
Shelby – until the care package
Alex – yes ..

SCOTT “AMERICA, I THINK I’M GOING TO HAVE TROUBLE GETTING DANIELLE OUT THIS WEEK!”

March 01, 2017

9:30pm In the backyard after Danielle had just won the HOH competition. Jason and Danielle are whispering off to the side. Danielle – Alex can’t get a damn care package. Jason – they’re f**ked! Danielle – they’re F**KED! They all head inside. Danielle – from the baseball pictures.. I have to get dressed more often. I was in pajamas in every single one of them.

9:35pm In the bedroom – Scott talks to Morgan, Alex and Shelby.. Scott – don’t get down, don’t get down. There’s a lot of game left to play. I haven’t counted the votes yet. Morgan – America’s nom and the care package could go to anyone of us. Shelby – you’re (Scott) the most screwed, then you are (Morgan), then me. Scott – America, I think I’m going to have trouble getting Danielle out this week! Morgan – I’m just glad we got America’s vote and got Neeley out. Shelby – they can’t all go our way. They head into the storage room. Alex – we need America to put up Kryssie as America’s nom! America if you want to keep helping us out. Kryssie for America’s nom!

Jason, Danielle and Justin are talking in the bathroom. Jason looks at the camera and says to the live feeders – thanks for letting us know which side you’re working with. Much appreciated. Danielle – I’m so happy to have Kryssie’s boob key. Where else did other people put it?! Danielle – not only am I athletic I’m smart too!

Storage room – Justin & Kryssie. Justin – one of them is going home this week. Kryssie – maybe, it depends on who America noms. They have the numbers especially now that one of ours is HOH. Justin – you can’t think like that. Hopefully they (America) puts Shelby up. Jason – America must really love Scott.

9:50pm – 12am Bedroom – Scott, Alex, Shelby, Whitney and Morgan are talking. Scott – I’m such a big target. I’m going to stay on the block unless I win the veto. Shelby – what you’ve been proving over and over again is that you’re a lucky guy. You’re not going anywhere. Scott – that’s right. If I go home this week .. you girls keep it tight, keep locked… because they’re willing to stoop to some low blows. Low blows .. psychological warfare. You girls do your best. Keep fighting, never die. Alex – I am so thankful that America voted with us. Alex – I just have a really good feeling that I’ll be a target before you. My name has been brought up by everyone. Scott – if she puts us up together and I win the veto. I’m taking you off. Alex – thank you. Shelby starts crying. I would rather be the target and go out then be the pawn each week. Scott – I know how you’re feeling. Because I do not want to be here alone with them. Scott – let them think they’re in power. America is running this show.

12:18am Danielle gets her HOH room. All the house guests head up to the HOH room. They all check out her photos and other HOH perks. Danielle then reads her letter from her Mom. “Everyone is praying for you from the church” After the letter all the plastics head out of the HOH room.

12:45am HOH room – Danielle, Kryssie and Justin are talking. Kryssie – now those girls are forced to talk to you. Danielle – I know, they’ve forced to talk game with me. Jason – lets see what they have to say. I was like now they’re going to throw Scott under the bus. Danielle – I would be like I don’t want to hear about Scott. I’m not nominating him. Next! Jason – you’re not going to nominate Scott? Danielle – no. Personally he irritates me but I don’t give a f**k about him in this game. He is going to write his own grave. I’m not nominating him. I’m not nominating Justin or Jason. Jason – I would be like f**k Alex, f**k Shelby. Power hungry Danielle is going to snatch so many wigs. Jason – Kryssie’s HOH didn’t turn out so well but we had fun. Kryssie – I hope Neeley doesn’t blame me. Jason – you didn’t nominate her! Kryssie – she made some comment about how she (Neeley) didn’t feel like we were doing enough campaigning for her. Jason – I want to send them all home. Jason – I hope that America will see what these other people are like.

12:50am HOH room – 1:50am Kryssie – You know my vote goes where ever you want it to go. I don’t think America would nominate me but I don’t know, they’ve been all over the place. Danielle – we have one of ours go. Kryssie – who do you want to go? Danielle – Alex. They can all go. The bottom of my list is Whitney. I think she is the most compassionate of them. Kryssie – she is the only one that we could make work for us. Danielle – Morgan is a liar, Shelby is a liar, Scott is a liar, Alex is a liar, Whitney is a liar. Kryssie – Whitney asked me to put her up. She said in the event those girls flipped she didn’t want any part of it. Danielle – I would love to see Alex walk out that door. I would want Shelby and Scott to go but that’s a personal reason. Game-wise I want Alex gone. I have not broken my word or lied. They can’t say that.

2am – 2:30am London room – Morgan – everyone has an ally on that side. I’m going to stay on Justin’s good side. Neeley was mine and she went home. Alex – Danielle doesn’t have anyone from our side so you might want to sneak in there before Whitney. Morgan – she is playing smart but I think people realize she can’t go to the end. Alex – I think the only untapped source is Danielle. Morgan – she is really close to Kryssie and she is going to tell her don’t trust Morgan. Alex – it would be sweet if America gave you co-HOH with her so you could get in with her. Alex and Morgan head to bed.

3:30am Backyard – Scott is walking around by himself while Jason smokes on the couches.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP EVICTION RESULTS NEELEY VS SCOTT VS WHITNEY. NEELEY IS EVICTED FROM THE HOUSE

March 01, 2017

“Neeley, Whitney and Scott are nominated for eviction. It’s assumed the vote will be a tie with the deciding vote coming from America.

Alex votes to evict Neeley
Shelby votes to evict Neeley
Morgan votes to evict Neeley
Danielle votes to evict Scott
Jusitn votes to evict Scott
Jason votes to evict Scott
America votes to evict Neeley

After the vote is read SCott claps like crazy.

 

On her way out “It’s OK .. ”

Neeley – Thank you..
Neely leaves..
Kryssie mad at Scott clapping..
Scott – I would never applaud because Kryssie hurt her hands that’s bullshit
(Neeley called Scott a disgusting human being in her speech)

 

The Head of household will show on the feeds later tonight.

Ball smashers Celebrating..

Kryssie comes in “I trusted you… ”
Alex – it’s a game Kryssie
They argue over who is the bullying who
Morgan – it’s simply numbers.. numbers in the game..
Morgan – the argument this morning sealed the deal

8:10pm Ball smashers and Scott happy…

Alex – Scott you have 9 lives in this game

8:22pm Jason and Justin with Scott
Jason says Neeley’s speech was over the line.

8:24pm Kryssie and Alex
Kryssie claiming that Alex was never the target. Kryssie scrambling..
Kryssie – the house wanted to get rid of you yes but not me..
Kryssie makes it sound like Alex made a mistake keeping Scott that she can’t be trusted anymore.

9:25pm Danielle is the Head of Household

“AMERICA SEES YOU FOR WHO YOU ARE, ON THE PURPLE SPIRIT DAY YOU WANT TO BULLY SOMEBODY”

March 01, 2017

10:45amAlex, MOrgan, Shelby, Justin, Neeley Kitchen

Neeley and Scott fight
Neely – Scott’s been campaigning all night
Alex – Scott’s a super fan he’s not going down without a fight
Scott joins them
Neeley – I’m not going to be like these other mother f****rs
Neeley – I knopw how you really are .. I Had no Drama with you I had no issue with you
Neely – you talked sh1t about me and tried to come after me
Scott – I’ve never talked sh1t about you
Neeley – I had no issue with you

Scott – I’m campaigning to keep myself safe

Neeley – you don’t have to come at me like that at all
Scott – I’ve never said a negative word about you
Neeley – don’t be trying to throw my name under the bus .. talking bad about me
Scott – Never.. I’ve never said a bad word to anyone
Neeley – no one in this house should trust you .. Day one.. that shit is gone.. why should any of them trust you when you can’t keep your day 1 alliance intact
Scott – Shane couldn’t keep it intact
Neeley – Yes and you got rid of him .. and you want to terrorize Danielle I hope America sees that

 

Neeley – he wants to bully Danielle that’s his game plan..
Scott – mark those words America

Neeley – America sees you for who you are
Scott – I’ve never said a bad thing about you Neeley
Neeley – on the purple spirit day you want to bully somebody..
Neeley turns to the girls says Scott is here for his stipend she’s here to play. Again brings up Scott not keeping to his day 1 alliance.
Neeley – you ticked me off dog
SCott again tells her he’s never said a bad thing about her he’s just campaigning to stay in the game.
Neeley – don’t come to my friends with some bullshit how I’m going to flip on people
SCott – I’ve never said a bad word
Neeley – You’re the only one that’s flipped.. Alex knows for a fact week 2 how you went to each individual sides getting information..
Scott – who did I give information too
Neeley – you are not trustworthy you are not loyal so don’t act like you’re a better bet

Neeley – YOU ARE NOT… YOU ARE NOT LOYAL

Neeley – you sold everyone of them out last night..

Neeley storms out..

11:23am yoga room Whitney and Scott
Scott says he’s going to be fighting to stay until the very end. Mention how last night he tried to get Justins’ and Jason’s vote. He had gone over what he was saying to Alex.
Scott – Basically if Alex tells me to jump I say how high..
Scott says he feels bad for screwing up Alex’s game and he’ll do whatever it takes to help her.
Scott going on about how he has to win a bunch of competitions to “Make it up to Alex”
Scott says Kryssie walked in on him saying he was going to make Danielle’s life a living hell and now Neeley is running around calling him a bully.
Scott – that goes against Purple day and CBS you’re a horrible person”
Scott – I’ve never said anything about Neeley personally.. I’ve said bad things about Danielle sure.. she’s a spoiled brat and has entitlement issues.
Scott thinks Neeley did all that in the kitchen to make s scene.
Whitney agrees says it made her look stupid. Confirms all the girls are voting to evict Neeley.

12:37pm Sisters
Talking about how Neeley is blundering.
Alex says Whitney might try one more time to get Justin to keep Scott but she’s thinking the vote will be a tie. It’s up to America.
the sisters look at the camera asking Amercia to keep Scott for them.

2:26pm Kryssie and Neeley
Kryssie – I don’t want you to go
Neeley – I go a lot more game to play
Neeley about Scott – He f***G sucks
Kryssie – I feel in my heart of hearts the only reason America nominated you was Scott was off the table and so was Alex.
Neeley – they gave her the package they wanted her safe anyways..
Kryssie – I don’t think they wanted her safe.. (ZOMG)
Kryssie – America has a bizarre sense of humour in all this.. Whatever happens I think they saved Alex so they could see her be my servant for a week. I honestly think that is what it was
Neeley agrees it was funny.
Kryssie – America doesn’t want to see her stick around (Alex)
Neeley says she’s super friendly with people.
Kryssie says she feels it in her gut and her gut is always right.

NEELEY “SHANE DIDN’T DO IF FOR ME. MONTE HAD THE BODY” KRYSSIE “I’M INTO FITNESS, FIT THIS D**K IN MY MOUTH”

March 01, 2017

9:50pm Backyard – Kryssie – if you stay in the house with no votes against you, you can still play on an even keel. But if those motherf**kers vote for you.. Neeley – its a wrap! IT’S A WRAP! F**K Shelby she is going to do whatever those other two tell her. Kryssie – we’ll see. All those are horrible people. Neeley – I don’t agree with that, especially with Morgan and Whitney. Kryssie agrees – but in terms of this game, I am over all of them. Neeley – those would be the ones that I would possibly work with. Kryssie – you can’t trust Alex. Neeley – no you’ll see tomorrow, that will be the tell tale. Kryssie – even if she does vote with us, I sill won’t trust her. I need you to stay. Neeley – everyone works on my last nerve. This will not be a waste of an HOH. Kryssie – It really can’t be. I will be so f**king pissed! I feel like in my heart of hearts you’re going to stay. We just need all those b***hes to be true to their word. It would be really nice to send Scott out of her to a 7-0 split. It would teach him that he came in here and really f**ked this up. Neeley – my only fear is someone is talking to Alex and I don’t know who. Kryssie – don’t see much of her. Neelye – I think in the weeks to follow we need to send some misdirection to find out who is saying information. Kryssie – I didn’t tell anyone but Danielle and it didn’t get out so its not her. Neeley – Shane didn’t do if for me. Monte had the body. Shane had more of the face and the swag. Some times Justin looks good to me but then I’m like hell no, god no! Kryssie – I don’t have a type. The only dude in here I would remotely be attracted to was Jason. None of these dudes did it for me. Neeley – at first look I was into Shane and then Monte took his shirt off. Kryssie – I’m into fitness.. fit this d**k in my mouth. Neeley – YES!

 

10:10pm Backyard – Morgan, Neeley, Whitney, Alex, Kryssie, Scott and Shelby are all sitting around the backyard couches. Alex comments on how she won’t get rid of her costume punishment till after the next HOH. Jason and Danielle are in the hot tub.

0:50pm – 12am Whitney, Alex, Morgan and Shelby head to the London room – Morgan – at this point I feel like I’m breaking things with Kryssie but I feel like I would put up Kryssie and Jason and bank on America’s nom. Alex – if Neeley went home there are 4 spots so almost everyone would have to be touched. Its now getting to that point. Whitney – us up with them. Alex – I think the most important thing is to just try your hardest to win. Shelby – I’m not throwing it. Whitney – if it came down to it and I had to pawn someone I would put Scott up. Alex – for sure if we knew we had the numbers. Shelby – you would have to see what the care package was too because if it was take away 2 votes, you couldn’t do that. Whitney – Jason was genius hooking up with Justin who doesn’t know sh*t about this game. Shelby – Jason is running that side of the house. Shelby – I don’t think Monte went out for going after Jason. Alex – oh no, Monte went out because people didn’t like him. They talk about Kryssie quitting in the veto. Shelby if you guys quit in the veto I would kill you. Whitney – we pretty much bullied you to voting out Neeley this week. Morgan – I guarantee you Kryssie is going to turn to me when Neeley leaves and say “You stupid blonde b***h!” Alex – I feel like we should make a plea for Scott. He don’t complain. Whitney – he loves this. This is his dream. Morgan – if Kryssie does say something to me I want to be ready to say something back. Whitney – then release the chiwawa (Shelby). Morgan – you preach honestly but when I came to talk to you, you had someone hiding in the bathroom (Justin). Whitney – all you need to say is this is a numbers game. Why would I vote out one of my own when y’all are coming after us!? And she put you on the block. Morgan – I guarantee you she put me on the block thinking I wouldn’t win the veto. Sucks to suck Kryssie. Alex – I am on the fence about wanting Danielle out. Jason pretty much confirmed Danielle was running her mouth about wanting me out. Shelby – if we get Neeley out it doesn’t matter what happens we have the numbers.

Alex, Morgan, Whitney and Shelby get up to talk to the live feeders. They tell Ameria to vote out Neeley. Alex – out of all these people Scott does not complain. He is a fighter. Vote to keep Neeley out and Keep Scott. Morgan – if you vote Neeley out I will let Kryssie attack me for weeks and weeks and weeks. I don’t care. They do the team ball smashers hair flip.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP VETO CEREMONY “I’VE NEVER SAT ON THIS COUCH BEFORE”

March 01, 2017

1:03pm Morgan uses the veto on herself. Whitney put up in her place.

Kryssie says it’s in her best interest and the interest of everyone “as a whole” to put Whitney up in her place

Whitney – “I’ve never sat on this couch before”

2:58pm Scott, Alex and Shelby

Scott says Justin pretty much just told him he’s voting him out.
Scott – he doesn’t want to go against Kryssie’s wishes.. It’s fine I was expecting it
Scott – I hope everyone is still cool with banking on America… I still have a 50/50 chance with them.

3:00pm Storage room Shelby and Alex
Alex pissed because Justin isn’t keeping Scott, “He’s playing the wimpiest game.. we have to hope for America again”
Alex says if they vote out Neeley and America votes out Scott it puts them in a worst position with the other side
Shelby points out the other side is coming after them regardless
Alex – America.. we need you
Shelby – we shouldn’t give up on Justin yet
Alex agrees “we shouldn’t take no for an answer”
Alex says getting rid of Scott is not interesting at all “It’s cutting the loan wolf out.. if Neeley goes out chaos will happen”
Shelby – still worth it to try, they’re coming after us anyways
Alex says they will have to really plug away at Justin. Alex says they needs to cry to get to Justin.
Alex is worried about the same thing happening with monte
Alex – Kryssie would never have to know .. she’ll have no idea.. He can sail to the final 5
Shelby – I’ll tell him you’re guaranteed a spot in the finale..
Alex says the only person out of that other side that is playing the game is Jason.
Shelby calls the other side “Hypocridiots”
Shelby plans to talk to Justin tonight. Alex will hit him up tomorrow. they’ll keep trying up until the voting ceremony.

3:20pm Jason telling the HOH crew he’s down to 4 packs of cigarettes
Jason – I’m going to leave that one last pack until Sunday.. then we can chain smoke them
Jason – then the patch life.. they’ll make a segment on it.. they always make a segment when someone runs out up in this b1tch.

 

4:00pm HOH LNJ 
Jason mocking Shelby – “She’s barely a waitress…. you hear what she does.. gets people’s drinks” (LOL)
Going over the other side’s careers
Jason – what are you doing Alex you’re in a maid costume do a dish
Kryssie points out Alex did a shitty job at the bathroom she doesn’t want her doing the dishes.

 

6:19pm Alex with Shelby’s help making a Sheppards pie for Kryssie.

7:10pm Kryssie and Justin 
Kryssie says it’ll be detrimental if Neely goes home.
Justin – Voting to keep Neeley.. that is what I’m going to do
Kryssie – I trust you .. I trust you more than any of the hoes outside Jason
Taking about what they miss outside of the house.
Justin – I want to go fishing so damn bad…

8:17pm Backyard Jason and Justin
Talking about getting Shelby out next week.

9:40pm Ball Smasher
They are going to talk to Justin 1 more time.
Shelby says she’s voting out Neeley even if she’s the only one
Alex says she’s voting against Neeley because they all lie to her face every single day, “They want me gone”

JASON “AMERICA WILL BE THE 4TH VOTE. IF IT GOES WRONG YOU CAN BE LIKE SH*T IT WASN’T ME, IT WAS AMERICA!”

March 01, 2017

9pm Storage room – Morgan tells Alex – I need Shelby to go up on the block desperately. Because if Whitney goes up she is safe and she can’t vote. If I break the deal, Kryssie freaks out. Whitney can’t vote. Right now we promised 2 votes to Kryssie. Alex – I am very confused. Morgan – I need Shelby to go on the block so that Whitney can still vote. Shelby is honestly irritating me. Alex – why is she irritating you? Morgan – because I know she wants Scott to stay because its good for her game. Alex – if Scott stays its probably good for my game because if he goes I am probably target number 1. Morgan – right but if he stays out of all the girls I’m the target. Alex – I don’t know.. I know Neeley going home sucks for your game but for the long term game she is dangerous. Morgan – I am fine with sending Neeley home but I’m going to go to Scott and say if you want my vote… Alex – you don’t have to worry about Scott. Morgan – no literally I am because I don’t want to depend on you to keep me safe with him. I’m going to like go to him and like tell him… Alex – I don’t even know what you’re saying because you’re rolling your eyes and saying like a lot. Morgan – You’re pissing me off like no other today! Also, like seriously you thought I was going to use a veto to save Scott.. are you an idiot!? Alex – I wasn’t saying to do it … I was saying to consider it because if you make it to the final 3 you need to have a good resume. I wasn’t telling you to do it, I was just giving you all options. Morgan – I know you think I’m the dumbest person at this game. You’re really pissing me off. I’m just getting paranoid that you’re lying to me. Or that you’re going to pair up with Scott to get rid of me. Alex – Scott annoys me. I feel like the other side of the house gangs up on him and bullies him ….so I am never ever going to go with that.

9:05pm HOH room – Danielle, Justin, Shelby and Kryssie. Shelby – I will vote him (Scott) out but if you could give me a little warning if you do decide to put me up. Kryssie – I will do my best to warn the person I put up but its against the rules to say I’m nominating you. If you do end up on the block next to him …just know you would be safer than you ever would be in this game. Which ever one is it… as long as everyone plays ball you’re good with me next week. The only problem I had with Alex is that she made a problem with me and broke it. I don’t even respect him as a human being. Shelby – literally the only positive to keeping him is that he would be a bigger target next week. There would be some poetic justice the four horsemen going out one after the other. Shelby leaves. Justin – she’s suck a f**king liar. Oh my god I want her out of this house.

Bathroom Alex, Whitney and Morgan are talking. They agree that Kryssie is a non-threat right now. She can’t get HOH next week and she can’t get another care package. Alex – the odds are one of you get a care package because y’all haven’t gotten it. Morgan – I’m about to say lets go balls to the wall. Whitney – we just have to preach Scott is going home no matter what. Morgan – I’m going to go talk to Kryssie tomorrow morning just because I feel like she would be weirded out if I didn’t say anything. Whitney leaves. Alex – preach Scott should go and Shelby should go up. Shelby joins them. Morgan and Whitney whip their hair and say ball smashers. Shelby – if Kryssie calls me out I’m going to say I don’t really owe you anything, you had someone eavesdropping on our first conversation.

12:40am London bedroom – Morgan and Alex are whispering. Morgan – If I get screwed over I’m going to go out screaming in the hallway. Alex – at the beginning of the week Scott was like better Morgan than me and in my head I was thinking if only you knew Morgan and I are sisters! If only you knew. I love that no one knows. They head to bed.

12am – 1:20am Backyard – Kryssie, Danielle, Jason, Justin and Neeley. Kryssie – I don’t care what the f**k happens with Shelby. Neeley – I would just rather keep Whitney happy and f**k Shelby. Kryssie – that’s where I’m at too. I might pitch it like ..I’m putting you on the block, you don’t have a vote … so no one will think you had anything to do with this week. Neeley heads inside. Danielle – it will be three / three and America will decide. Justin – I’m going to vote for Neeley to stay. Kryssie – you got to vote for Scott to stay and then America will tell us where they land. Justin – so it will be tied up and America will be the fourth vote. Danielle – yes. Jason – America’s going to do what they want to do. And then you can be like like yo.. even if it goes wrong you can be like sh*t it wasn’t me, it was America! Justin sings – f**k that witches hat .. I tried to tell her not to wear that and now its over! Neeley comes back. They chat about random things like the food they ordered in the land before time (sequester). Kryssie, Neeley and Justin head inside. Danielle – I really hope America sees that I’m still trying. Jason – when Justin gets in power I’m going to let him do whatever he wants to do. Jason – he just can’t get Neeley out he said. Danielle – which is fine with me because as long a Shelby and Neeley are here I’m not his target. Jason – that’s true and even b***h if he was I would try and scare him off. Danielle – I know just looking back… I think if I had taken things slower with Shane … Jason – things would have been different. Danielle – like even if he had told me about that alliance I have understood more. Justin and Kryssie join them again.

2am Backyard – Justin – you notice how she isn’t wearing that witch hat any more. It was making me think very badly of you. Guess what I will vote your a$$ out because of that witch hat. I was feeling real good about Neeley until she put that hat on. I ran up stairs and said Kryssie I just can’t trust Neeley.

2:20am All the house guests are sleeping..

3:15am Backyard – Scott is up talking to the cameras. Scott – when it comes down to it Morgan is going to use the power of veto to save herself. I can’t blame her. On one hand she thinks she might have a better chance staying in the house with America’s vote over me which is reasonable however if she were to save me with the power of veto she thinks America would think she is an idiot and would vote her out just for that. It cuts both ways. Neeley wants to be the biggest, baddest competitor around and that’s why she’s been coming after Alex and why she’s been coming after me. That’s why she’s been throwing Jason’s name around. And that’s probably why you made her America’s nom. Honestly I think its a pretty sh*tty strategy especially for an OTT (Over the top) season to try and take out all the best competitors. I think you should try and team up with the competitors so that you all make it to the end regardless of who gets the care package. Regardless of who gets the America’s nom. Because if all the best competitors are working together, you can over come anything in this game with team work and fight or die spirit. I think its getting to her (Neeley) that she hasn’t won any competitions yet. As soon as they get rid of me, they’re going to get rid of Alex. If Neeley gets what she wants and takes out me and Alex then she will probably turn her wheel and try to take out Jason. I know I wouldn’t want to see that as a viewer. As soon as Julie told us this was going to be a final 3 instead of a final 2 I knew I couldn’t win this game.

3:25am – 4:15am Scott – There is no way I am going to be able to put up with Danielle’s self centered egotistical a$$ for the next 40 days. She is horrible. She is just a horrible person. I don’t want to see her get any further in this game or get any more enjoyment out of this game…. so I would like to send her a$$ right home to Shane. I’m the only HOH so far that has gotten out their target. If you guys vote to keep me I will have the 3 girls plus America and that’s enough to keep me in the house this week. I like to think I am a good competitor. I have literally shed blood, sweat and tears for this game. I am a good competitor ..as you saw today I lost the veto with only 16 seconds. On some real sh*t I’ve had a blast. You shouldn’t keep Neeley around because she wants to get rid of the best competitors… me, Alex, and probably Jason. I really don’t think I can win this game. At this point I want Alex to win this game. She is loyal. Six people went up to the HOH room and told her to take me out and she didn’t. I wouldn’t betray her for 500K. I am going to take out Danielle because I can’t put up with her entitlement issues. If you guys keep me this week I promise you Danielle is next! I am 99% positive BB is going to give us a Question based comp. If you give me my life in this game I will try and give you life in this show. Danielle is just so full of sh*t. I will make it so you don’t have to put up with her bullsh*t. I’m really sorry you’ve had to put up with her bullsh*t. At this point I just want to help Alex get to the quarter million dollar prize. Justin has done us so many favors so I want to take him far. I’ll still respect Justin if he votes to evict me this week. He is probably the best player here. Shelby has been playing the dumb thing. Half the people in the house think she is dumb and our side thinks she is one of the smartest people in the house. Shelby has been doing really well. Good on you Shelby. Shelby is a better player than I am. Alex is better than I am. It makes me more sad to think Alex could go, than me. I really want Alex to win this game. If I stay I will dedicate my game to keeping Alex here. My goal in this house is to be a loyal soldier for Alex and to make Danielle’s last week in the house hell. I f**ked up this game for Alex and that’s why I would give up my game for her. I don’t want her to pay for my mistakes. If I do stay, I am just going to be an a$$hole so people want to evict me and not her. If I win the veto I will use the it in such a way so that she doesn’t go on the block.

MORGAN WINS THE POWER OF VETO..

March 01, 2017

Neeley is America’s nomination

10:05am Alec has to sing happy birthday to Kryssie in between

Veto players, Scott, Neely, Justin, SHelby, Kryssie, Morgan. Whitney is the host.

10:07pm Jason goes on a tirade 
Jason has a hard time dealing with America nominating Neely instead of Shelby. Relying on America’s vote and generally forgetting the importance of a social game is now coming back to bite him (unlike Justin who’s mingling with everyone). Danielle is also taking it tough. He also is able to accuse Production of editing the show so that Whitney, Morgan, Alex and Shelby look better. I’ll highlight some of the nice things he has to say about Shelby.

Jason – what is America watching.. All Shelby does is how she wants rich people attractive people all she talks about is sleeping with people that own a bungalow
Jason – F*** Neeley be annoying Shelby is the most terrible person in here..
Justin – mentions that Maybe Neeley is doing something Terrible
Jason – how the f*** does america like someone like Shelby
Justin – Maybe they like her because she’s the underdog
Jason – she’s not a underdog she’s a gold digger
Danielle – maybe they want Shelby to be the replacement
Jason – she’s an anorexic little gold digger.. all she cares about.. (Attractive rich men)
Jason – you’re a hooker.. what the f** are you watching America… and I’m not even worried about it Neeley is all over the place.. really America Shelby..

Jason – how many people in America did this girl blow.. she was handing out Handj*bs to the stats of Oregon to make sure sh’s got votes.
Jason – Shes a prostitute parading around like a waitress..


Jason says the feeds are not even on them right now.. “F****G not putting Shelby up never.. what are they watching that we’re not seeing”
Jason – what the f**.. Shelby makes me look like a well balanced soulful person.. she makes me look like a religious deity
Kryssie comes in
Jason – what do you thin they are showing to America .. they refuse to nominate her..
Neely comes in

Jason- What does America see in this girl?
Kryssie- I think they are not touching her cause she is boring (LOL ZOMG)

Jason- She is trash. Prostitute parading around like a waitress. What does America see in this bitch?
Kryssie – I agree with you but all of us hate her which makes it fun
Neeley- I’m not trippin….
Jason – I’m trippin for you
Jason calls Shelby a vapid piece of trash that only wants attractive men with money.
Jason – what does america see in this b1tch
Neeley – it’s entertainment
Jason – why is it OK for one of us to go home next week
Kryssie – if everyone but Shelby wins you’re coming down anyways.. Scott’s going the f** home..
Jason – I want to know how many handJ** around the world did Shelby give out
They all Laugh
Kryssie – a considerable amount
Jason- she’s legitimately a whore.
They all laugh
Justin – to each their own
Jason – no i’m no accepting that
Jason I bet she did blow all those [Production assistants]. Fucking whore”
Jason – America is more petty than we are, I’ve been on this fandom for a long time.. they are more petty than we are
Jason thinks Shelby going home would be a good show.. Calls the girls all b1tches

Jason accusing Scott touching him in his sleep. Says if Scott does that again “I’m going to knock his eye outta his f***g face”
Jason – his whole eye is coming out he’s going to need a glass one
They laugh
Jason – I’m goign to take a sh1t in their clothes drawers
Kryssie – please do

Justin leaves..
Jason – I wanna spit on Shelby’s RIP grave
Kryssie – YEAH
Kryssie – you’re not going to try and c** on her face like Shane did to Scott?
Jason says he wouldn’t even c** on Shelby’s face even out of spite.
Jason blames Shelby not getting voted America’s nom on production capturing the wrong conversations on the feeds.

Kryssie mocks Shelby’s crab dance after Neeley getting nominated.
Jason says it’s no a big deal if they take Scott down one of the girls will go home.
Jason and KRyssie are agreeing that Justin cannot fU** around today. They can’t eliminate Neeley from winning the POV. (like last week and Danielle)
Jason says Justin can not mess up again..
Neely says she’s a better competitor than Shelby she thinks they’re side will win the Veto. the only person they have to worry about is Morgan.
Kryssie points out that Morgan is down with gettign Scott out.
They realize that this week might be a tie and America could be the deciding vote.
Jason says now that one of theirs is up there, all their deals with the other side are trash. The entire week is changed now.
Jason – these people will break those deals .. they will flip..

Jason continues to blame production fro Shelby not getting voted.
Kryssie is Shocked
Jason says he’s mortified
Neeley says she’s not surprised at all.

Jason says apparently not anymore his fans are gone he Says there’s more people like Shelby. “They all jumped over to the prostitution boat.”
Neleey says Shelby’s the only entertaining person on that side.
Jason – Entertaining how? Sucking d*ck for money
Neeley says nobody on that other side is fun to watch once SHelby goes it’s going to be ‘Cracker.. salty.. boring.. just wathever”
Jason – she’s not got that much flavor .. suck guys dry for money
Neeley – she’s got more flavour than the rest of them
Jason – apparently the stuff America hated the last time is what they like this time..
Jason – last time that is something they didn’t respect.. gold digging whores.. Fame.. here to steal peoples money just looking for someone to use. (LOL isn’t she a lawyer)
Jason – apparently everything has changed in a hear and a ha;f

Jason – she did blow all those PA’s that’s why they aren’t showing footage of her being terrible.. F****G WH**E
Jason – she’s a wh*re she knows she’s a wh*re..
Jason calls Shelby a terrible human being, “What happened to America.. I believe she is terrible human being”
Kryssie says she’s being portrayed as someone likable
Jason agrees.. (wait how are they portraying her)
Jason says Shelby gets no camera time
Jason says Shelby is 24 and that “B1tch” is doing things that he did when he was 19. (Like bar exam?)
Jason – I’m going to rub that chap stick on my brown star and offer it to her (Shelby)
Jason says that “b1tch Shelby” will have to pay 50 grand to get his a$$ says Shelby will blow a dude for free drinks
Jason – if none of them are have not next week I’m really curious what they are showing..

10:08am Alex and Whitney happy dance time

12:15pm Justin and Scott 
Justin – in all actuality Neeley can go home
Scott – that’s what I’m hoping for, Neeley and Kryssie can’t win
Justin – if you win, you just cannot come for f*n Kryssie right now.
Scott: That’s fine. My priority is Neeley, Danielle.. after that maybe even Shelby and Morgan

1:00pm They will take turns on the Veto competition. The order is
1 – Morgan, 2 – Neeley, 3 – Kryssie, 4 – Shelby, 5 – Scott, 6 – Justin

1:30pm POV starts 
You have a maximum time of 30 minutes
If you fall you get a penalty
3:30pmPOV comp
MOrgan, Neeley, Kryssie and Shelby have completed.
Morgan has the best time out of the three. Kryssie asks to forfeit because she cut her hand.
MOrgan ~ 8:4 minutes
Neeley ~ 26 minutes
Kryssie ~ 30 mins+ penalties
Shelby ~ 12 minutes

4:26pm Justin’s Turn 
“Welcome to the wall of shame.. ”
Justin – damn these are hard questions

Justin has a good time doesn’t take it too seriously.. makes a mistake laughs it off. He’s not having any trouble with the wall it’s the questions that are messing him up.

4:38pm Justin is still working on the POV. His time is greater than MOrgans.

Justin – can I call a friend

5:12pm Scott telling us that nice Scott is goner “Shit is about to get raw uncut… un filtered mother f****ers are going home” it’s scotty here’s here to play..
Scott – I’m sorry I’m swearing.. I’m goign to take people outta this game I have more debts to settle.
Scott – I made Halloween.. Halloween.. YES.. HALLOWEEN
Scott – Kryssie, Daneille and Neeley you better watch your backs..

Scott – feeds are going to be lite tonight..

5:35pm MOrgan wins… 
Her time was 8:35

5:59pm Ball smashers 
Discussing getting Jusitn to vote out Neeley
Scott – if Justin isn’t down with it.. I don’t know what else I can do.. .
Scott tells them his plan is to get America’s vote by shit talking Danielle. He’s thinking America doesn’t like Danielle so if he positions himself as the advisary of Danielle maybe they’ll keep him in the house.
Scott – likes that’s my only plan.. pots and pans in the London room… WAKE UP DANIELLE Eval Dick style..
The girls tell Scott to chill about his plan until they get a chance to talk with Justin and get a feel for it.
Alex is listing off possible deals they could make with Justin.

6:13pm
Scott messing with Danielle in the kitchen about Shane’s speech. Jason and Justin also in the room.
Danielle – I can’t wait for you to go home.. God I can’t wait for you to go home..
Scott keeps trolling her
Danielle – you’re going home everyone is voting for you to go home
Scott – oh are they.. OK .. that’s news to me

6:15pm Alex, MOrgan, Shelby and Whitney
Scratching their heads why Scott is doing what he’s doing. Morgan says she’ no way using the veto on him now.
Alex – I didn’t know he was goign to do that..
they laugh..
Counting the votes.. they have 3 votes on their side and 3 on the other side.
Shelby – America is the tie breaker
They wonder if they can get Justin’s vote.
Whitney doesn’t think Justin will lie to them.
Alex says if Scott is still in the game he’s goign to be a huge target. Neeley is a threat to win this game.
Whitney says Justin isn’t playing strategically..
Jason comes by tells them Scott is being a d1ck “he’s being arrogant”

6:33pm Kryssie and Justin
Kryssie – Scott seems to think they are goign to vote out Neeley ..
Justin – really
Kryssie – you go to make sure your girl MOrgan…
Kryssie – it’s dead even
Kryssie tells him she’s putting Whitney up when Morgan uses the veto.
Jason joins them says he thinks America will vote out Scott but they still need insurance.

7:36pm Alex, Scott and Whitney

Scott says they have a much better shot now. “I have way more faith in Justin than Shane and America”
Scott – our odds are way better than week 2

7:39pm Bathroom Jason and Shelby
Jason tells her they need to stop lying about their votes to regain trust. Shelby doesn’t think neither side will be able to rebuild trust.
Jason says the 4 girls are close and they will get rid of Scott before they get rid of Shelby.
Jason – to walk in on him(Scott) cheering… he’s all about TV time.. we gave him his tie vote.. ugh..

7:47pm HOH 
LNJ complaining that the other side is still playing games with the vote. They want everyone to vote out Scott.
Jason calls Shelby, MOrgan, Alex and Whitney “Centipede of 4 b1tches”
They agree to all vote out Scott and they will try to get MOrgan’s vote. Neeley will work on MOrgan.

 

9:04pm Morgan and Alex Storage room
Alex saying they need to try and get Neeley.
Morgan says keeping Scott is more beneficial for Alex’s game and keeping Neely is beneficial for Morgan’s game.
Alex reminds her they trust each other 100%.
Alex says Scott annoys her and she feels that he gets mistreated by the other side. Says Scott will always vote for her and Morgan.

SHELBY “SHANE GOT 3K IN STIPEND MONEY AND A STEP CHILD! CONGRATULATIONS!”

March 01, 2017

9:10pm – 11pm Lounge room – Shelby, Scott, Alex. Scott – those three … Kryssie, Neeley and Danielle are going to vote against me no mater what. They don’t even got to pretend. Shelby – that’s what happens when you say you’re going to put them up in front of them. Scott – well I did nominate two of them and I took out the other ones boyfriend. Its to be expected. I’ve used both of them as pawns and took out Danielle’s boy toy. Shelby – but you played with emotions apparently but now if they want to get you out because of that, that’s not playing with emotions?! Scott – whatever, never cared! Shelby – Hypocrit-idiots! Scott – if the third nominee comes down .. no matter who it is .. I’m going home. Alex – that’s why I want it to be Neeley. Scott agrees. Shelby – I think they (Danielle & Shane) will date for two .. maybe three weeks after. Like he got 3K in stipend money and a step child! Congratulations! And she’s sitting here talking about marriage and what they’re babies are going to look like .. and they were together for 3 weeks. COO COO! COO COO! Whitney (AKA Mike Tyson) and Alex join them. They talk about different scenarios with who America might nom and if it

9:25pm Backyard – Jason and Justin. Jason – If Whitney is up on the block she is going to have to talk game with me which she hasn’t had to do yet. And I would give Whitney a deal like if I’m up there you have to vote for me to stay or if you’re HOH you can’t nominate me. I’m willing to make deals with Whitney but she has said nothing to me. I’d rather make a deal with Whitney than Morgan or Shelby. If Shelby is up there its best case scenario. If Neeley is up there its not a bad scenario but its going to be hard to flip on her this week. Flipping on her next week…. easier. Justin – I’ve had a gangsta a$$ idea. If you flip the phone up does it ring downstairs? Jason – yes. Justin – what if we flip the phone. Jason – like leave the phone off the hook. (Why has no one else thought of eavesdropping on the HOH like this before?) Justin – yeah and I’ll already be downstairs so we could hear Danielle and Neeley’s what cha ma call it. Jason – They’ve already told me what they’re selling. Justin – and Danielle is gunning for you or Neeley is? Jason – Danielle is gunning for me. Both of us, but me first. Justin – that’s crazy, we’ve got to get him out of here. That was a terrible game plan on Scott’s part getting Shane out of here. Jason – I know. Justin – America gave us Danielle on a silver platter. Jason heads up to the HOH room. They talk about random things. Jason and Justin mess around with the camera’s outside the HOH room.

12:20am Backyard – Danielle, Justin and Jason are talking. Jason – the London room is cursed. Cornbread, Monte, Shane, … Scott. Justin talks about having not very good sleeps. Danielle tells him he should sleep in the London room. Justin – you’re sleeping in the havenots. Jason – yeah, America doesn’t like me this week. They chat about random things and then head inside to go to bed.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP SAFETY CEREMONY “START A RUMOUR THAT SHE’S IN LOVE WITH NEELEY”

March 01, 2017

11:54am Alex and Shelby

Alex telling her she’s the safest out of everyone.
Alex says Morgan and Whitney are being told Scott’s the target and Scott’s being Told Morgan/Whitney are the targets.
Shelby – no one tells me anything..
Alex – seriously you’re ion a good position.

Alex – have you talked to Kryssie
Shelby – I’m going to ..
Shelby – I’m probably going up and it’s in my best interest to go up
Alex agrees everyone should want to go up to get a chance of playing for the veto.
They agree if Kryssie puts Scott up it would be stupid because it will free up Jason and Neeley for America’s nom

Alex says Kryssie doesn’t really know what she’s doing
Shelby – but she’s got people coaching her.

12:02pm HOH Pictures… .

12:12pm HOH Kryssie and Shelby
Kryssie saying she doesn’t have a beef with Alex.
Kryssie – there’s one person in this house that I disrespect all their game choices.. (Scott)
Kryssie tells her Scott is her target.
Shelby says don’t put her up if she thinks she’ll throw the veto because if Shelby is nominated she’ll fight for the VEto.
Kryssie says if she puts Scott up he stays up.
Shelby says Scott is her friend she doesn’t want to see him go but better him than her.
Kryssie points out Scott is the only person Shelby’s side of the house has suggested as a target.
Shelby mentions that Neeley or Jason will be America’s Nom if Scott goes up.
Kryssie doesn’t think that’s a guarantee

Kryssie going on that Scott is attracted to Alex and it’s gotten to him. That is why he’s attached to her, “Alex and Scott being an applied side alliance is hurting her in the house that is why America gave her that safety this week”

12:15pm Alex and Scott
Agreeing that MOrgan and Shelby will be going up. THey hope Neeley is America’s nom then at least they have a chance. Scott says Whitney is better for their game than Morgan. He points out that Jason winning HOH would me he’s going after Whitney. He also think with Whitney in the game their chances of gettign a care package go up. With Whitney in the game they can always move the target on her saying she’s so well liked that makes her a finale threat.
Alex points out that Justin, Neeley and Kryssie LOVE Whitney they will never put her up over the two of them.
Scott – Whitney’s an actual contender to win this game.
SCott doesn’t see Morgan getting a care package, he thinks she’s a bit basic.

1:15pm Alex, Whitney, Shelby and Morgan
Shelby relaying to Alex that Kryssie told her that Alex and her boyfriend aren’t “Solid” because even thought they’ve been together for 5 years they split up for a bit and only recently have been together for the past year.
Shelby adds that Alex should reduce the time she spends with Scott because people like Kryssie are thinking there’s a side alliance between those 2.
Alex – Oh my God she is crazy .. she’s a plant.. like are you not allowed to talk to guys in this house
Shelby – apparently not
Alex – Can I start a rumour that she’s in love with Justin
Shelby – start a rumour that She’s in love with Neeley
They’re not sure who the target is Scott or Morgan…

3:56pm Alex’s task deliver some cookies

3:58pm Scott and Shelby
talking about Kryssie Finally “picking up the terminology of Big Brother”

5:11pm Kryssie tellS Whitney she has nothing to worry about tonight. She’s not going up as a pawn, if Morgan is a nominated she’s not the target.

7:06pm Safety Ceremony
Whitney Safe
Shelby Safe

Scott and Morgan are nominated for eviction.

7:14pm Kryssie, Shelby and Morgan
Kryssie – YOu’re fine
Kryssie – we have to make sure he stays up there so he goes home
Morgan – yup.. just make sure he stays up there
Kryssie – everyone but Scott wants Scott up there.. I want Scott to crash and burn
Kryssie – As sick as it sounds I want him to be beatne by a Girl.. I feel liek he’s picked on me a lot

Kryssie tells them she’s trying to have the cleanest HOH possible.

7:30pm Shelby, Scott and Alex 
talking about trying to get Neeley out if she’s America’s nomination.
Shelby – is there anyone on that side that doesn’t like Neeley
Scott -Maybe.. if Neeley is on the block I have a shot
THey agree if Neeley is nominated they have a chance they are going to go out “Swinging”
Alex – we can flip this aroun d
Scott – I’m very hopeful.. I’m going to bed early tonight.. (to be ready for the POV)

Alex asks them who the target is
Scott says he’s the target. Morgan is nominated because she can’t win comps. Scott knows if it’s him and Morgan on the block he’s going home.
Alex says it will be amazing if Neeley goes home on Kryssies HOH.

8:27pm White room Shelby, Whitney and Morgan
Trying to figure out who to pick for POV. Knowing if POV is used Whitney/Shelby go up.
They agree not to pick Alex
Shelby – she needs to save her victories in HOH righ tnow

Morgan – I need us 4 to stay in here.. Scott is goign to scheme to get us out 1 by 1.. he already is..

9:20pm Justin and Jason
Justin says Neeley has something with Morgan.
Jason – She was pushing hard for Whitney
Jason says they have to pull some shit to keep Shelby safe.
Agreeing they can get Morgan out over Shelby if Scott wins the POV.
Jason – Morgan or Scott win they will be replaced with Whitney.
Justin – we got to pull the trigger soon on Neeley’s a$$

Jason says they are in trouble if the America Nom is him or Neeley. If they get Neeley out they will cause big problems on Kryssie’s side.
Jason – it’s going to be shaking.. the smoothest is America nominates Shelby.. We have teh power Shelby or Morgan to go.. I don’t want Whintey out yet
Justin – f*** me neither

WHATEVER THE F**K SHE WANTS. I DON’T TRUST HIM FOR SH*T.”

March 01, 2017

9:20pm Bathroom – Justin & Jason. Justin – I’m going to talk to Kryssie so that maybe we can get Scott’s head off the block this week because it would be good for our game. Jason – no, no, no. Justin – we need to get Shelby out of here. Jason – its not good for our game. Plus he’s already told everybody that they’re working with us. Justin – that’s not true. Jason – Alex’s been the one saying that. Justin – so you think it’s a bad idea? Jason – I think we just let Kryssie do whatever the f**k she wants. Jason – I don’t trust him for sh*t. I think he’s someone we have to deal with in these comps and he’s untrustworthy. He’s never going to win any of these damn comps. Jason – we’re going to show our a$$ more to Kryssie trying to save him. I tried to save Alex and it made me look bad, so I’m not trying to do nothing about nothing. I want her to do what she f**king wants. It will just look like we’re playing too hard and trying to run her and sh*t. That side remains plenty strong without him. He won’t be coming for us but I don’t see the long term benefit. I’ll think about it.

 

 

9:55pm HOH room – Morgan & Krssyie. Morgan – I know its either going to be be or Alex going up and I just want you to know I’m okay with going up. I know people say pawns go home but I trust you. Obviously I would not hold that against you in the future. Krssyie – that’s good to hear. What I need from and your side if anyone wins the veto do not touch Scott. Scott is here to get tv time and just here to do Scott’s stuff. Morgan – if you’re we’re here in the future I definitely think we should work together. Kryssie – if Scott and Shelby are the next to go…

Scott tells Alex to lay low. Alex – I think he keeps trying to reassure us so that we’ll be good this next week. Scott – Justin said he would prefer if Shelby went home. Kryssie said she would prefer me or Shelby go home. Alex – for our game its best if Whitney goes home. I don’t want her to but…. we can talk later. Alex – if Scott stays’s he’s the key for me working with Justin and Jason. Scott is good and bad for me.

 

11:25pm Backyard – Jason, Neeley, Justin and Danielle are talking about religion.

 

12am HOH room – Kryssie, Neeley, Jason, Danielle and Justin help one of the fish that was stuck in the coral. Big Brother tells them to stop that but they get the fish unstuck. They all watch the fish for a while and then get ready for bed.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP HAVE NOT RESULTS! “I’M FINE.. I’M SOMEONE THAT DOESN’T REALLY CARE”

February 28, 2017

1:00pm Have not Reveal “Scott, Neeley and Jason ”

1:04pm Scott and Jason 
Jason says he knew that’s who was goign to be pick.
Jason – I’m fine.. I’m someone that doesn’t really care about the slop.. I hate the showers but that’s OK

1:09pm 
Justin thanking America for not picking him as a Have not
Cereal. Milk, Pizza and Chicken.. that’s all I eat..
Justin – I’m so blessed for real.. thank you so much
Justin thanking the fans over and over again, he’s legit happy and appreciates that they didn’t pick him as a have not.

1:09pm Alex and Shelby 
Shelby and Alex agree that Jason will be cranky this week.
Alex says either Neeley or Scott will be America’s nomination.
Shelby says there’s a 2/3rds chance she’s being nominated.
Alex – Scott will be the backdoor for sure.. Ugh I don’t want Scott to go home.
Alex tells her Scott going home sucks for them.
Shelby he’s sketching me out.. the way he’s acting.. his fake laugh very strange like for scott.
Alex agrees adds that out of all them Scott has to go.

Alex tells her she’s the safest one out of the girls, (Whitney, Morgan, Shelby)

Shelby – Whitney might be in trouble this week
Alex isn’t sure
Shelby – one of us is in trouble
Alex – I think it might be Morgan
Shelby – F**K
They agree Whitney is better at comps than Morgan.
Alex points out that Morgan is the weakest of them all.
Shelby agrees says Morgan is really bad at comps.

2:00pm Scott and Whitney 
Scott thinks it’ll be a question competition because Alex is in a costume they can’t have a physical one. Scott thinks this will not benefit him.

3:14pm Scott and Alex
Scott says he doesn’t care who goes as long as it’s not him or Shepby. Scott says his core 3 are Alex, Shelby and him.
Alex says strategically they should save Morgan over Whitney
Scott says Jason is the brains behind Justin and Jason wants Whitney out.

3:43pm Morgan and Neeley
Morgan tells her if she wins HOH her and Kryssie are safe.

4:15pm Neeley and Jason HOH
(Kryssie is in the room you can hear her burb)
They are talkign about how annoying Danielle is.
Neeley says Danielle annoys her the most
Jason says Shelby annoys him a lot but not as much as Danielle says she’s not as passive aggressive anymore.
Jason tried to tell Danielle she’s annoying but ‘She can’t change”
Jason says waits to tell her stories she doesn’t care to listen to your story.. Her stories last 4 hours, “you can’t tell her nothing she knows everything”
Jason says she’s like his brother Asks production to shut off the feeds because he’s going to talk about him. Feeds flip..

5:14pm HOh Jason, Neely and Kryssie
Jason saying how annoying Danielle is. “She needs a slap of reality”
Neely says Danielle is trying to be someone that she’s not.
Jaosn – there’s more to life than being the only person speaking.. I don’t care about the VIP life
Kryssie – I’ve never been VIP
Jason says he can get her into VIP when they get out he knows people. (Z-mog)
Jason – it’s not that exciting or cool..

Jason says Danielle tells the same damn story 400 times.

6:41pm Saturday night….

7:00pm Safety Ceremony 
Neely, Justin, Danielle are safe.

Neely dances between houseguests being called safe.

7:52pm Justin and Jason Tokyo room
Justin – this is some craZy stressful sh1t.. I usually don’t deal with this much stress
Jason – the stress you go in here is some sh1t .. I use to have blonde high lights now they are all grey
They both dislike the indoor Lockwood
Jason – they don’t care we’re like Guantanamo prisoners locked in here

Justin says after this week there will be 6 of them.

Justin – we can do it
Jason – we have to win next week
Justin – you think
Jason – people on our side are coming for both of us
Justin – you think
Jason – I know .. I have confrontation
Justin – from who
Jason – we’ll get into it later

Justin – is it Neeley
Jason Danielle “She thinks i’ll go work with these girls based on how I played on my season”
Justin – who she tell that to
Jason – doesn’t matter

9:00pm Alex, Scott and Shelby 
SCott says Justin wants SCott in the game to take out Neeley. Jason and Justin are worried about Neeley coming after them.
SCott – I feel like it’s up in the air right now.. I think Kryssie will nominate Morgan 100%..
Scott doesn’t think he’ll go on the block Kryssie is betting he’ll be America’s nomination.
Scott – she wants to see me or Morgan go on Wednesday..

Shelby leaves to talk to Kryssie comes back says Kryssie sin’t talkign to anyone right now

KRYSSIE “SCOTT CAN’T COME DOWN & IF HE DOES, THEN EVERYONE HAS TO BE READY TO KISS SHELBY GOODBYE.”

February 28, 2017

9:25pm Storage room – Morgan, Alex and Whitney. Alex – I feel like if you go back to back to talk to Kryssie she will view it as fake. You need to talk to her tonight. I think together will have more power. Last night when you went separate it was like a group thing but if you go together it will be like you’re together .. separate from us. Morgan – we need to make sure this is her target and the we will vote how she wants. Alex – say then next two weeks honestly. Make it more than one week deal. I think your best option.

 

10:15pm Backyard – Jason – this is our time to take a shot. Kryssie tells Jason – I’m going to make sure whoever does go home this week that its advantageous for you and I. I think if Scott goes, Alex will start spilling her tea to you. I think that could work well for you and I. I do think Scott would be the easiest to get out this week. I think it will be Scott and Morgan or Scott and Whitney.

 

 

10:45pm – 11:15am HOH room – Morgan and Whitney talk to Kryssie. Whitney – we figured that we’re on the same level as compared to Shelby or Scott and that one of us is probably, definitely, maybe going to go up. We understand that but we just want you to hear us out. Obviously Alex was the target… Kryssie – MMmmm.. debatable. Whitney we know that now that she’s safe its probably thrown a wench in the plan. Morgan – so basically if we are not the target this week.. you have two votes with you. And we’re pretty sure Alex would vote with us too. That’s 3 votes in your favour which is a lot right now. And going forward in the next 2 or 3 weeks if someone from our alliance mentions your name we will bring that information to you. Whitney – this is your HOH so you need to do what is best for your game. Morgan – I know that Scott is going to be gunning for you and I know for a fact that he has ties with other people in the house. Whitney – Scott just does whatever is best for his game that week. Morgan – when he came and talked to you I know he used reverse psychology and that he wasn’t going to talk to you again. Kryssie – you two were the people that came to me when I was put on the block. Especially now that Alex is off the table I have to explore the pawn scenario. I think Scott is the best to go. I also think that America would respect the scenario of getting rid of him. I don’t think Alex needs to go. I don’t have a problem with either of you. If either one of you end up on the block just know you’re not the one I’m gunning for. Someone from your side is going home. Scott has made some bad moves and choices. Depending on what happens with the havenots he is absolutely at the top of my list. To make sure.. which ever one of you that is on the block… whoever wins veto .. he (Scott) can’t come down and if for some reason he does come down… then everyone has to be ready to kiss Shelby goodbye. Whitney – you think everyone would get rid of Shelby over us? Kryssie – yes. Justin and Neeley can’t stand her. As far as I know everyone on my side is going to vote how I vote. I made 1 hand shake deal with Alex and she blew it. I am willing to shake hands with you two that even with whatever happens with havenots tomorrow. I know I’m supposed to make you sweat but don’t worry.

“YOU’RE FORCED TO SEE ME I’M HERE TO PAY YOU A COMPLIMENT.. YOU ARE BEAUTIFUL”

February 28, 2017

1:05pm Alex wins America’s Care package.. Called ‘Safety Servant’

She’s safe from the week but has to be the HOH’s personal servant. Production will give her tasks to “serve” the Head of Household.

Alex is very happy.. thanks America.
Alex got Crumpets. Someone asks what those are.
Jason – it’s English muffins for English people..

1:10pm Bathroom The Ball Smashers
Girls celebrating. Alex says when she saw safety her legs started to shake, “they’re still shaking”
Alex adds that Jason came to adn pretty much told her she was the target this week.
They agree they’ll all pick Alex to play the Veto.
Whitney – we can turn this around..
Alex – I’m a vote and thy can’t put me up..
They agree if America nominates Neeley they have a chance but they think it’ll be Scott. 1
They talk about keeping the 4 of them safe this week and taking the hit from losing Scott.

Whitney – if she doesn’t think Getting rid of Scott is a good move she’s stupid
Alex thinks America is voting Strategic with the Nominations

1:14pm LNC minus Justin
Talking about getting Morgan and Whitney up
Neeley says the girls don’t care about Scott or Shelby.
Jason – Morgan you didn’t want to talk shit.. Whitney you didn’t want to talk shit.. your up.

Jason – just play the game.. people are so afraid name targets.,.
Neeley – I don’t care I’ve been saying shit since day 1
Jason – all these b1tches don’t want to tell their secrets
Neeley – put Whitney and Morgan up and Scott is the backup
Neeley – America y’all keeping it juicy
Kryssie thinks it’s america giving her a second chance because she wore glasses in the HOH.
Neeley and Jason disagree say America is keeping it “Spicy”
Jason – they’re wasting a care package on Alex early

They bring up Alex protecting Morgan the most out of all the girls.
Neeley – Scott’s too easy of a target
Kryssie agrees.
Neeley says once Alex is gone that side will crumble
Jason agrees, says his season was really popular because America likes Side vs Side, “My side crumbled”
Jason says their side has a bigger chance of becoming America’s nominees, ‘Either Scott or Shelby or one of us”
Neeley – we’ll fight through it.
Jason – If Morgan is the princess and Alex is the queen… the hierarchy will reshuffle.. (if they get rid of Morgan)
Jason – Alex can’t get another care package

Jason leaves to smoke.. 
Danielle says she’ll vote Kryssie’s way.
Kryssie again saying her noms depend on who is the have not
Kryssie telling them to pretty much cool their jets and slow down with the “This is what you need to do”
Kryssie is wanting to gather as much information as she can and wait to see who the have nots are.
Kryssie – Can you let me play too .. I appreciate your opinions .. and outlook because you are seeing things I don’t see.. whatever happens is the blood on my hands for the entire experience.
Danielle proposing the three of them team up long term. Says Jason and Justin were gung ho on gettign Scott out and didn’t want Alex out. She wonders why..
Neeley – I don’t think Scott should go that’s just me
Kryssie – Whitney is someone we can use.. she likes me.. f***g with her at this point is a stupid move..
Kryssie says Morgan is using Justin but Whitney thinks there is a real connection with him.
Neeley – I felt like we were throwing out ideas..
Neeley – sorry about that sorry you felt some kinda way about it..
Kryssie – it’s literally been everyone talking but me since I go that damn HOH
Neeley – obviously you’re feeling some sorta way
Kryssie – if you guys want to play as a team you gotta let me play too
Neeley – you got all the power and all the cards honey..
Kryssie – no one has given a single f** about mine (opinion) I can’t make a decision until tomorrow.. until all those hoes come up to me after tomorrow.
Kryssie warns them not to get caught up in the moment, “Everyone is so busy scheming”
Neeley – I’m sorry i';ll keep my opinions to myself
Kryssie – that’s not what I said Neeley, You’re my buddy
Neelyu – it’s all good
Kryssie – you don’t have to leave.. i’m not mad at you.. can we just remember i’m in the room .. you and Jason doing all the strategising
Neeley – OK
Neeley leaves

Kryssie – am I wrong speaking out
Danielle – NO..
Kryssie- she got real upset I told her hey pay fucking attention to what I say.. there’s no reason to storm off like that… it’s upsetting

1:41pm Safety servant 
Production told her to give the HOH a compliment.
Alex – you’re forced to see me I’m here to pay you a compliment.. you are beautiful..

1:51pm Shelby and Alex 
Alex says the type of fans that would watch BBOTT would be Jason fans so she’s not expecting Jason to be America’s nom.
They agree if Neeley wins it she will implode
Alex – her and Kryssie think they are America’s numero unos they can do no wrong.
Alex – Morgan will be fine this week Neeley likes Morgan

They agree if Scott survives this week they still want to work with him. Alex is worried Scott is going to be Nominated by America says he might be playing the “Johnny Mac” angle in the Diary rooms but for him it’s coming across fake.

2:57pm HOH jason, Kryssie and Justin

Jason comes up tells her not to worry whatever happens they’ll all be held accountable. All the blood won’t be on Kryssie’s hands.
Kryssie lets out a giant BELCH. (Significant enough)
Talking about the Neeley Drama..
Kryssie – it’s really bothering me everyone is against Whitney..
Kryssie says she doesn’t want to put Whitney up.
Kryssie says she’s talked to all “Those b1tches” and Whitney was the only one that said if she is nominated and stays the following week if Whitney wins HOH Kryssie is safe.
Jason says Scott will be America’s nom “because he had such bad HOH itis”
Kryssie says if SCott is a have not she might not put him up leave it to America and if he’s not “I’ll backdoor him”
Kryssie says she doesn’t have a target out of “those clowns” the only person she wants to stay is Whitney.
Jason says if Morgan goes Neeley has no way to go but to them.
Justin – I just don’t trust her and she’ got that witch hat.. She looks like a real witch when she puts that f***g hat on it f***ks me up all the time… My mind plays tricks on me when she has that hat on.. I am creative I see sh1t in shadows..

 

4:00pm Kryssie and Danielle
Daneille tells her no matter what those other girls will never like her.

Justin comes in “Kryssie where’s that hat”
Kryssie – I dunno, no idea.. down by the stairs
Justin asks Danielle
Danielle – I have no f***g clue
Justin – that hat makes me so paranoid.. she looks like a witch to me.. so evil.. she turns into Keeley times 3
Justin joking around about the hat says he’s got to destroy it.

Justin- she’s got a long chin.. it f***s me up..

 

4:21pm Shelby, Whitney and Scott
Agreeing that Justin might be bullet proof with America. Whitney says Justin might be a have not just for “Comedic” reasons
Shelby – he’s made such a big deal about it
Scott – Me and Morgan..
Whitney thinks she’ll be a have not because she hasn’t been one yet.
Morgan and Alex join them.. They start wondering who they should campaign to get put up by America tonight during the live diary room sessions.

JUSTIN “I WAS WAITING FOR SOMEONE TO DRAG MY NAME THROUGH THE DIRT” WHITNEY “I SHOULD HAVE”

February 28, 2017

9:15pm HOH room – Kryssie is talking to Morgan while Justin listens from the HOH bathroom. Kryssie tells Morgan – Scott is looking pretty backdoor-able … so do I give him what he wants. I think of all the girls you have the best social game. Morgan – I think people for get that this is a social game. Kryssie – you hugged me after Shane left. I won’t forget that. Whatever happens this week, its not personal. You told me week 2 that I was safe. I can tell you right now I have no intention of getting you out. Morgan – thank you. Kryssie – I’m not going to be that HOH that lets it go to my head. Just know whoever I put up it might be a pawn scenario.

Morgan leaves. Justin comes out from hiding in the bathroom and says that was awesome. She’s a really good person. Kryssie – you know I brought your name up for me and for you. Shelby knocks on the door. Justin hides again. Shelby tells Kryssie – I just wanted see where your head was at. Shelby – I don’t want to go home. I hope at least I have the chance to fight in the veto. I have reasons why I should stay. I’m not the smartest person, I’m not the strongest person… I’m not a comp threat. I’m on slop this week so America doesn’t like me. I’m a good person to keep around because… Kryssie – so basically you’re a good person to get rid of later so don’t get rid of me now. Shelby looks at the house guest wall and says you kind of have to put up 2 from our side. Kryssie – what about Justin. He plays the middle. I think he’s more on your side. Shelby – no, way. He referred to your side of the house as his side. You’re one of the people that he values the most in the game. Kryssie starts talking about Scott and how he tried to get to know him. Shelby and Kryssie agree they’ll talk tomorrow. Shelby leaves. Justin – that poor girl. I feel so bad about her.

10:20pm Whitney talks to Kryssie. Kryssie – If for some reason I have to put you up, you’re not going anywhere. If I do put you up, I’ll make sure its a zero vote for you. I think Scott is the obvious choice. He basically insulted me as a game player and begged me to put him on the block. He said he backdoored Shane so you might as well put me up on the block. And then he told me that because I have a bum knee I am no threat to him physically so I am no threat to him at all. Whitney – is her writing his death sentence? Kryssie – Alex offered me a deal and Scott didn’t. I want to see what the care package is. Whitney if I got it and had anything to do with the HOH I would tag team it with you. Kryssie – you and I have a lot to prove and I would like for you to stick around. Kryssie – I think Alex has a good chance of getting it (America’s care package) because they would think it would be hilarious for us to have to work together. Whitney leaves and says bye Justin. Whitney leaves. Justin says that’s my girl. Kryssie – did she catch eyes’ with you? Justine – yeah.
Kryssie – If anyone asks… you were only up here for with her. Justin – I don’t think she would tell anyone.

 

10:45pm Lounge room. Justin joins Alex, Morgan, Shelby and Whitney. Scott asks how it was listening in on everyone’s HOH conversation. Justin lies and says he was just there for Whitney’s conversation. Scott – Whitney told us you were there for everyone’s conversation. Justin laughs and comes clean about listening in on their conversations. Justin – well you guys are beautiful. Y’all said good things about me. I was just waiting for someone to drag my name through the dirt. Whitney – I should have been the one to do it.

11:30pm Morgan, Alex and Whitney are talking. Morgan – I think Scott went up there and strategically said what he said. Like he whats her to backdoor him so she won’t. Scott has been sketchy. Whitney – he says he doesn’t have a strategy .. he always has a strategy. Whitney – its huge that we know Justin was up there because he was going to deny it. Morgan – I do want to go up to Justin and say I don’t have a problem with him. Whitney – Jason, Justin and Scott are in the best position in the house. Justin joins them. Shelby – you tried to lie about being up there for our conversations. Kryssie said you, Jason and Scott had an alliance so I had stayed up there to try and find out more about that. Justin asks who said that!? Shelby – Kryssie did .. you were there for it! Justin – I don’t have an alliance with anyone and I definitely don’t have one with Scott. Shelby – then I’ll have to sit here all night and try and figure out why someone would say that.

12am Morgan, Jason, Whitney, Danielle, Kryssie, Justin and Alex are hanging out in the kitchen chatting about random things.

12:45am Morgan and Alex talk. Morgan – did you make a deal with her for a veto? Alex – no. I told her I would throw all the comps next week. I don’t want power. Morgan – the only thing I said .. she said week two I told her she was safe. I think I am safe this week. I’m going to throw Shelby under the bus to keep you. I’m going to have to bargain hard. Scott said that for a reason (telling Kryssie to put him up). Scott needs to go.

1:10am Whitney tells Morgan – if I won the veto and you were up there, I would pull you down. Our hope is that only one of us goes up. Morgan – lets figure out who gets the care package .. then reconvene and then figure out what to say to Kryssie.

“HE BASICALLY SAID KEEP ME AND ALL MY TERRIBLE C**T FRIENDS, TAKE YOUR OWN PEOPLE OUT CAUSE THEY ACTUALLY HAVE A SOUL”

February 28, 2017

10:41am HOH SCott, Neeley, Kryssie and Jason
Scott walks into the HOH “I have a couple points I’d like to make”
One – I Backdoored Shane so if you really want true revenge, you might as well keep me off the block and Backdoor me
Two – I was one of the first America’s Have nots so you might as well leave me me off the block and let me potentially be america’s nominee.
Three – Obviously congratulations on winning the HOH Comp, you have a bad knee I don’t consider you too big of a threat competition wise. You are not 1 of my top targets.. Also if you take out all the people in the house that are less likable than you are than you won’t have a shot at winning this game.
Scott – Even if you have good personal relationships with people in the house you need to keep people around you can beat wit America.
SCott – I am someone you would have a pretty good match up.. Some of the people you are working with none of us would have a chance beating them in the final 2
Scott – Enjoy your morning..

Neeley – you don’t got tea to spill on your alliance
Scott says he’s got nothing “That ain’t me”

After Scott leaves the bitching starts

 

Neeley – he threw us low key under the bus
Jason adds Scott is going to try and get her to take them out because she has no chance to beat them in the fnal 2.
Kryssie says she wouldn’t be upset if she lost against Jason, she would be “Flipping tables” if she lost against any of those ‘Jack bags”
Jason – he’s a jack bag..
Jason calls Scott’s campaigning a comedy routine
Jason says the password to entering the room is “Who’s your target”
Jason says if you leave the people in the game are hated will not be good the fans will turn on you.
Jason points out that Scott won a Care package he’s liked from America
Kryssie says scott doesn’t have charisma
Neeley says Alex has no personality “why did they cast her on this show”
Neeley impersonates Alex..
Jason laughs
Jason says Scott is arrogant says he thinks he’s hot shit and Jason wants to “pull his wig off”
Jason says Alex is “Actually” smart and calculating. Adds that Alex’ social game is lacking.
Danielle comes in
Jason says Scott is doing comedy routines,
Jason – he basically said keep me and all my terrible C**NT friends and take your own people out cause they actually have a soul

 

Jason goes on about all Scott wanting is TV time..

 

10:54am Scott and Whitney
SCott relays to the ball smashers what was discussed upstairs. Says he’s working the angle that America decides who wins this season so keeping unlikable people in is a good game move.
They talk about how Shen never came up with any deal he spent all his time coming up with a speech.
Whitney – just sending yourself out the door if you don’t try
Scott says their side has fight in them that’s what he likes about them, “We don’t just b1tch and moan.. we got fight.. we got some fire”
Scott says his biggest mistake right now was siding with Shane and voting out Corn.

 

12:55pm Shelby, Alex, Whitney and Morgan
Whitney says she wasn’t comfortable sleeping with Monte she not comfortable sleeping with Justin.
Morgan – I really don’t care who I sleep with when there’s a clear divide..
Morgan mentions that Justin was trying to hold her hand while he slept beside her
Shelby – that’s weird
Morgan – I was like OK
Shelby – why doesn’t he go for Neeley it seems like she’s into him
Alex – honestly she would be totally into it
Shelby – she was grinding on him the other night.. twerking on him.. go for Neeley.. he said he liked Big Booties
Whitney – she she walked out with her new wig, I was sitting beside him on the couch He was like Oh my god I hate it
Shelby – it looked so bad so cheap and ugly
Morgan – do you think Kryssie has a crush on Neeley
Whitney – YES..
Morgan – thank you
Whitney – I thought that you guys.. or maybe she’s just trying to kiss her ass
Morgan – some of the comments just strike me.. OK
They wonder why Neeley’s real job is..
Shelby mentions how when people say they are smart and confident they usually aren’t it might be the same thing with Neeley always saying she’s genuine and real
Whitney – people try to talk themselves into something they are not
They are surprised that Scott said the things he did in the HOH.

 

1:44pm Alex and Jason
Alex says she’s pretty sure it’ll be her and Scott this week
Jason – i’m trying everything but theses girls are stubborn .. Scott did the worst campaign ever. .he insulted her and told her to target me and Neeley and then insulted her again.
Jason says the best thing that Alex can do is paint the target on “Whoever”
Jason – she feels it’s too obvious to put up Scott.. she thinks America might put him up she might put up a random.. Morgan.. she’s being very tight lipped.
Jason – I’d like to keep you guys safe..
Alex says Scott is “All over the place”
Justin joins
Alex – I have never put either one of you up and I had so much pressure
Jason – there will be pay back for that don’t worry
Alex – I’ll throw comps.. I want to be here..

Alex – if I stay I will not be a threat to the LNC
They have a laugh at Scott’s campaigning.
Jason says Scott has HOH itis still


2:30pm Jason and Danielle
Jason says Alex is ready to throw Scott out. Jason brings up talking to Alex in the Tokyo room. Says he doesn’t think she’s the mastermind of that side it’s Scott. Adds that they won’t get a better deal with “The other ones”
Jason wants Scott out over Alex.

 

2:44pm HOH Jason, Kryssie and Justin
Jason says Scott is the mastermind but removing Scott doesn’t “Reshuffle” the girls but removing Alex does. Says they will either combust or Morgan/Shelby will be the queen.
Kryssie and Justin say they don’t trust Alex to throw the next HOH.
Jason agrees, mentions how Alex is the best in comps out of all the girls.
Jason thinks Scott’s campaigning is to make him look “dumb as shit”

Kryssie – it could be he’s dumb as shit
Jason – yeah he’s dumb as shit
Jason says it’s a fail for the week if they can’t get rid of Scott or Alex.
Kryssie says Whitney is the only one that was honest to her.

Justin brign sup how last night Whitney said she was afraid she didn’t want to go home
Jason – Well…. welcome to the our last 3 weeks Whitney (ZOMG)

 

3:40pm Chit chat zone..

 

Julie Chen tells them there will be a final 3

6:20pm More backyard chit chat…

 

6:50pm Kryssie and Alex in HOH

Kryssie accusing Alex of bullshitting her when she was the HOH.
Alex says she had to do that to “preserve the peace in the house”
Alex apologizes
Kryssie accepts the apology..

Kryssie says her and SCott are “Broskies” who is her “arch enemy”
says he back stabbed her after giving him game advice for 2 hours. She says Scott is so self absorbed.
Alex says the only reason why Scott was working on their side was she was being lied to about the Monte vote.
Kryssie’s side was telling Alex to put Scott up so they could vote him out but the plan was always to get Monte out.
Alex – Once Shane confirmed that it was a lie
Kryssie is claiming she never lied to her

Kryssie – I’m here to win …
Kryssie says she’s keeping the players that deserve to be here.
Accuses Alex of ignoring her the last 2 weeks. Says when Scott won the HOH she jumped on him like they were dating for the last 3 years.
Alex says she was told she’s going home from Kryssie’s side so she was happy to be safe.
Kryssie – not by me

Alex says if she stays off the block next week Neeley and Kryssie are safe next week and she’ll ‘Throw all the competitions” (LOL sure)
Alex – I want to get to know you better and play this game.. you’re not my target.. I didn’t have anything to do with Shane going home I was just being loyal.. I know you have trust issues with me and even if you put me on the block I respect that decision.. I am willing to work with you I won’t target you or Neeley..

This conversation was cut short because of the 7pm daily episode..

 

7:27pm HOH LNC 
Kryssie going over what Alex said.

“I took every opportunity to let her know she’s a piece of shit”

 

7:27pm Storage room Alex and Whitney
Alex goes over her conversation with Kryssie.
Morgan comes in
Alex – she said she’s making nominations based on have nots..
Whitney – oh shit
Alex – I think she’s crazy
Whitney – she’s completely lost in this game.

Alex – she’s like I don’t take anything personally in this game,… In my head I’m like you take everything personally..
Alex – she’s making it seems like how you play as a person
Alex – I don’t know where casting found this girll
Whitney says Kryssie has no idea about the show.
Shelby comes in ..

 

7:52pm HOH Kryssie, Neeley and Daneille
Danielle says the second Jason can flip he will flip. thinks once they get Scott out Jason will jump ship with Alex.
Neeley agreeing with every word Danielle says, ‘Ya ya.. we’ll get picked off”

Kryssie – I’m more than happy getting rid of Alex this week
Neeley says Morgan will flip with them she’s the one Neeley wants to work with over the other girls.
Danielle thinks they need to get Alex out. Neeley agrees.
Neeley calls Morgan and dumb ass
Kryssie says Shelby is build on toothpicks and bullshit
Daenille wants to tell Alex to throw Veto and they can backdoor her anyways.

 

8:08pm Backyard Justin and Jason
Jason says final 4 he’s got to win or he’s evicted.
Justin – I don’t tell nobody nothing..
Justin – I don’t talk game with none of them..
Justin – I want Alex to stay up in this bitch
Jason agrees, “I would rather her than Scott”
Justin – I need to get Neeley outta this ass
Justin – I really need to get them hoes out of here. (Neeley and Danielle)
Jason tells him they are still solid once they get a whiff of something changing they flip.
Justin – they think it’s me leaking info but hit’s you … you crazy f***
they laugh..

 

9:13pm Morgan and Kryssie HOH (Justin listening in from the bathroom)
Morgan saying that she’s not targeting Kryssie..
Kryssie goes on about being clumped with a bunch of people ‘By default” because she’s different..

HOH WINNER: KRYSSIE

February 28, 2017

9:40pm Kryssie makes the shot and wins the competition. Kryssie is the new Head of Household! Neeley, Jason, Danielle and Justin jump for joy congratulating her. Scott hands her the head of household key. Paul then goes and does snow angels in the balls.

9:45pm Bathroom – Morgan, Alex and Shelby are talking. Alex its going to be one of us this week. It all comes down to the veto. I already know I’m going up, she hates me! Shelby – we need to see what the care package is. Whitney joins them. Alex – it will be me and Scott. Y’all will save me over Scott. Shelby – America we need the care package!

9:50pm Bedroom – Neely, Danielle, Kryssie and Jason are celebrating / talking. Jason tries on Neeley’s wig. Jason – I told you we would F**king do it! Danielle it feels so f**king good. I didn’t even win and it feels so good. Kryssie – how many of you sl*ts want to sleep in my bed tonight!? I’m not going to gloat. I’m not going to be like them. Danielle – I can’t wait for Shane to watch this. Kryssie – I had 5 f**king balls left too! I’m going to kick everyone of them in their backdoor. Danielle – now they know how it feels to be in our shoes. Kryssie – I really hope America puts up Scott and we put up Morgan and Whitney. And if one of them comes down someone else can go up. I’m going to have individual talks with Morgan and Whitney. Neeley – don’t tell them what we’re going to do. Ask them who they think should go up. Jason – yup … code their hierarchy. Put to of the middle ones up, if one of them comes down but one of the high ones up. Leave Shelby alone because she’s an irrelevant rat. That was so for Shane.

10:45pm – 12am Kitchen – Morgan, Whitney, Shelby, Scott and Alex are hanging out in the kitchen. They all hanging out chatting about random things.

12:05am Lounge room – Morgan, Shelby, Scott, Alex and Whitney are chatting.

12:35am Scott and Morgan are talking in the lounge room. Scott – If she tries to backdoor one of us .. that person wins the veto and pulls the other one off and then hopefully we can try to save Shelby. Obviously somebody in the group is going to go home but if you really want to save someone instead of Morgan or Whitney instead of Shelby that’s fine but I am going to be trying to save Shelby. I don’t want you going home.

12:45am Alex, Morgan and Shelby. Alex – her (Kryssie) alliance doesn’t care about her. Shelby – that’s not a point to prove this week. Shelby – I feel like its going to be a boring a$$ week if one of us don’t get it (veto). Alex – its about to get messy. I want to talk to Kryssie but the thing is she thinks a lot of things that aren’t true. Alex – if I talk to her she is going to be fixated on me trying to put her up. Morgan – yes I would want him (Scott) to stay but I feel that as soon as Jason or Justin offer him something he would jump ship.

12:50am – 1:20am Kryssie gets her HOH room. She reads the letter from her boyfriend Mike. He made her a bracelet made from her hair and his hair. Everyone leaves but Danielle, Kryssie, Jason and Danielle.1:30am – 3:20am Jason reads the HOH BB rules to Neeley, Kryssie and Danielle. Neeley – they’re all going to try and sell out Shelby .. so I’m interested to see what kind of deal Shelby tries to make. I’m really interested in what Shelby and Whitney have to say. Danielle – me and Shane offered her (Alex) a good deal that week. Neeley – to be perfectly honest I would take Shelby to the final 3 with me. America isn’t going to vote for her and she isn’t going to win any competitions. Neeley – Morgan and Alex are the tightest. Danielle – that’s why I think they need to be up together. Jason – the other side would still pick Alex over Morgan. Danielle if it is Morgan and Whitney .. and one of them comes down we want Morgan to come down and Alex to go up against Whitney. Jason – they’ll still keep Alex. Jason tells Kryssie this week is what we want to do but really its about what you want. Kryssie – I said we would do this as a team. Jason – but your preference is for Alex to go over Scott. Kryssie – yes, she’s the one that back stabbed me.

3:25am Jason and Kryssie are alone in the HOH room. Kryssie – gamewise Alex has to go. They talk about putting up Morgan and Whitney. Jason – hopefully America puts up Scott or Alex. Kryssie – Or Shelby. And then hopefully one of us can win the veto. Jason – and then throw it in Morgan and Whitney’s faces.

 

 

 

 

Shane is evicted from the Big Brother Over the top house

February 28, 2017

Scott nominated Kryssie and Neeley
America nominated Daneille
The Double Veto was played, Alex and Justin won
Justin used it on Kryssie
Alex didn’t use it
Scott nominated Shane (the target all along)
Danielle, Neeley and Shane are tine final nominees

Neeley – Mom I love you.. I care about all of you

Danielle – Steven I miss you and love you sooo much.. this my third

speech.. if it’s best for your game to keep me Awesome.

Shane – mom dad franky B … Scott and Alex masterminds.. you backdoored me
Shane goes on a tirade about Scott and Alex side not being his “BB family” goes on about going home this week and generally looks like a wiener.

Alex Votes to evict Shane the snake
Whitney Votes to evict Shane
Kryssie Votes to evict Danielle
Justin Votes to evict Danielle
Morgan Votes to evict Shane
Jason Votes to evict Danielle
Shelby Votes to evict Shane
America Votes to evict Danielle

 

Scott breaks the tie.. tries to give a speech but is interrupted by Shane. Scott reminds him he has to give a speech.

Shane is evicted..


Shane is evicted from the Big Brother Over the top house

8:15pm Kryssie and Scott
Kryssie is having trouble dealing with shane’s eviction. Scott asks her for a hug and she losses it..
Kryssie yells at Scott “you guys knew you couldn’t beat him so you backdoored him.. that’s f****d”
Scott tells her that’s strategy.
Scott tells Kryssie someone has to get voted out every week that’s what they signed up for.
Kryssie goes on about her side voted for Danielle so Scott got to break the tie and be able to check someone off his bucket list. (ZOMG)
Kryssie Tells Scott “That is a human Being you took out personally” (Corn and Monte were?)
Goes on about SCott knowing America wanted Danielle out.

 

8:34pm Kryssie and Neeley 
Kryssie going on about Scott backdooring Shane because he couldn’t beat him ‘Fair and square”

 

Paul in the house to host the HOH
“Fool”
“Pissed”
“Pissed”
“Extra Friendship”

9:01pm HOH is called Perfect Shot
Alex’s penalty is beer goggles

9:25pm

9:35pm This is a tough comp…

NEELEY “I WANT TO SCARE THE F**K OUT OF SHELBY AND ALEX IS GOING TO KNOW I’M COMING FOR HER!”

February 28, 2017

9:15am – 10pm HOH room – Shelby, Alex, Morgan and Scott. Shelby – it annoyed me that she said that. I’m already on slop you don’t need to say anything else. This is another week everyone can go home, I don’t care. Scott – you got to chillax. This is a long a$$ game and we’re not even a third the way through it yet. Tomorrow is day 22 and we’re going to be here for 60 days total. And its only going to get more boring. Shelby – No one has even approached me about who I’m voting for. Morgan – I meant to ask you Scott.. Shane’s already come up to me. I said Danielle was our target last week.. put two and two together. Or is it best just to be open about Shane? Scott – I don’t have a vote so I don’t really care …you can be honest about it but he’s got to go… he’s got to GO! Shelby – I’m so bored .. like lets start some drama guys!! Scott – no, its a marathon. Not a sprint!

9:35pm – 11pm Backyard – Jason, Justin and Shane. Jason – this week is hurting my heart. Shane – No matter what guys if I do leave .. get Alex and Scott’s a$$ out of here! Shane laughs. You know what I mean, I already knew this whole week I was going to get backdoored. The game is going to become a girls game. Jason – that’s my f**king fear. I need to keep all the pen!ses here that we can. And that’s not me just being a homo! Shane – I’m not going to go down not swinging because that’s who I am. I always go down with some punches. That’s just who I am. I’m not going to be fake.

11:25pm – 12amBackyard – Neeley, Jason and Kryssie are talking. Neeley – we just have to win HOH. Thin that number down so they have to start working with us. It’s Alex, then Scott, then Whitney. That’s the order they have to go out. Kryssie – do we backdoor Alex. We can’t let her fight for the veto. She’s a good competitor. She has to be backdoored. Neeley – I’m not scared of her. If I win HOH, she is going up automatically. Jason – I would put one of them up with Shelby and backdoor the other one. Neeley – Alex is going up. No backdoor style. That’s how I’m doing it. You do it how you want. I’m doing it Neeley style. I want to scare the f**k out of Shelby and Alex is going to know I’m coming for her. And if she takes herself off, then she earned it. I can’t be mad at her. And then Scott is going home. But that’s just me. Kryssie – that’s not a bad strategy. Neeley – the thing with backdoor strategy is sometimes it doesn’t work. I want to look her in the eye and says I know you orchestrated this. You (Alex) need to see what it feels like to have to fight for your life in this house. You played a sh*tty a$$ social game. You put all your pawns in front of you to play your social game for you. She has Morgan and Whitney playing her social game for her. Jason – she is using them as her social game. Neeley – I feel like we can use Morgan but then she has to go too. Shane joins them and talks about how he knows he’s being backdoored. I’m not going to be crazy, I’m just going to call him out. Kryssie – if this little sh*t (Scott) is doing this for TV time then you might as well take the wind out of his sails.

12am Jason comes up to the HOH room. Jason – they’re on it.. like the plan. Scott – oh to get rid of Shane? Jason – yeah. You might get a crazy speech from him tomorrow .. so just be aware. Jason – their main goal is to keep him over her. Scott there are literally no pros to keeping him, its all cons. I find Danielle irritating. Jason – he has personally burned you. Just don’t put your blinders on. He (Shane) is going to try and speech it up. Scott – that’s fine. I’ve heard Shane’s speech before. It’s nothing new to me. Jason – next week if they win HOH they’re going to use Shelby as a pawn and backdoor Alex. Jason heads back down stairs.

 

12:20am Bathroom – Kryssie – you either go out like you’re leaving or you play the diplomacy card. Shane – I feel like if I did the diplomacy card and I got voted out .. I feel like I would explode. I’m playing it like I’m leaving. I don’t trust Scott at all. This morning Morgan told me they’re voting Danielle out. They hug and leave the room.
2:20am – 2:50am Backyard – Neely, Kryssie, Jason, Shane, Danielle and Justin are all chatting about random things. Everyone goes to bed. Jason talks to the cameras. Send me a sign America. Scott is acting like he’s King tut! He just wants some tv time. He wants to be the star of the damn eviction show. You’re already the star of the week. If Scott doesn’t take the clear cut answer that Danielle is a better player, what can you tell these people. Again .. give them the key to the castle and they ain’t going to open the door. There’s really going to be like 3 boys in this house and 900 girls. I’m always team ladies but come on now. Why am I going to protect the two best people on that side at comps and stuff if they ain’t willing to compromise with me. What is Justin doing!? Too much! Better than nothing but still too much. Boy Jesus there’s a fire in my hear. America you want Danielle out .. so do it. With Shane out she is going to be even more focused. I know I must look like the rat of the universe but I’m just trying to play the game. This is not the best game decision. (voting out Shane) Its just dumb!

3am All the house guests are sleeping..

Houseguests have been up since 10am. No game talk of any substance that I can find happened.

It’s 3:12pm
LNC talking about Farting.. Scott talking to his girls about his bachelors degree in economics how it’s kinda like 1/2 a stats degree 1/2 a business management degree.

4:30pm Jason and Neeley
Neeley asks if they need to worry about Justin..
Jason says Justin vote is with them this week, Next week he’s not sure.
Jason – he’s just being Justin
Jason – we have to be on top of him

OVER THE TOP DOUBLE POV CEREMONY RESULTS

February 28, 2017

Yesterday Scott chose the Double Veto for his America care package. Alex, Justin, Kryssie, Danielle, Neeley and Scott competed in a puzzle POV. Alex and Justin both won a Veto.
Alex did not use her Veto
Justin used the Veto on Kryssie
Scott nominated Shane in her place
Shane, Danielle and Neeley are nominated for eviction.

 

10:37am Kryssie and Jason
Jason tells Kryssie Justin is useing the veto on her.
Justin joins them.

Kryssie calls the workout equipment “Shitball” says she can’t work out here. Adds that she can’t workout in the sun.
Justin leaves..
Kryssie says Danielle was talking game to Justin last night.
Jason – she was like of course you’ll use the veto on me

10:49am “The Girls” in the morning..

11:00am Alex says she goes first today with the POV

11:30am The girls around the pool.. Chatting about getting Shane out but tell everyone it’s Danielle. They agree Shane is using Danielle.

Alex joins them. They start talkign about how the term floater is being thrown around this season without the real meaning being known. They agree nobody this season is a floater.
Alex doesn’t think Kryssie knows what the game is about.
Shelby says everything Kryssie says is twisted around and stretched.

1:00pm

The nominees give their reasons …

Alex did not use her Veto

Justin used the Veto on Kryssie

Scott nominated Shane in her place
Shane, Danielle and Neeley are nominated for eviction.

 

1:43pm Shane, Jason and Kryssie 
Shane telling them he’s here for the money he’s here to play. Thinks Danielle will accept that.
Says whoever leaves this week the other one will be waiting on the other side.

4:13pm Halloween party 
Kryssie – doll
Shleby – Zombie
MOrgan – witch
Neeley – Zombie nurse
Jason – Deadly doctor
Alex – mummy
SCott – Werewolf
Daneille – vampire
Whitney – devil
Justin – Zombie fireman

5:16pm Storage room Shelby, Whitney and Morgan
Agreeing to be very vague about their votes, “I’m voting with what the house wants”
Whitney leaves..
They don’t care who leaves Shane or Danielle.
Shelby wants to confirm with Scott that he’s telling Justin.
Morgan agrees wants them to talk to him tonight about how the votes going down.
There’s concern that Scott isn’t keeping the rest of them in the loop just Alex.

6:28pm HOH Scott and Justin 
Scott says he knows SHane and Danielle are coming after him and Alex. Adds that Danielle has little chance to win a Competition but Shane will. Scott says Danielle has competed in every challenge and hasn’t won.
Scott keeps reiterating he needs to look out for Alex, ‘If Alex or me leave because of Shane.. I’ve seen Shane turn on Monte, Corn and Me”

Justin – he would turn on me and Jason in a instant
Scott – he wants to take out Alex as soon as possible and I just can’t have that
Justin – I’m bout whatever man
Scott – if you still want to vote out Danielle.. That’s fine the vote are there..

Scott says making it a tie will be good TV.
SCott says hopefully they can go “Boom boom” and get Shane out then Daneille.
Scott tells him he’s free to talk to Jason about this.
Justin asks how should Jason vote.
Scott – 4 votes for Danielle 4 votes for Shane nobody will know we’re working together..
Scott – I wanted to give you and Jason a heads up as soon as possible..
Scott – the girls will start turning on each other the girls don’t want a final 7 of all females.

Justin says Danielle has said some terrible things “I just don’t want him in here”
Scott tells him the girls will start picking each other off.
Justin says he’s sick of all Danielle’s complaining.
Justin – Danielle isn’t going to be a real threat.
Justin says he’s going to cuddle with Morgan tonight.

6:42pm Justin tells Jason the other side is going after Shane.
Justin – it’ll be a 4-4 split..
Justin – Shane is going home tomorrow..
Jason – that’s strange to me..
Justin – the vendetta is that f***g real
Jason says it’s goign to look to Danielle that her group voted her out.
Justin says only Alex and Scott wanted them to know where the vote was going.
Jason says Danielle isn’t going to work with the other side regardless.

7:50pm White room Jason, Jusitn, Danielle, Kryssie and Shane
They tell Danielle the other side is all planning on voting out Shane.
Jason explains they have 3 votes.
Danielle thinks America will vote her out.
Danielle says she’s fine with them all playing along they can all vote her out.
Danielle says if she gets evicted tomorrow she can see her son and “Play from home” leveraging social media to benefit their side.
Kryssie says there’s no way they can get it to work.. She’s been thinking all day.

8:01pm London room Justin and Jason
Jason saying Danielle is trying to stay by getting it to be a tie. if she does she’ll still roll with them. Jason is warning Justin how smart at this game Danielle is. She knows if it’s a tie she’ll stay over Shane.

9:06pm Shane came out of the Live Diary room session crying tells them he had a moment.
Kryssie says the other side is trying to confuse Justin with how they are voting.
Neeley offers Shane “Emotional Support”

Shane says gettign the vote to a tie is not smart.
Shane says the other side is voting him out and they are just saying they are voting out Danielle.

SCOTT TELLS JASON “WHAT ME AND ALEX WANT TO DO IS FORM A 5 PERSON ALLIANCE WITH YOU, NEELEY & JUSTIN”

February 28, 2017

9:20pm Shelby, Morgan and Alex are in the lounge room chatting. Shelby picks up the exercise ball and lays on it. Shelby – is this an exercise? Alex – definitely!

9:50pm Kryssie and Whitney are talking by the hot tub. Kryssie – its hard for me. She’s (Danielle) a sweet girl and I think she’s not done cooking yet. Whitney – I honestly think that veto competition had something to do with America’s nominee. Kryssie – I think is too. Whitney – I knew from night one that she (Danielle) was very self centered but I’m not going to say anything because its not my business. Like this girls talks about herself way too much. I’m not going to call anyone out like that. Until someone puts me in a position to no longer have respect for them, then we’re all good. That’s why I’m good with you and that’s why I freaking love Justin. Kryssie – I’m glad you’re good with me because I like you. Kryssie – I definitely appreciate you. You’re the only person that’s come to me both times. I don’t like the phoniness. This just sucks because America put up someone we didn’t think they would put up. I knew your side of the house was not into her. Whitney – right. Kryssie – She (Danielle) saw Shelby celebrate right after. Whitney – by herself? Kryssie – no, her and Scott were back there. No wait, Neeley saw it.

10:10pm – 11pm Neeley tells Kryssie that Morgan came and talk to her asking how I was doing. I told her I appreciated her talking to me. I won’t forget that. She is no longer on the sh*tty Neeley list. At least for now.. Kryssie – she can be at the bottom. Neetly – she’s way at the bottom. Whitney is above her. Kryssie – to her credit she didn’t ask me any real game questions. We talked about Monte and I said I hope he watches this and re-evaluates things. I think we all should. It was nice to talk to her and not talk game. Jason, Scott and Shane joins them.

In the bedroom – Morgan and Whitney go to bed with the lights on..

 

12am Backyard – Danielle, Kryssie, Jason, Shane and Neeley are talking about random things. They talk about popcorn, credit, whether or not conversate is a real word or not, weddings, etc. Scott joins them for a smoke.

1:35am Backyard – Scott and Jason are talking. Scott – obviously you and I are really big fans of the show and know how this goes year after year. Most of the time the seasons divide between the people that stay up late and the people who go to bed early. More often than not its going to he the strong people who butt heads against each other and take each other out and we end up with a bullsh*t final 3 like Morgan, Shelby and Kryssie. Or the strong people team up and they devour the weak. So me and Alex have been work shopping this for a while and were thinking we bring a group together but we decided we should approach you instead. What me and Alex want to do is form a 5 person alliance with you, Neeley and Justin. And then take out the weak players and hopefully we all make it to Thanksgiving or some sh*t. Jason – the hardest person you’re going to need to convince of that is Neeley. Scott – I know because obviously I nominated her and she feels burnt by the deal that Alex made with Kryssie. Alex trusts me and I trust her. I told her when she was HOH that she couldn’t go after you because it would f**k up my game. Scott – with those other girls you can take em or leave em. You’re the person that could bring the two sides together. Jason – I could work it lightly and slightly. Neeley has a lot of distrust with those girls. Scott – Alex and I are really tight. Jason – its going to be hard to get them really in without me. Those 5 are a good 5. America’s nominee helps us purge people from our group. America’s nominee did us a favour.

Jason – tomorrow Justin is taking down Kryssie, do you know that? And you’ll put Shane up? Scott – yup. Jason – and you don’t care who goes? Scott – not really. When it comes down to it the showmance is after Alex and that’s a problem for me. Jsson – you have to protect your queen. Scott – it really doesn’t matter to me which one. Jason – I was pushing for Danielle to go before Shane. I was thinking we would vote for Danielle to go if it was Danielle, Shane and Neeley up there. Scott – as far as Alex and I are concerned we just want them both out, it doesn’t matter which one first. Jason – I would need Alex to also approach me. Jason – if we purge the showmance on our side then we need to purge a few on your side and get rid of some of the girls. Scott – of course. Justin join them. Jason – does Alex have a hierarchy of those girls? Scott – no. Jason – I see Whitney as a better strategist than Shelby or Morgan. Jason – its not a bad idea. If Justin or I win next week you and her (Alex) are straight chillin’. Scott heads to bed.

2:45am Bathroom – Jason talks to Justin about the conversation they had with Scott. Jason says its good we’ll take out some from their side and some from our side because we’re not going to let them take out some from our side and be left with all the girls still in here. That’s why having the 5th person (Neeley) from our side is a good thing. Justin agrees.

The Three nominations this week are!

February 28, 2017

The Three nominations this week are

Scott’s nominations!
Neeley
Kryssie
America’s Nominee
Danielle

 

Veto players are!

Scott, Danielle, Neeley, Kryssie,

Scott pulls Alex

Scott pulls Justin

Scott chooses Jason as the host..

 

10:05am Danielle and Shane..
Shane says the Veto is at 1 o’clock
Jason saying something about “Daylight savings”
the three of them head into the London room..
Shane – you better kick a$$
Danielle – I have no idea
Shane – That sucks.. that did not go the way we wanted it to go
Jason says Justin is the 1 person on their side that is not wanting to make a move
Shane says Justin’s got to start making making moves.

Jason – Bad news all the way around..
Jason – we got problems

Shane says Scott was looking at him during that Ceremony he’s teh target.

10:11am London Room Neeley ranting and is pissed from the girls behavior (They girls were celebrating in the bathroom about the great Veto picks and America noms were)
Neeley says “the girls” are being “Ignit”
Neeley says the girls are being reckless because 2 of these 3 noms will still be in the house next week and they’re coming after them.
Neeley calls Shelby a “Dumb b1tch”

Says Alex, Morgan and Whitney are “scandalous heifers”

Neeley – you want delight in the fact one of us is going home this week
Kryssie says they are being unsportsmanship like
Neeley – you’re only gettign one of us out just one we still out number you

jason and Neeley now claiming they have been the sportsman this game.
Neeley – that’s some f****G bullshit and it shows their f****G character
Jason says “Those girls” Character is being “22 and spoiled”
Neeley – it’s so gross..
Neeley – I pray to god all three of them are up next week..
Neeley – I am so disgusted in their behavior.. I am beyond.. I work with over privileged and they don’t have that level of disgusting character.

Neeley is going on and on about how gross and disgusted she is that Kryssie has been up 3 times in a row. She goes on a swearing tirade about Shelby, Whitney, MOrgan and Alex.
Neeley (about Shelby?) – that’s why your stomach looks all bloated you’re full of sh1t
Neeley – Looking like Ms. potato head because your a$$ is full of Sh1t

Neeley going on and on how tacky the other girls are.
Jason calls them a “bunch of b1tchs”

 

10:25am Scott and Justin
SCott tells him he just wants 1 of the 2 vetos to be used because Danielle is already on the block.

10:27am
Neeley still ranting about the girls. Says they are screwed this week 1 of them will be going home.
Kryssie – If Danielle wins I’m going home..
Jason – no i’m going home..
Justin comes in “If I win the Veto I’m not using it on Danielle.. i’m using it on one y’all”
Justin says Shane is going up as the replacement.
Jason – it’ll be me and Shane.. with Danielle will be on the block.. Shane and Danielle will walk around making deals with everyone and i’m going home
Justin laughing says he wasn’t expecting this..
Neeley is certain Shelby had the second most votes.
Jason says they get annoyed by Danielle. Justin agrees he can’t imagine what everyone else thinks..

Justin says Scott doesn’t want to use the second Veto he wants Danielle and someone else.. Shane on the block.
Kryssie – nobody is going to vote for Neeley they’ll vote for me
Justin again tells her everyone hates Danielle.

Justin leaves.

10:35pm Jason tells Neeley and Kryssie out of Shane and Danielle, Shane is the one they want to keep. Neeley and Kryssie agree. they all remember that she threw them all under the bus last week.

12:28pm Justin and Kryssie
Kryssie – Please save me
Justin was hoping Danielle and Shane would last longer in the game but he knew they would get taken out eventually.
Justin says “The Girls” will vote Danielle out before they vote out Kryssie
Justin – time to kick a$$ and take names.. I’m putting on my tennis shoes..

1:04pm The POV begins

Jason – Sometimes the key to staying in the Big Brother house is fitting in..

Scott tells them they will be competing in the double veto

The order is
Kryssie, Danielle, Scott, Neeley, Justin, Alex

 

Kryssie goes first and challenges Alex.
Alex wins the round.. Kryssie has been eliminated..

Danielle next challenges Scott.. Danielle wins

Neeley challenges Alex, Alex wins..

Alex has won a veto!

Justin and Danielle up next. Justin wins..

Danielle starts crying.. “Why didn’t he just throw it to me.. ”

SHELBY “I DON’T THINK YOU DID ANYTHING HATE-ABLE. I FEEL LIKE I’M THE B***H OF THE HOUSE.”

February 28, 2017

9:35pm – 11:35pm HOH room. Scott, Shelby, Whitney, Alex. and Morgan. Alex – going over line? Morgan – yeah. Shelby 11. Morgan – House guests its going to be a hot one today put on your sunscreen. Shelby – 12. Morgan – Remember house guests the only constant is change. Shelby – 14. Morgan – House guests did you know that more than 1500 batteries have been used this summer to power your wireless microphones? Shelby – 15.2. Morgan – House guests you should know the tallest building west of the Mississippi is 73 floors above the ground. Shelby – 15.1. Morgan – House guests remember to enjoy yourself today, these are the good o’l days. Shelby – 13. Morgan – Just so you know house guests ___ lanterns are nice to have while camping.
Shelby – damn girl! You have those down pat. Alex – if it is that competition you’ve got it. Whitney – I think it might be for HOH. They talk about how Shane knows what’s going on. He was sad in the kitchen. Morgan – Danielle knows too. Whitney – knowing that the HOH also has the care package you would have to be stupid to think he would put up is targets knowing the veto could be used 3 different times. Alex – I think it could be me (America’s nom). Shelby – I expect it to be me. I hope its not. I don’t think you did anything hate-able. I feel like I’m the b***h of the house. So it could be me but I think that could make things entertaining. Morgan – we need anyone pulled (to play in the veto) other than Shane and Danielle. Whitney – if Shane would win the veto use it on Neeley. Alex – he wouldn’t because then Danielle would go up. Shelby – they (Shane & Danielle) would both have get picked to play and both have to win the veto for one of them not to go. Alex – that’s like a 1% chance. Shelby – its just so funny how Kryssie has no idea what is going on.

10:35pm – 12:30am Backyard – Shane, Danielle, Kryssie and Jason. Danielle – if we put up Scott and Alex up next week and one of them come down, then we put up Whitney and get her out. Jason – no, put Whitney up as a pawn but you’ve got to vote Scott or Alex out because why wouldn’t we vote for them if they’re still here. Danielle – turn. Danielle – I’m so worried about Shane.. Like crying in the DR scared. Neeley – you can’t be we just need to go out and win it. The conversation turns to talking about Jason’s season and other random conversations about nothing.

“THE 4TH HORSEMAN RIDES ALONE.. MIC DROP.. “

February 28, 2017

11:40am Kitchen Danielle, Justin and Shane

Talking about Shelby. Saying she came into the house looking for a showmance. Justin says the only guy in the house is Scott. Danielle says Shelby acts like a 16 year old. Shane calls her a Alien.


1:20pm Backyard Danielle, Kryssie and Neeley
Talking about how much older and wiser they are than the girls.
Neeley complaining about the girls complaining about being on slop.
Neeley says she would almost welcome going on slop so she would stop drinking all the chocolate milk.
Justin joins them.

1:37pm Shelby, Morgan and Alex Kitchen
Shelby saying that last night the other side was trying to get Scott to put her up. SCott was like she was one of the 6 people that didn’t want me up last week.
Shelby mentions how Kryssie is doing better “Like in the last hour”
Morgan agrees
Alexx points out how Kryssie wasn’t good this morning.

Scott joins them.. Says come Tuesday if Danielle starts calling him out he’ll tell her she should start winning competitions she’s the only person that hasn’t won and played in every one.
Scott scurries back to the HOH tells them he’s campingin gout they’re for awhile. They Are all welcome to come. Adds that he’ll go out for a Cigarette.
Alex says she’ll be up later to study lines..

Shelby and Alex start talking about hearing Shane and Danielle “Make out”
Shelby shows us how she’s going to cover her easrs up with a Pillow

1:51pm Scott chit chatting with the LNC..


2:30pm HOH Scott and Alex
They talk about getting a 4 or 5 person alliance together and including Jason. SCott wants to make a short term deal with Neeley, Justin and Jason. Once that side wants to cut Shelby that’s when they flip. Scott talking To Jason this morning Jason isn’t coming after Shelby. Alex thinks Neeley and Kryssie are done with Danielle. If they can get rid of Shane that side breaks apart.

Scott confirms if Shane is safe this week for some reason Danielle is his target.

Scott goes over highlights of his nomination speech
Scott – Neeley you are one of the players in this house I respect the most. you have every aspect of this game down..
Alec – good we need her so butter her up
Scott – Kryssie I’m not going to laugh… Kryssie we’re both mental giants in this house.. we both have different approaches in this game..

Scott says he’ll bring up Shane forming a all guys alliance in the London room and days later Shane is turning his back on Cornbread.
“Shane on moving day the first night in the London room you formed an all guys alliance between myself, Corn, and Monte. That’s the reason you drank the blue potion on day 2 you told Monte before his nominations he could use Danielle as a pawn against Jason .. ”
Scott – Which is true
Scott – umm… ahh shit.. .. blue potion story.. umm oh ya.. I followed you on the corn vote you were the player I thought I could trust the most in this house unfortunatly last week it was pretty clear to me you turned your back on me when things didn’t go well. You turned your back on Monte”

Scott- 10 minutes before Eviction you told me you didn’t have to keep your word anymore cause you got what you needed outta the week so clearly your the type of player that comes in here to make deals and break deals..
That makes you the most crafty player in the house and you need to go
Alex – that’s beautiful

SCott – if the first eviction will be the 4 horsemen I’m going to make sure I’m the last one standing .. the 4th horseman rides alone.. Mic drop..

5:16pm Shane and Jason
Shane thinks there’s something up with Whitney…
Jason – I had have my eye on her.. she likes to win

Shane says Danielle is an amazing girl the showmance is worth it.
Shane asks him if he’s like Clay and Shelli. Jason says no they acted like they were playing a game.
Shane says Shelli had “Amazing Teeth”
Shane – I liked Meg on your season
Shane – didn’t she have big t1ts…
Jason – well fed breasts

5:42pm A birthday cake for Whitney

6:34pm Scott and Morgan…

7:02pm Safety Ceremony..

Morgan Safe
Shane Safe
Danielle Safe
Shelby Safe
Kryssie and Neeley Nominated for Eviction

 

8:20pm Justin and Jason 
Talking about Shane and Danielle being the perfect meat shield. Jason stresses as long as “America’s Person” doesn’t come up and is “one of those girls”.

DANIELLE “THEY THOUGHT MONTE WAS BAD? I’M ABOUT TO CUSS THIS B***H OUT! DON’T F**K WITH ME!”

February 28, 2017

10pm Kitchen – Kryssie and Danielle are talking. Danielle – he (Shane) doesn’t want me to know he’s stressed. I just feel like I can’t even catch a break. You’re the only person that can understand because you’re in a similar position that I’m in every single week. It feels like an eternity that your life is always on the line. I just can’t catch a break. Whether I’m on the block all week long or coming close to winning the veto but just shy and then having a punishment. Then finally being done my punishment and now I’m a havenot. I’m not on the block, he’s going to be on the block. Danielle starts crying.

 

Kryssie – I know its insanely hard. We just have to bust a$$ in the veto and win both of them because if we win both of them we have the numbers, then nothing will happen to either of you. Danielle – I’m not even worried about me at this point, I’m worried about him. I want him to stay and me go. Kryssie – no you don’t. Danielle – I know I do. I love the game. And of course I’m going to stay. If he goes, of course I’m going to play. My games going to be the same. You just get attached to people. When I came in here I said I would get in a showmance and use them as long as it benefited me. And as soon as it started to hurt my game I would let them go because I’m here to play the game, not meet someone. It just sucks because he’s trying so hard to not show that he’s nervous. I don’t want anyone from our side to go. Its going to be just as hard to sit and see someone from our side go. I don’t want him to see me upset because I want him to worry about his game and not me. I’m just mentally exhausted. They’re in there laughing .. they don’t know how it feels. They’re safe every week and don’t have to worry about anything every week. Kryssie – we have to make sure when we’re in power, we’re as graceful as we can be because they need to see what kind of people they really are. And they won’t, they won’t until 5 years from now when they watch this all back and are like wow I acted like a f**king a$$hole. We’re teaching future life lessons here. Kryssie burps. – I’m not going to go down without a fight. Justin comes into the room and asks what’s wrong. He hugs Danielle. Danielle – they’re being b***hy little snobs. They don’t know how it feels. Justin – I’m sorry. That’s crazy. All this sh*t is psychological. Just pray a little. Just try and stay positive. Don’t let them see you cry. You got to be a soldier.

 

Morgan – that veto through me threw a loop because I was pretty dead set on what he thought he was going to do. Kryssie – I almost quit today because of that laundry sh*t today (someone went through her dirty laundry looking for the hidden crackle).. because if I find out who did it there is going to be a problem. Kryssie – I honestly think he (Scott) has a personal problem with me.

 

10:25am – 12am Bedroom – Morgan tells Shelby, Alex and Whitney about her conversation with Kryssie. She said she just doesn’t get it and says she hasn’t done anything to anybody and I’m up every week. I don’t think she gets that she’s not the target. Shelby laughs – did she forget that she was the one leading the charge against Scott.. like a week ago .. did she forget that!? Morgan – She was like Scott just has a personal vendetta against me. Alex – shes said numerous times that he’s a disgrace to this game. Whitney – this season, pawns don’t go home. Morgan – she thinks he’s (Scott) pissed at her because she gave him game advice. Shelby – why would she give Scott game advice, he’s the biggest superfan ever. Morgan – she also said she wanted to quit today because of the laundry thing today. They laugh. Morgan – I was like you’re taking this game way too seriously! If someone picked up your period panties would you want to quit? Shelby – I would think its a joke. Scott joins them. Shelby laughs that Kryssie thinks he is mad at her because she gave you game advice. Scott laughs. Morgan – its time for her to chill with the whole personally agenda sh*t. She thinks she the target week after week. Scott – she’s gotten zero votes. Justin joins them. They chat about random things. Justin – you (Alex) and Shelby are the most hated by them. Alex – just wait until the next person is HOH and they’ll be the next hated person. Whitney I’ve never been hated by so many people. Shelby goes to hide Shane’s blanket because she thinks Havenot blankets were hidden. Big Brother tells her to stop that.

12:15am Backyard – Jason comes out saying that Shelby got in trouble for trying to hide Shane’s blanket. She thought you hid the blankets. I told thme you’re not hiding them, you’re washing them. Jason says that Shelby was asking why Danielle didn’t want their blankets. Danielle – 1 Shelby is a grown a$$ woman. 2 if she would have asked me to wash her blankets, maybe I would have put them in there. And 3 if she has a question about the blankets she can come ask me about it. She’s a grown a$$ woman and she can ask me herself. Jason – Shelby is just putting on a show. Scott – call a house meeting. Jason – NO, no house meeting has ever gone well. Scott – just to establish some ground rules of what can be hidden. Danielle – why would I wash blankets that I’m not going to use. Jason – Shelby is just making something out of nothing. Danielle – this is why I don’t have female friends. They thought Monte was bad!? I’m about to cuss this b***h out! I’m hungry, I’m gassy. Don’t f**k with me tonight. Jason – she’s just putting on a shot. Let her put on a show for her friends. Kryssie – I really hope she (Shelby) says the wrong thing to the wrong person at the wrap party and gets knocked the f**k out. It’s not going to be me, I don’t need to spend the night in jail. I just like to see people put in their place. Danielle – She is just acting like this because her side is in power. She’s a d**k hopper. Jason – they’re switching everyone’s beds. Danielle – whatever we’ll make out in which ever bed we’re in. Jason – just make loud moaning noises.

1:10pm Kryssie – My problem is someone rummaged through my personal things and I didn’t even get so much as an apology. If we’re going to act like adults here. Danielle – they’re not adults. Kryssie – Someone owes me a f**king apology. Jason – no one’s going to give you an apology. Kryssie – I can’t want until all these b***hes go back and watch this and realize I didn’t touch any of their sh*t. Jason says well we won today. We reclaimed the coke and the chocolate.

 

1:30am – 3:40am Backyard – Danielle, Jason, Kryssie and Shane stay up talking about random things like stealing gnomes, spiders, movies, etc. Shane and Danielle head to bed. Kryssie – Danielle is so emotional. She is making me nervous I’m worried they’re going to flip the script from Shane to Danielle. Obviously it doesn’t really matter. All we need to do is make sure we win the veto. Jason – we just need to make sure we have a good veto draw and America’s nom isn’t one of us. Then just win the veto and take one of them down and vote out America’s nom.

“IF SCOTT SAYS SOMETHING, I’M LIKE GOING TO BE LIKE DUDE YOU BETTER WATCH YOUR A$$HOLE”

February 28, 2017

1:03pm Alex, Danielle and Shelby are have nots

1:20pm SCott and Justin HOH
Justin – I’m so grateful I’m not a have not.. I’m so excited.. Food is life for me..
Scott – you can’t fish so you gotta cook
Justin – I couldn’t finish the ceremony I was so excited. Man ..

Justin – You ever drink ovaltine

3:06pm Alex, Shelby and MOrgan
Alex and Shelby agree to give Morgan ‘Support” while she does her work out.
Shelby doesn’t want to mess up her costume and Alex is good..

3:31pm Whitney, Shelby, MOrgan and Alex
Alex telling them that Jason hid the krackles again.
3:40pm 
Whitney and MOrgan find the hidden coke they rehide it in the tokyo room bed.

Whitney searches everywhere for the krackle bars..

 

4:14pm Justin, Shane in the HOH searching for the coke.
Shane – coke is harder to hide than Krackles..
Shane – I don’t know .. how do you hide a Coke you know..
Justin – “I don’t know where the fu**k they could hide that big ass coke”

4:45pm Kryssie and Neeley
Kryssie is pissed because the girls went through her “Dirty Laundry” looking for the krackle bars and coke
Kryssie – every day I’m in here i realize I’m too old for this shit .. If this was real life I would have swung on those b1tches
Shane and Danielle join them..

5:45pm Kryssie – I’m not interacting with any of those stupid whores..

5:37pm They found the coke.. it was replaced with a sprite

7:09PM Safety Ceremony

Justin Safe
Alex Safe

Whitney Safe
Jason Safe

7:21pm Scott, Shelby and Alex

Talking about Neeley and Kryssie going up as Pawns they agree someone from the other side is goign to crack this week and it’s goign to be Kryssie. Scott feels bad for putting up Neeley. SCott’s plan is to get rid of Shae. Danielle is a mess and she’ll be no threat when he’s gone.

Scott tells Shelly he doesn’t want the house to see how close they are.
Alex says if Shelby or her go up as America’s nom Justin will probably not vote them out.

 

7:24pm Backyard Shane and Jason Smoking..
Jason asking the fans to nominate one of the ‘Hoes” (Shelby, Alex, MOrgan, Whitney)
Shane – If Scott says something, i’m like going to be like dude you better watch your a$$hole..

Shane – if I’m here next week your a$$holes are going to be mine

 

9:34pm Ball smashers

They want Danielle out over Shane.

“IT IS YOUR BIRTHDAY WHITNEY.. WHY DON’T YOU GET IT LOW!” “WHITNEY’S MOM I’M SORRY!”

February 28, 2017

9:20pm – 10:30pm The house guests are hanging out in the kitchen talking about how they didn’t get the stuff to make a cake for Whitney’s birthday. Jason goes to the storage room and finds 2 bottles of wine and some beer. Jason – Happy Birthday Whitney! I knew I heard them in the storage room. Good job Big Brother, I don’t have to snatch your wig! They ration out the alcohol. Jason – thanks for Whitney being born. They cheers to it being Whitney’s birthday. Someone says the beer tastes like piss. Jason – I pissed in someone’s beer at a party one time. They drank that 40oz. We were trying to get just one guy to drink it but he shared it with his girlfriend and some other girl …. so sorry y’all can drink all three peoples pee that was in that 40.

Justin singing – It is your birthday Whitney .. why don’t you get it low! It is your birthday baby .. why don’t you get it low. Big Brother OTT! It is your birthday Whitney .. why don’t you get it low! It is your birthday baby .. why don’t you get it low. It is your birthday Whitney .. why don’t you get it low! It is your birthday baby .. why don’t you get it low.

 

Whitney and Neeley droppin’ it low…

11:30pm – 11:40pm Big Brother opens up the backyard and the house guests head outside. Jason – Whitney’s Mom, I’m sorry!” The house guests sit around the backyard couch smoking and chatting.

 

12:10pm The birthday girl (Whitney) heads to bed. Kryssie and Neeley are alone. Kryssie – I think after tonight Scott isn’t going to put up any of his friends up. Its going to me, Shane or Danielle up. Neeley – well I’m going to try and work it. I can’t promise… I can just try to promise you. Kryssie – no offense to Danielle and Shane but I’m here for me.. so if you bargain for me.. Neeley – I’m going to be honest she (Danielle) was getting on my nerves today. Kryssie – I have concerns with how petty she’s being… in front of everyone. Neeley – she’s getting on my nerves really bad. I just don’t like how every time someone has an issue …its just got to come back. Girl, it don’t always have to come back to you. People can have their moment. Everyone can have their moment. You’re gorgeous .. no one will ever take that away from you. I want her to do well, I want her to succeed but I just can’t. I don’t like when no one else can shine. This is Whitney’s night.. no one elses. Kryssie – but we need her this week. Neeley – I’ll see what we can do.

 

12:25am Jason, Kryssie, Neeley. Jason – Scott is fighting against America’s nominee.. that’s why he wants to use the double (veto) because he thinks you move one of you from the block and you remove America’s (nominee). Danielle joins them. Danielle – he told me he is going to put up Neeley and Kryssie and then try to back door me. Jason – he isn’t trying to backdoor you. He’s trying to backdoor Shane. Kryssie – that’s f**king horrible. Danielle – he better hope I don’t get picked to play in the veto. Kryssie – so he’s going to take America’s nom and Neeley down .. leaving me and Shane up there. Danielle – he better pray we don’t win veto. America’s nom cannot come off. Jason – he’s seen that we have the power to eliminate America’s nom that’s why he wants them off. Justin joins them. Danielle heads inside. They talk about how Scott definitely wants Shane out. Jason – its better he’s aiming at them (Danielle/Shane) than us. Its better we lose Shane or Danielle than one of us four (Kryssie, Neeley, Justin, Jason).

 

1:35am HOH room – Scott tells Neeley – First I have to apologize that I have pull the deal that I offered you off the table because of this America’s care package. I think you will be upset with the noms I choose but I am planning to choose the double veto. Its obvious that Shane turned his back on me and Monte. I came here to make deals / not break deals and its obvious that’s what Shane is doing. (Scott is breaking a deal while saying that’s why he wants Shane out. LOL) I know I did offer you the deal and unfortunately because of this particular .. instead of targeting him (Shane) directly I need to put up two pawns to do a backdoor strategy. Neeley – okay, well I appreciate you telling me that. Scott – absolutely, I want to be 100% straight up with you. Scott – my mindset a couple days ago was to target him directly but with this care package it makes a lot more sense for me to do a backdoor strategy. Neeley – okay, okay. Scott – I’m not here to fish any information from you. Neeley – I am really loyal to Kryssie and if I have to choose, I’m going to choose her. Scott the end result is the same as what I wanted a few days ago.. its just the tactics on how I get there.

2:05am Shane, Danielle, Kryssiea and Jason are talking about Scott wanting Shane out. Danielle if it comes down to that we should definitely convince him (Scott) to breakup the showmance.. so that he will leave America’s nom up. Jason – yeah I’ll be like I’ll vote out Shane. Tell him whatever he wants to hear. The only people you’re really loyal to are the people you’re playing for at home. If you don’t want to lie, you’re in the wrong game.

CARE PACKAGE RESULTS “I THINK AMERICA CAME THROUGH.. DEFINITELY” – KRYSSIE

February 28, 2017

1:08pm Scott gets America’s care package..

The winner gets to pick which type of veto the HouseGuests will be competing for this week, from three options:
Diamond Veto: The holder of this veto has the power to remove a nominee and subsequently name their replacement.
Double Veto: Two vetoes will be awarded at the veto competition.
Boomerang Veto: The winner of this veto will be able to use it twice.

Neeley – I don’t feel like that helps Scott at all…

 

1:12pm Danielle, Shane, Jason and Kryssie
Kryssie I think America came through.. definitely
They go through all the scenarios..

 

1:12pm Mordan and Whitney
Going through scenarios ..
Morgan – hopefully if we can get Danille up there we can get Justin to flip

 

2:04pm HOH SCott and Alex
Scott – I’m thinking of doing the double veto..
Scott – I’m changing my nominees.. I’m using two pawns..
Scott says if the veto is played he’s putting up his 2 real targets. Says he’s 95% putting up Kryssie and 85% putting up Neeley.

Alex – be honest… she respects people that are open and honest
Scott – they’re both pawns this week

Alex says he has a “Bomb ass” nomination speech for Shane he’s bummed out that he can’t deliver it.
Scott says Bomberrang is way too much power to give the POV user.
Scott says if Shane wins the double veto and uses it he’ll just put Daneille up as a replacement.
Alex – this is a tricky one..
Scott – thank you America..
Alex – Thank you America..
They are both shocked at how MAjor these Care packages are.
Alex – I’m super grateful America gave it to me
Scott – If America’s Nom is Danielle play like hell
They agree the only person that won’t use the veto is Shane and Danielle.
Scott regrets “Dropping that deal” on Neeley today..

Scott says the only way they could get screwed is if Danielle is the America nom and Shane is picked for Veto and wins it. (I bet this will Happen)

 

Shelby comes in
Scott – I’m 100% positive I’m not picking the diamond.
Scott goes over the plan.
Scott says 100% Kryssie going up and “Unfortunately” the second one will be Neeley.
Scott says the double veto is the only way they can make a “Positive” out of this

They start talking about how pissed Justin was at Danielle last night and this morning.
Alex – Jason was doing such damage control last night
Scott doesn’t know what it was over ‘He said he had to defend himself in front of Danielle.. he felt Danielle was coming after him in some way with her comments.. he overreacted and hurt her feelings.. ”

Alex – “it was something like… Justin knocking up girls and having to pay child support and like Justin retaliated with something like ohh you use your baby daddy for child support money.. or something like that”
Feeds flip…

 

3:16pm Scott and Justin HOH 
Scott tells him he’s fine this week. points out how complex his week is because of the veto twist.
Scott – you’re still good as far as nominations go
Justin – it’s what eve.. I don’t look too deep.. it stresses me out so I don’t think about it..
Justin says he really just came up here to see if Scott has opened the licorice. .
Scott says he’s going with the double “hopefully if things go well both of them will be used”
Justin says he doesn’t want to win the veto doesn’t what the responsibility to wield so much power.
Justin – who would be on the block
Scott – I can’t confirm..
Scott says if the veto is played he gets to pick the replacement the blood is on his hands.
Scott says he can’t make a straight forward plan this week again confirms with Justin he’s not going up as a nom or replacement nom.
Justin – I got you man..

 

5:26pm Shelby, MOrgan, Whitney, Alex
Talking about Danielle and Shane going up as replacement noms.
they like how this package is going.
Alex – lots of potential
They agree the diamond power of veto is the worst one cause it gives power away.
Whitney says Scott doesn’t have to pick until he knows what the competition is.

 

7:30pm – 9:15pm Live Dr’s

9:16pm

Scott saying he’s putting up Kryssie and Neeley.
Scott – Danielle and Neeley are my big threats
Scott blames Danielle for stirring up a fight
Scott’s target is Shane.
Scott thanks America for giving him the Car package it allows him to have a stable HOH.

SCott says Alex has been solid to him he’ll be loyal to her 100%

I know you’re pissed at me. I get it. I literally had you screwed over this week

February 28, 2017

8:30pm Whitney – what if they send me it (America’s care package).. because its my birthday tomorrow. That would be the best birthday present. And that it was a good one. Shelby – yeah like your vote counts as two. I was hoping my golf bag would count as an another vote.


8:30pm Backyard – Jason, Shane, Danielle, Scott, Kryssie and Neeley talk about the Grammy’s and MTV awards. Rihanna showing her b**bs. Neeley – the categories are what tickled me. Jason – best an@l. Best new comer. Kryssie – best bl*w job. That’s one thing that I don’t think I could do. I think I could f**k on camera but I don’t think I could give a bj on camera. I think I would look way grosser giving a bj than getting railed. My bj’s are not graceful. I give the slunkiest bjs ever. I always joke that the proper depth is ggggAGGGHHHH. They head inside to eat.

9:10pm Bedroom – Morgan and Shelby. Morgan – what are the chances of Kryssie ever flipping to our side? Shelby – I think we’ll find out after this conversation. I would say pretty low. Morgan – I don’t get their side of the house. I don’t think they think anything game wise. Shelby sarcastically says you’re a snake if you talk to the HOH. Shelby – so you think we should do anything.. I think we should leave the wrappers in the spot where they left the crackle bars. So when they look for them, they just find wrappers. Morgan – that would be funny. Shelby – maybe I should just stay out here to make sure people aren’t listening. Alex – I mean Shane freaking said it so he can deny it all he wants.. but Scott can back him up and be like hey you actually told me this so you’re a liar. Shelby – hopefully Scott has the backbone to do it. Cuz Scott was like.. I called out Kryssie. His way of calling her out was just not calling her out at all. Morgan – I would be interested in seeing if he follows through with this nomination speech. Alex – maybe he’s America’s Saboteur. Shelby – his DR’s are sooooo long. Alex – if one of us go home this week.. we might as well let them pick us off one by one. Shelby – its funny they keep going after me too.. I suck at comps and everyone hates me. I could not be here without you guys. I would just sit in the hammock all day and try not to explode at all the dumb sh*t they say.

 

9:20pm – 10:30pm Havenot room – Alex, Morgan and Neeley talk. Alex – I know you’re pissed at me. I get it. I literally had you screwed over this week. I just want to sit down and be honest with you. When y’all came up and told me to put up Scottt, that was honestly something I was going to do. Till it came out that Shane had told someone from our side that originally the plan was to put Scott up and that y’all were lying to me and that Scott was going home. That’s why I put Kryssie up. I knew she would get xereo points. Neeley – I never had any issues with Monte. Lets all just try and be a little bit more friendly. Neeley and Alex hug. Neeley leaves. Alex – that was the weirdest conversation.

 

11pm HOH room – Scott, Shelby and Whitenn. Scott – I have more information on him now. I’m going to try and bury him in my speech. I’m hopoing my nomination speech. Whitney – I just think that Justin isn’t a fake person and he sees that they are. Scott – I already tried to trick Shane to get out his shomance but oh well. I feel like Danielle is a good America’s nominee so if I vote her.. Depending on what America chooses as havenots, America’s care package and America’s nominee… Shane is going up no matter what, its just the other nominee. Alex thinks Neeley will get America’s Care Package. Scott – If I happen to pull house guest choice I will pick Alex. Scott – as far as the week it should be a pretty straight forward one. Shelby brings up how Danielle was eating peanuts and said they tasted like peanut butter. Neeley looked pertty annoyed with her.

 

12am The house guests sing happy birthday for Whitney.

 

12:40am Backyard – Shane and Jason are talking. Shane – she is saying she knew when we went up there. No she didn’t know until after. When Scott and me were coming downstairs he was on my ass. He was following me. I said I have to go the bathroom and he said he would wait. That’s why I know he didn’t say anything. I said I’m voting for Monte. He said he was voting for Kryssie. I’m not changing my mind, I made a deal with Alex. I told him his f**king deal is over .. you’re safe. He said no, no you’ve got to trust me and then of course he doesn’t vote for Kryssie he votes for Danielle. Jason – he was trying some sh*t. Good on them for trying, we tried too. Shane – I can’t wait to be HOH if I’m here next week. And if he does put me I up and I win the veto. I’m just hoping they put Shelby up. Kryssie joins them. Kryssie – I volunteer to be a havenot. Kryssie, Danielle and Justin join them.

 

1am HOH room – Justin and Scott. Justin – I don’t trust Shane and Danielle one bit. It’s me or them. If Shane and I go up, she is voting me out. Sh*t crazy.. I know the first thing they’re going to do if they get HOH. They’re going to try and get you out. Scott – at this point I have nothing to loose. Justin – just know I’m not coming for you. Scott – I’m glad you’re saying this. Our minds are in the same place. Justin leaves. Scott does some fist pumps.

 

1:30am – 2:30am Backyard – The cameras switch to Justin, Kryssie, Danielle and Shane talking. Kryssie – I think it started from Neeley says you (Justin) would be a good dad. Justin – then it developed into some deeper sh*t. I never wanted to sit here and talk about that sh*t so I’m sorry. I’m sorry if I hurt somebodies feelings or if I hurt your (Danielle) feelings. That wasn’t my intentions. I don’t need you depressed and crying and sh*t. Neeley – my stepdad raised me, I had a great childhood. My biological dad sucks. Justin – I love y’all very much. Kryssie – I think we all agree that’s an uncomfortable subject that we will never touch on again. Justin heads inside. Danielle – him saying he wants to have multiple children by multiple women is just selfish. He can’t spread his time between all those infants. You can’t share your time between all of them. And the comment that he made about my sons father.. Kryssie – I don’t think he realizes what he just did. I think he was feeling attacked. It wasn’t right for him to say that at all. Danielle – as a mother I can’t let someone speak like that. Kryssie – I don’t think he realizes what he did. Justin comes back out. Danielle – the comment you said really affected me. I wasn’t trying to attack you. I just understand how a child develops and what a child needs. Wanting to have multiple children by multiple women is a selfish thing to say. Justin – says he’s sorry. I just want to be fruitful and multiply. I am sorry, I’m really sorry. I am pretty sure Neeley hates me. Justin heads inside and apologizes to Neeley. Neeley says its okay.

 

3am – 4am The house guest chat and then head to bed.
 

“WE STILL HAVE THE NUMBERS AND WITH AMERICA ON OUR SIDE, I BELIEVE IN AMERICA THEY RIDE WITH ME” – KRYSSIE

February 27, 2017

2:45pm Kryssie and Neeley 
Kryssie talking about the 8 thousand people that follow her on twitter and how she can interact with them no problem even with all this social anxiety she has. Says she’s a entertainer.

Kryssie – I was so scared coming in here.. I’m so f****g thankful for you girl
Neeley – me too girl..
Neeley says none of the people in this house other than Kryssie she connects with.

Kryssie says the people on our side of the house are the only people she would give the time of day outside the house. Calls the other side of the house Phoney.

Kryssie says Scott isn’t playing a game he’s being a douche. She’s not going to run to him and kiss his a$$.
Kryssie now blaming the “Other girls” for taking advantage of Scott because he’s HOH.
Kryssie hopes “America sees it”
They start talking who they want America to put up.
Kryssie wants Shelby to go up.
Neeley wants a big fish like Alex

Kryssie is worried Alex will win the veto.
Neeley brings up how they all thought Monte was a huge threat and he only one that 1 competition.

Kryssie says if her and Danielle going up she’s gone.
Neeley says Kryssie is safe, the other side will vote out Danielle.
Neeley says she’ll vote Kryssie to stay. Adds that she’s ride or die with Kryssie.
Neeley mentions how she wants to be on the show so show people that black women can work together and get along. However she knows Danielle won’t ride to the end with her and Kryssie will.
Neeley brings up coming into the season she said she wanted a strong girls alliance to team up and prevail but.. “That’s not how the game is playing itself out right now” (all girls alliance that was strong on BBOTT never heard of that)

Kryssie – I know in the beginning when you were preaching the all girls alliance .. i was like good luck girl.
Neeley wishes Alex had played a better social game they could have come together, ‘It just wasn’t in the cards for this season”
Kryssie – this is our chance to be the ultimate success story..
Kryssie – We still have the numbers and with America on our side I believe in America they ride with me
Neeley – we’re hungry and humble

 

Neely – if it comes down to you and Danielle.. Danielle’s gone, sorry boo
Kryssie – I would love you, me and Jason final 3

Neeley – I was really open to working with Alex.. more so Alex than Morgan.. Making moves
Neely says they both wanted to break up the showmance down the line.
Neeley – they’ve made it us vs them.. I hate that
Neeley says the other side has made it obvious they don’t live the same lifestyle as her.
They mention Alex lying to them about not putting Kryssie up.
Kryssie impersonates Alex in the storage room “You went up we all have to make sure Monte’s going home”

Kryssie says she’s made 2 promises in this house and that’s with Neeley and Jason
Kryssie says Alex’s word is sh1t and she’s not a good game player.
Tacks on Scott also as a shitty game player with.
Neeley – he’s a floater that got lucky yesterday

Neeley says Scott is picking two people from their side.
Kryssie knows it’s her

 

3:45pm Backyard Jason, Danielle and Shane
Jason says Scott won’t put Justin up.
Jason mentions how their side will flip and it’ll be the showmance vs Neeley and Kryssie.
Jason – thanks to the America’s nominee we really have been lucky .. and they thought they were goign to steam roll us outta this house but instead we’ve been kicking them out.
Danielle – it’s just funny 2 head of households haven’t been able to send any of their nominees out the door .. what a waste of Head of household.
Jason – they’re not playing smart..
Jason – America is never going to f****g roll with them
Jason says the entire opposite side of the house will become floaters if America nominates one of them.
Jason says Scott is putting up two on their side and “Hope” hope they “Shatter”
Jason says they are not going to Shatter.

4:01pm Julie chen Q and A

4:19pm MOrgan and Shelby
Shelby is complaining about Jason “He was glaring me down during the eviction last night.. ugh.. get over it”
Morgan – it’s so petty
Justin comes by and offers to get them a drink.
Morgan – thank you love

4:46pm Shelby and Scott Hammock
Scott says Shane is the outsider out of the other side.
THey agree it’s best to study in smaller groups. Doing this will avoid one wrong answer taking out the entire group.
They wonder when Justin is going to start playing.

 

6:47pm Chit chat

 

7:26pm Krackle bag FOUND

 

8:25pm Morgan, Shelby, Whitney and Alex
Talking about Danielle saying she’s a big threat. Alex says Danielle is a big threat strategic ‘She’s go t a lot of people in her pockey”
Shelby calls her a snake, ‘Shane’s more of a Snake”
Alex agrees.
Shelby says it was Danielle that got Kryssie to “Pin it all on Scott.
Shelby – it was Danielle talking but it was Kryssie talking
Whitney bring sup what if one of them goes up beside Danielle/Shane/Kryssie

Morgan counts votes says they have 3 and the other side has 4 and America’s vote..
Justin comes by says he’s made them food.
They all thank him for cooking. Chit chat..

HOH WINNER SCOTT

February 27, 2017

9pm The head of Household competition called the “BB Barcode” begins. As the outgoing HOH, Alex reads the rules of the competition. Ahead of you is the BB barcode, each with a unique number. The goal of the competition is to be the first house guest to identify which piece is the longest. The game will be played in rounds, each 15 minute round will begin when the horn sounds. Once the horn sounds you may inspect the barcode and at any time give an answer. When you’re ready to give your answer place your ring on the answer post and declare the number of the piece you believe is the longest. Answers will only be accepted in the order of you’ve placed your rings on the post so wait for your turn before answering out loud. Ultimately the first person to place their ring on the answer post with the correct number of the longest piece will become the next head of household.

 

The house guests guess their answer and each get it wrong. After 45 minutes Scott guesses his answer and says 72 and wins. Alex and Morgan both run over and jump on Scott congratulating him.

 

9:50pm London bedroom – Danielle tells Shane – All the girls don’t like me. They’re going to tell him (Scott) to get me out. Shane – just win the veto. Danielle – once again we have to compete in every competition. Shane – Johnny Mac did it. Danielle – hopefully America puts up someone from their side and we have the votes.

 

10pm Lounge room – Jason, Danielle, Neeley, Kryssie and Justin. Jason – we weren’t complacent before and we’re not going to be complacent now. When people get complacent, that’s when they f**k up. It comes down to who America puts up. They put up Monte and voted him out … which show either they really didn’t like Monte or that nobody f**ks with us. So lets just hope they still f**ks with us. Kryssie – I hope we get a care package. I hope it goes to us. Jason – if its the slop pass give it to Morgan, not us. I will take slop all season. Neeley – I’ve got you (Kryssie), we’ve all got you. If I hear anyone say anything ignorant, its going to be on and poppin’! Kryssie – if I go out because of the kid from Bangor, ME, I am going to lose it. The only reason I hate that town is because my mother married some a$$hole from there and that guy is responsible for the death of my grandmother. I am going to do my best to not make this personal but this is going to destroy me. Danielle – when you’re in a house with people that want to take you down all you can do is rise to the occasion. The only reason they’re f**king with Scott is because they need his vote. America has been faithful to us so far and we just need to trust them. If America sees that we’re solid they’re going to keep f**king with us. They see their true colours and they see our true colours but the difference is them and us is that our true colours are real… like we’re good people, we’re loyal to the people that we f**k with. There is no point in talking to him (Scott). He is going to do whatever they (plastics) want him to do. Jason – every time you take out the head it grows a new one.

 

10pm In the bedroom – Scott, Morgan, Alex, Shelby and Whitney. The congratulate Scott. Scott – Y’all know you are good obviously. Alex – I’m so happy for you. I literally almost kissed you. I didn’t but I was like Ahhhh! Shelby – I wanted it to be me but I’m so glad its you! Scott – At first I knew what my nominations would be but now I’m not too sure. I’m not going to waste it on Kryssie because she’s such a weak competitor. I’m not going to waste that sh*t on her. Obviously with America’s nom we have to kicka$$ in veto. Shelby – slop (who America votes to be havenots) might give us an idea. They all tell him how proud they are of him. Shelby – the most redemption HOH ever. Morgan – Monte I told you so!! Scott – Shane told me they were trying to get me out. Alex – we have your back. Shelby – prepare for a lot of people coming begging to you. Whitney – we knew Monte was going to go but we wouldn’t sacrifice you and your vote.

 

10:15pm Storage room – Morgan, Shelby and Alex. Morgan is crying saying she is HANGRY! (And because she has to be a havenot alone now for the next couple days) Alex – being a havenot is meant to break you down. Shelby – at least someone we’re good with is HOH. Morgan agrees. Alex – all we can be is be ourselves and keep fighting against really petty people. Morgan – I feel like Monte is misjudged. Alex – he had a rough week but that’s the way the game goes. They wonder who Scott will put up. Shelby – he said that Kryssie isn’t the target but she is sh*tting herself… so he should pretend like she is so she keeps sh*tting herself.

 

10:25pm Havenot room – Shane and Scott talk. Scott – Monte leaving and Cornbread leaving has left a bad taste in my mouth. Shane – I just know the girls are going to be up your a$$ this whole week. Scott – obviously I am going to listen to them but I will listen to you too if you have anything to offer still. I don’t want it to be Cornbread, Monte, You, then me. Shane – its becoming a girls game. Scott – it is. I have bigger targets. There are no shortage of targets this week. Shane – I just know its going to be hell to talk to you. (Because the girls are always going to be around him.) Shane leaves. Justin joins Scott. Scott tells him – I know who had my back last week and I know who didn’t. I know that you and Jason are good. Justin – its all good.

 

11:05pm – 11:30pm The plastics (Alex, Morgan, Whitney and Shelby) and Scott are talking. Scott – I’m thinking maybe just the some ones you (Alex) did (Nominating Shane & Danielle) Morgan – there’s a good chance that Justin would be America’s nom. Shelby – if it was one of us he (Justin) would probably vote out Shane. He wouldn’t vote out one of us. They’re going to air that episode where he flashed her. Scott – if he (Justin) could potentially be America’s nom that could screw us if I put him up. Alex – we stand behind you whatever you want to do. Scott – when Shane approached me to vote out Monte he offered me just a one week safety deal. Scott – its all coming out in the nomination speech. I don’t want to put up Kryssie at all. We don’t need to cut her at this point. I have good reasons to put up both of them (Shane and Danielle). Just how Shane turned on his own ally.

 

12:10am Bedroom – Scott, Morgan and Shelby are sitting around chatting about random things like what kind of food Scott will get with his HOH.

 

12:25am Kitchen – Jason and Scott. Justin – I’m interested in seeing who America puts up. If they put up Shelby .. its a wrap! Jason – if they put up Morgan .. its a wrap. I really don’t think they would put up Whitney. Big Brother calls Scott to the diary room. Jason – I wonder if he will get his HOH room tonight!? Justin – I really don’t think they would put me up. Jason – you say some crazy stories so I wouldn’t be surprised if you were up there once.

The house guests are all sitting around chatting about random things waiting for Scott to get his HOH room.

 

1:05am – 1:15am Scott comes out of the diary room and asks who wants to see my HOH room!? They all head up to the HOH room and check out Scott’s HOH. There’s a photo with Scott with a pony tail. Scott – I only rocked that for like 6 months. Scott reads his HOH letter. Scott – I’m not going to call everyone up here individually .. if you want to talk .. then feel free to come up here and talk.

 

1:25am – 1:45am HOH room – Shane and Scott are talking. Scott – I am in a tough position. Obviously I couldn’t vote out Monte like you wanted me to. Shane – the reason why I wanted Monte out is because he two faced me. That’s why I voted him out. I’ll tell you this.. when you have me .. you have two of us (Him and Danielle). If we’re safe this week and we win the veto we will be willing to do whatever you want with it. Like you wouldn’t have to put up a replacement nom if we win …like what happened to Monte and Alex. Scott – I still need to talk to Jason, Justin, Neeley and even Kryssie. I called her out last week so there’s obviously bad blood there. Shane – whoever you put up just please don’t put up me or Danielle because we would have your back. Scott – more often than not America’s nom will probably go home. My noms probably won’t matter at all. Scott – I’m going to play the week to my benefit and see where it takes me. Shane leaves.

2:15am – 2:30am Justin joins Scott in the HOH room. Justin – I am so glad I had nothing to do with calling you out. Scott – I’m glad I have another week here and hopefully I’ll make it to see Halloween in here. Scott talks about how this has been a dream of his since he was 10 years old. Justin tells Scott – I’m not coming for you and I never was. Who I wanted out of this motherf**ker .. is gone. He was just causing too much tension for me. I don’t trust nobody in this house. I’m cool with everybody. Whatever decision you make I am just going to vote with it. I’ll do whatever is best for the house. I don’t know if you’re still coming for Kryssie? Scott – I don’t think its worth it. I’m going to drop it. Justin – she’s a really good person and she’s stressing. I don’t know who America is going to put up. Scott _ I don’t know either .. all I know is I’m not going to go up. I have a pretty good idea who I am going to put up and how the week is going to go. All I know is that you’re good this week. Justin – I appreciate that. If I win HOH, you’re good.

 

2:30am HOH room – Scott talks to himself – Obviously those 6 over there are pretty tight. Kryssie isn’t worth going after. I really don’t think Justin or Jason are worth going after. That leaves Shane, Danielle and Neeley. And if I can cut a deal with Neeley that she won’t use the POV and that she will keep Alex safe next week .. that’s worth it. Yeah, I’ve got a plan. So we take out Shane. Cut a deal with Neeley. Maybe cut a deal with Kryssie. Build trust with Justin and Jason .. it would be gravy! GRAVY! Cut a deal with Neeley for 1 week.. that’s about all she would take. Hopefully we take Shane the F**K out of here! Shout out Cornbread and Monte .. trust me Shane is coming out right after you! We doin’ it for y’alls!

 

The HOH is sound asleep..

 

3:20am – 3:25am Shane and Danielle going at it…. Shane – “did you c*m?” Danielle “I don’t know. I don’t like answering questions. Shane – It’s so hot in here. Danielle – you’re embarrassing me.

 

3:30am – 4:10am Shane and Danielle stay up talking about random things. Everyone else is sleeping..

Monte is evicted from the Big Brother House..

February 27, 2017

There was limited game talk this morning, some studying, counting, mostly chit chat. .. Scott told Shane he’s voting Kryssie out along with “The girls”. Scott, Shelby, Morgan and Whitney are all planning on Voting out Danielle and are saying they are voting out Kryssie. There was a minor hope that Neeley or Shane vote out Kryssie over MOnte. Monte has a bit of a connection with them. There’s zero percent chance of it working on Neeley. They realize Kryssie and Neeley are essentially final 2. Monte and SCott seem to think Shane is a possibility. America will almost certainty be voting out Monte giving. I personally think it’s unlikely to happen, Monte is going home.

 

4:05pm Monte and Kryssie 
Monte – odds are against me
Kryssie – I know in my heart of hearts that Danielle is safe today..
Kryssie says it comes down to Shane.
Monte says he doesn’t think Shane would vote Kryssie out and risk being the only one.
Kryssie – I’ve been singled out 2 weeks in a row
Neeley walks in
Kryssie says she’s never done anything to MOnte’s side of the house and they’ve targeted her 2 weeks in a row, ‘Like what the f*** did I do… It’s hard I’m the different one”
Kryssie – “I’m a total party.. I’m everyone’s buddy”

Kryssie says the Big Brother game is designed to get people to clash.
Monte says he could have lost his cool when Justin came after him or when Danielle did but he kept his cool.
Kryssie says “Everyone in this house needs to be taken with a grain of salt or addressed immediately”
Kryssie – you are intimidated with things you don’t understand..
Kryssie – you don’t know how to interact.. it came off like you didn’t like the gay kid the weird girl.. it came off on the surface.. because you don’t know how to interact with people like us that that is OK and the problem was you didn’t come to anyone and say HEY”
Kryssie adds to America it came across that he wasn’t trying.
Kryssie says this happens to “US” all the time.. (‘us’ being misfits?)
Jason now in the room
Kryssie – you’re sheltered to an extent..

Kryssie explains the mistakes he’s made in the game and why people may not like him outside the show. Danielle comes in during this conversation. Kryssie goes on about if she goes home today he better play the game differently. Adds that she’s seen him changing already.

4:36pm Shelby and Alex 
Saying if Monte goes home it’s his own damn fault. They mention how Scott is still playing his own game even though he came within centimeters of going home and they saved him.


5:29pm Monte and Shane Storage room
MOnte is certain he has America’s vote.
Monte – whatever you choose no hard feelings…
Monte – I’m asking you to and if you can’t I understand.. cause it is a risk
Shane- I got you, all risks have rewards…
5:42pm Shane and Monte HAve nots
Monte says he tried really hard to keep him off the block but Alex wouldn’t listen.

 

5:45pm Shane and Scott 
Scott – If you want to hide your vote you can blame it on America..
Shane – did Alex promise you
Scott – she promised me safety for this week
Shane – Monte came to me earlier to make sure everything was smooth.
Scott – getting rid of Kryssie is best for my game and honestly it’s best for yours as well
Shane – i’m still worried about Danielle.. I don’t want them to vote Danielle out
Scott – I need to get Kryssie the f*** outta here.. I already have so many people coming after me I need Kryssie out..

 

6:14pm Talking about Jason trying to get them to slip up but they didn’t fall for it. They’re still all good with voting Danielle out.

 

6:20pm Jason, Shane and Kryssie 
Trying to figure out why everyone is saying they are voting out Kryssie.
Shane – he’s banking on everyone to vote you (Kryssie)
Kryssie – everyone needs to vote him out (Monte)
Shane – Yeah I know

Shane is going to talk to Scott 30mins before eviction, “I can flip him I know.. I’ll be like Dude”

6:56pm Scott, Shane and MOnte
Talking about all the down time they had during the week before the show started. Scott read through the entire game of thrones series. Monte says they took his bible away. they all agree that is odd because Cornbread had his.
Big Brother calls them out.
Monte – we’re playing you up as the villain you can’t have that.

 

7:00pm The eviction episode begins on the feeds..

Shane Votes to evict Monte
Morgan votes to evict Danielle
Justin votes to evict Monte
Shelby votes to evict Danielle
Jason votes to evict Monte
Whitney votes to evict Danielle
Neeley votes to evict Monte
Scott votes to evict Danielle
America votes to evict Monte

 

Monte is evicted from the Big Brother House..

KRYSSIE “AMERICA WILL VOTE OUT MONTE. I HOPE AMERICA IS WATCHING THEM BEING CO*KY F**KING BASTARDS”

February 27, 2017

8pm Bedroom – Shelby, Alex, Morgan, Whitney and Monte are talking about their diary room sessions. Monte – and say y’all can trust us because clearly y’all (America) can put us up if we don’t follow through with what we’re promising. Shelby – America’s a player. Monte – they are basically. How terrible .. that America could win .. how horrible. America votes themselves. Man when you’re a havenot you can’t fake anything. Like there is no way I could go fake be nice to Kryssie or Danielle.

8:30pm Bathroom – Kryssie and Justin are talking. Kryssie – I guarantee that Shane is telling all of them that he is going to vote for me. Justin – he is. Kryssie – he is telling them that he is voting me out so that they don’t think about switching votes. Justin – that sh*t crazy. He told me he was going to tell all of them he was voting you out so that people would stop asking him. Justin – I want his a$$ out of here. America you don’t want his a$$ in here! Get his a$$ out of here! Kryssie – I cannot go home before someone that hates someone for no reason. Justin – you haven’t done nothing to nobody. I don’t know why they’re trying to do that sh*t. Kryssie – because they know I’m smarter than most of them. Justin – we have to be HOH this week .. or its going to be f**king crazy! Kryssie – Shane is trying to get rid of me but what they don’t know is that our entire side of the house will vote to get rid of Monte. And America WILL vote to get rid of Monte. I hope America is watching them sit around being co*ky f**king bastards. Shane, Danielle, Neeley and Jason join them.

 

9:50pm Storage room – Scott tells Shelby – as far as I’m concerned I’m not talking to Shane about game unless he comes to me. Shelby – what are you going to tell him? Scott – That I’m voting out Kryssie and also that he could hide his vote. The thing with America’s vote we can hide our vote and no one would ever notice. At this point we don’t need to do any more campaigning. At this point there’s a 50% chance America votes out Monte.

 

10:30pm HOH room – Whitney, Morgan, Alex and Shelby. Morgan – we need to literally tell Scott that if he wants us to have his back in the up coming weeks he has fill us in on things or shut up. Shelby – what is he thinking? Alex – he needs to shut up. I am stunned that he is interacting with the other side. They really do think that they’re the brains behind this when really we’re the ones running this. We need to be like Danielle is not the target now. Alex – our best bet is trying to trick Shane to voting out Kryssie. Kryssie is probably fuming at me thinking we want her out when we don’t. Whitney – Justin thinks you y’all are still voting Kryssie. Alex – we just need to stay away from that group until after tomorrows nominations because the story could change. Alex – he could go back to making deals with the other side of the house after we’ve been the only one talking to him (Scott). Whitney – if he did, he is the worst human being in the world. Alex – if he does, he deserves the snake award. Morgan – how would that benefit him? Alex – I don’t trust Shane. Monte joins them. Alex – we’re a little freaked out about Scott. He is talking to Shane again. Monte – Shane approached him. Monte – honest to god thinks Kryssie is going. We’re good. Shane thinks Kryssie is the target. Monte – I want Shane to stay in the game but I can’t trust him any more. He’s a friend on the other side. Scott is 100% with us. Alex – he needs to talk to us before he talks to anyone. Monte – four votes are the most I am going to get. Morgan – if you walk out that door you should blow up his game.

11:30pm Kitchen – Shane and Monte – Monte – part of them think I am out, if America votes me. They’re thinking there are five votes for me .. and I out. Shane – if I vote for Kryssie. Monte – if you do that, then I’m good. Monte – if you talk to them and they say they’re voting for Kryssie.. then you could say you’re voting for Kryssie to save me. Shane heads outside. He tells the others (Danielle, Kryssie, Jason, Neeley) that Shane thinks the girls are voting him out. Danielle – he is paranoid. He is as paranoid when he was HOH. Kryssie – that freaks me out because those are the two girls that come to me and told me I was safe.

11:35pm Havenot room – Morgan and Monte talk. Morgan – I think we should tell Shane that we’re voting Kryssie. I’ll be like I know Alex put up Kryssie for a reason so I’m going to respect her decision and voting for her. Morgan – going forward Shane will never trust any of us.

 

12:10am Storage room Shelby and Alex. Shelby – is there anything else I need to do? Alex – no, they just can’t find out that we’re targeting Danielle.

12:30am – 1:30am Backyard – Shane, Danielle, Kryssie, Neeley and Jason are talking about random things. Kryssie – I hope I’m still here. Shane – I’ll get Scott tomorrow. Kryssie – as long as we have him and Whitney.

 

2am Backyard – Kryssie, Jason and Neeley. Jason – as long as Whitney is telling the truth which I believe she is. Neeley – I think she is, she hasn’t given us any reason she isn’t. Jason – And I still think that America will vote Monte out. I think you’re (Kryssie) going to stay. Kryssie – I think Shane has a really sh*tty poker face so I would know. I think Danielle would be pissed at him if I were to leave. Neeley – we got this… we just need to win.

 

2:10am Shane and Danielle making out with some heavy breathing and moving under the covers.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP POV CEREMONY RESULTS “I’M NOT MAD AT YOU”

February 27, 2017

1:00pm Shane uses the Power of Veto on himself. Alex nominates Kryssie as the replacement.
Danielle, MOnte and Kryssie are nominated for eviction.

1:10pm Storage room Alex and Kryssie

Alex – I know you are not going home this week America loves you.
Alex says Monte is going home they need to distance themselves
Alex says she couldn’t put Scott up because of how he’s been isolated.
Kryssie – I got have seen it from space.. You should have at least pulled me aside first
Alex was worried that house will blow up.
Kryssie says she’s disappointed.

Kryssie – I’m not mad at you…
Alex – there was a person to put up that made a lot of sense.. Everyone wanted me to put up Shelby..
Alex – I’ve heard her name get thrown out by a lot of people
Kryssie – I’ve been honest with you she’s gotta go
Kryssie adds that the only chance she had to save Monte was to put Scott up, “If you guys are done with MOnte… “
Kryssie – you’ve made a wise choice in the game.. You need to distance yourself from here he already put his foot in his mouth.

Alex – I don’t want you to think I’m picking on you..
Alex says Kryssie will not get America’s vote putting her up was her best bed.

Kryssie says she needs to talk to Neeley cause Neeley is going to be pissed.


1:24pm Alex and Justin
Alex – I know MOnte has to go home this week.. America won’t vote out Kryssie she’s good
justin – I got ya
THey hug..

1:27pm SCott and Alex
Alex – I pissed off the entire house to save you
Scott – thank you
Scott – you will always be my number 1 If I win Veto…
Alex – thanks.. what time to you get off this thing
Scott says another 6 hours.
Alex – have you had to use that porta potty
Scott – I’ve used it twice..

1:35pm Misfits (Neeley, Danielle, Jason, Shane, Justin) Talking about targeting Alex next week. Neeley is pissed that they put up her best friend in the house. THey laugh at Monte’s speech where he asked Shane to use the Veto on him and to “Let the house decide”
Neeley is now coming after Alex.

1:40pm Backyard Alex and Whitney
Alex says Kryssie handled it very well.
Whitney asks about Scott. Alex says Scott and her talked he said he grateful and he’s not putting them up.
Alex says Jason will look at things as game moves whereas Shane and Danielle look at things personally, ‘I don’t care they can be mad at me all day long”


1:47pm Danielle, Kryssie, Neeley, Justin, Monte (Monte is behind them near the backyard fridge)
Danielle saying that it all rides on America. It’s a 4-4 split right now.

Justin – If Monte is still in this house I will lose my sh1t.. I don’t care.. don’t give any f****s
Kryssie says she doesn’t believe Alex saying that they want to get rid of Monte.
Danielle says America wants Monte out of the house, “We all want Monte out” (Some Canadians want the showmance out)

1:52pm Morgan and Whitney
Talking about how disrespectful Danielle is.
Morgan – what are we 5 years old..

Shelby joins them says Monte thinks Shane will vote out Kryssie
Whitney – that’s stupid.
Shelby – that plan is not be tight with Monte act like we’re voting him out
Whitney – why does MOnte believe everything coming outta everyone’s mouth
Morgan says she thought MOnte was goign to be a super player and he’s totally not

Whitney – he’s too trustworthy.. he looks for the best in people and in here you can’t do this..

2:34pm Shelby and Alex
Shelby says Danielle was impersonating Alex outside. They talk about how they had to put Shane and Danielle up because no matter what the other side says they know they are going up.

Shelby says Monte is probably going home but they still have to try and save him.
Alex hopes America is watching and knows Monte isn’t racist and Danielle is disrespectful
Alex – just the way she’s been behaving.. it’s so disrespectful..
They start to complain about Danielle and dishes drama.

Alex says all the other side does late at night is talk shit about them. Scott told her. Alex calls them two face..
Alex – makes me really trust them

The agree if Shelby wins the HOH Jason will be her BFF again. They plan on studying tonight.

Alex says the vote is completely up to America. Shelby can’t believe how dumb Monte is thinking Shane will vote for him. They mention how Monte has started to work on Neeley but he’s wasting his time.

3:15pm Morgan and Monte HAve nots
MOrgan tells him to stop trusting Shane.
Monte – Neeley is really really torn right now.. She loves all three of us..
They agree to keep Neeley thinking.

Monte – I trust Neeley way more than Shane.. once he figures out he’ll do anything to save Danielle.
Monte – I wold have been sweating bullets if Scott was up..
Morgan – we really have to help Alex out.. we owe her big time
Monte says he’s happy Alex put Kryssie up it’s giving him the best shot to stay in the game.
Morgan says Kryssie handled being nominated very well.
Monte – she thinks I’m goign home.. maybe she hasn’t done the math yet.. it’s a tie

Morgan says the house doesn’t think Danielle is the target and they don’t think there’s a 4 person voting block. (I think they do)

 

5:46pm Storage room Monte and Morgan
talkign abut Monte working on Shane to get him to vote out Kryssie. Tomorrow morning Monte will go up to Shane in private work on him. They agree that America will start seeing Danielle being “Full of herself”

Monte – Worst case scenario Neeley and Shane don’t swing our way there’s still America’s vote.

6:11pm Jason, Shane, Justin
Jason says Scott is voting out Kryssie not Danielle. The entire side of the house is voting out Kryssie.
Shane says he’s been telling MOnte he’ll vote Kryssie out just so he will shut up
Shane thinks he can get Scott, ‘I’ll just have to downgrade him”

Jason says all the other side of the house is doing is pissing Kryssie off more. \
Shane going on about Alex should have put up a pawn.. Danielle joins them. They tell her everyone on teh other side is voting out Kryssie.

Danielle – doesn’t make any sense to me..
Shane – Scott is flippy floppy…
Jason says it’s unlikely the other side will get power next week.

SHELBY “YOU’RE GOING TO BE DIVING INTO A SEA OF P*$$Y IF YOU GO HOME” MONTE “NO, I’M GOING TO BE HATED”

February 27, 2017

8pm Scott comes out of the diary room wearing a golf shirt and pants. He says they gave him the outfit. He says he has to stand out in the backyard “sand pit” for 24 hours. They ask if he has to go out there right now? Scott – no I have time to grab some water and a snack .. such as pickle. He grabs some water and a pickle and heads out into the backyard. Monte comes out and says dang dude that sucks. It’s cold out too. Margan and Alex join them. Morgan – you’re going to freeze! She tells him if he needs anything she’ll bring it to him. He says he’s allowed to layer up.

8pm Lounge room – Kryssie, Shane and Monte. Kryssie – numerically the only way you’re safe is if Scott goes up. Monte – and I can pretty much count on getting America’s vote? Kryssie – yes. I don’t think you understand how you comes off. Monte – I don’t. I don’t want to be viewed as racist and all this other stuff. Kryssie – you come off malicious. And for the record I’ve been defending your a$$ in the DR about it and I don’t have to do it. Monte – I appreciate it and that’s another thing I don’t want to get out of here and be boo’d and stuff. Kryssie – this is a big house and the people you think you can trust, you can’t. Monte says Scott. Monte tells Shane – damn dude I didn’t mean to come off like that. I don’t know which way is going to go. Shane – you better pray she puts Scott up. Monte – if she doesn’t, I’m pretty much gone. If Scott is up – I could get at least one of you to vote Scott. Shane – I would vote Scott out. Shane – Kryssie would vote Scott out too. She doesn’t like him after the sh*t he pulled.

8:30pm Danielle comes out of the diary room in a golf shirt and pants. She says its almost time for my punishment. They gave me a swim suit. I have to strip. I have to get one golf ball every time I go in and I have to get them with my hands. So I have to go all the way under. Big Brother plays “FOUR! with the sound of a ball hitting the water. Danielle strips to the bathing suit. Neeley sings “the golf ball stripping blues..” Danielle gets in the pool to pick up a golf ball from the bottom. They talk about how she has to do this over the next 7 days. Big Brother plays the sound again and Danielle gets back into the pool to recover another ball.
 

8:50pm HOH room – Monte – Kryssie is scared for her life. Alex – really? Monte – And you promised you wouldn’t put her up? Alex – I did. Monte – if you do that Neeley is going to be pissed. I understand Danielle is a big target and if you want to go for her. If you want to put Scott. Shane legit doesn’t like him. Alex – is there another option? Monte – Shelby? Kryssie and Shane were like basically Scott has to go. Alex – so putting Kryssie up and tricking Shane isn’t a plan anymore? Monte – It can be. Its hard. Shane said he would vote for me if it was just me and Kryssie. When she (Kryssie) was in the room he was like yeah Scott has to go. Monte – The more out of the loop I am with you the better. Kryssie said she would rather I have a chance to stay in the game and redeem myself rather than go out like this. Alex – I wonder if I could convince Kryssie to go up as a pawn to keep you. The two options are trick Shane, which I don’t think its much of a possibility because he’s super smart. Monte – Justin is going to vote against me, I promise you. He wants my butt gone. At this point I know we want to get rid of Danielle. If I go home, I will take one for the team. I will go up against Danielle. Alex – I just don’t want to put up Scott but I don’t want to lose you. Monte – for your game it would be better for you to put up Scott. Alex – if I put up Scott .. I am down to two people I can trust here. Monte – maybe it would be better if we get Kryssie out this week. Alex – I did promise Kryssie I wouldn’t put her up. I didn’t though, I put up Shane and Danielle. I wasn’t really serious about it, it was more to shut her up. Monte – I hate it but Scott will be blindsided. Alex – that’s not in my character to do. Unless I swing Justin. I need to talk to them. He’s told me that he doesn’t trust Shane and Danielle. I plan to talk to him and tell him he can vote Danielle out and no one would know. We can blame it on America. Monte – you would have to put up Kryssie or Neeley next to me. Alex – she (Kryssie) really doesn’t like you. Monte – then put her up. Screw it, I’ve got your back. If she’s two facing me like that. Alex – Shane is playing everyone .. he is a snake and a liar and would vote you out.

9:10pm HOH room – Monte – if we put Scott up, I am 98% positive I would stay. Neeley would vote out Scott out over me. Shane and Kryssie would too. Kryssie did shoot me straight a little bit. Alex – you need to pull Neeley aside and talk to her. Pull her emotionally. There is not an easy option. Monte – this could all backfire and they all backstab us and I go home. I think Shane would vote Kryssie out. Alex – I don’t trust Shane. Let me put my entire faith in someone I just tried to evict. I could threaten Justin too and say if you don’t vote with me I will put you up. I almost think putting Scott up is giving them what they want. Monte – at this point I am the most hated guy of the season. Alex – Kryssie is a big player in this game .. she’s been safe twice now. Monte – I am telling you Danielle .. I hate that girl. Alex – if she doesn’t go out I am in trouble next week. Monte – I am on board and I’m not scared. Putting up Scott is a coward move. I’ve handled myself with more class than Danielle and Kryssie in the last couple days.

 

9:40pm HOH room – Morgan, Alex, Shelby and Monte. Monte – Shane still comes up to me and says he’s got me. Alex – I’ll talk to Justin. Monte – if Danielle leaves, that side will crumble. Morgan and Alex – I know! Shelby – she is the one trying to paint you as the racist. Monte – If I go out I would want to go out trying to get Danielle out. I want to go out swinging. They tell Monte he can’t trust Shane will vote to keep him. Shelby – Monte not everyone is as honorable and as trustworthy as you. Morgan – how boring would that be if you get voted out. How boring would that be if that side of the house stays. Shelby – that side of the house doesn’t care about Kryssie. Monte – I’ll tell Shane that I tried you to put up Scott but you wouldn’t and ask him to vote out Kryssie.. when the real target will be Danielle.


10:45pm HOH room – Jason, Kryssie, Neeley, Shane and Alex. Jason – we would have the votes to get Monte out this week but if you would put up Scott we would vote him out. Alex – its hard for me to know if I did put him up would y’all really vote him out or am I being played. Kryssie – I’ve heard I might go up? Alex – your name has come up but only as a pawn. Jason – we want to help you not have a target on your back. Alex – so if I put up Scott y’all would not target me? Neeley and Shane tell her they wouldn’t. Alex what is your problem with Scott? Shane – he acts like your friend when he’s not. Kryssie – he is of no use to anyone in this game. Its already been established that he doesn’t care how long he is here. Jason – and Monte will be weaker next week. If we are in power next week Monte would be our target, not you. Kryssie – next week you can’t play HOH and if we win, our numbers are bigger. Alex – if you can all look me in the eye and if I put up Scott you will vote him out. Jason – if you do us a favor this week, we would owe you next week. Neeley – he (Scott) isn’t going to win anything. Jason – we can guarantee you, you’re good. We’re the straight shooters in the house. You don’t want to hear Scott’s name. Alex – he has literally screwed everyone in the house. Neeley – I don’t care, if I win HOH next week Shelby is going up. I don’t care if its the best strategic move or not. Alex – its nice to know if I put up Scott y’all are on board with it.

11:25pm Backyard – Jason, Kryssie, Neeley, Shane, Danielle and Justing are talking. Kryssie – I am really getting nervous about her (Alex) putting me back up. Neeley – it wouldn’t be smart for her, it would be terrible for her game. She would make way more enemies! Kryssie – did you tell her that? Shane – do you know how terrible it was for her to put me and Danielle up!? Shane – don’t tell her .. see if she digs a grave. Kryssie – if she knows, maybe she won’t do it. Shane – she shook your hand. Justin – its obvious she (Alex) doesn’t want Monte to go home.

 

12am Bathroom – Monte talks to Neeley. Monte – I don’t know what is going going to happen. I don’t want to go out like Cornbread. I would just ask if you could throw a vote for someone else so that I don’t go out 8-0 or 9-0. I’m not going to ask anyone else. I know you’re a straight shooter. I’m pretty sure America is going to vote for me. Neeley gives him a hug and he leaves the room.

 

11:50am – 12:45am HOH room – Whitney, Morgan, Shelby, Monte and Alex. Monte – I’ll talk to Neely and play the sympathy vote. Shelby – no matter what I am voting out Danielle. Morgan and Whitney say same. Monte – if I go that would be bad. I deserve to go out as a fighter. I’m just asking for a chance. I do not want to go out as a trick. That’s what they did with Cornbread. Monte – the house is divided. Don’t give in! Don’t give them what they want. The only chance we have at winning big brother is by getting Danielle out this week. Monte – I don’t want to screw you guys over. Shelby – Monte you’re going to be diving into a sea of pu$$y if you go home. Monte – no I’m going to be hated. Whitney – I would be willing to go home trying to get them out. Monte – I’m going to tell Neeley … after you put up Kryssie that they were trying to get me out. Should I tell her we’re putting up Kryssie? They tell him no, we want it to be a surprise. Shelby – twerk for the camera. Monte – oh I’m going to be twerking all day tomorrow trying to get the votes from America. If this does work I will tell Neeley that I had no idea you guys were voting Danielle out because she is a good person.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP WEEK 2 AMERICA’S NOMINEE AND VETO RESULTS

February 27, 2017

10:04pm

America nominates Monte for eviction

Jeff’s in the house.. OMG .. where’s my cat to share this moment with me.

Jeff- In case you didn’t know I’m here to host the Power of Veto

competition.

 

1:03pm Veto contest

Jeff is the host. there is a laugh track.

Danielle’s punishment = get golf balls out of the pool whenever Big Brother tells her to
Alex’s punishment = disadvantage in her next HoH competition
Shelby = Caddy costume, carrying around gold clubs for a week

Veto Players are Alex, Dani, Shane, Scott, Monte and Shelby

 

3:17pm Talking about Putting Kryssie up as a replacement nominee..
Monte says he’s been loyal to Shane. Scott says Shane is the swing vote this week.

 

6:39pm Monte telling them he doesn’t feel confident about Shane. Shane’s vote will not be for Monte it’ll be for “Ya’ll”
Monte – if America doesn’t vote for me I’m OK she’s the tie breaker..

KRYSSIE “YOU HAVE A PROBLEM WITH A SEXIST BUT YOU SPEND EVERYDAY TRYING TO F**K SOMEONE ELSE’S GIRLFRIEND?”

February 27, 2017

 7:20pm Backyard – Shane, Danielle, Justin and Neeley. Danielle – hopefully we pick people from our side to play (in the veto). Shane – I swear to god if I pick Shelby, I’m going to be so pissed. Actually I would be so happy because she’s not going to win it. Danielle – She might she was hitting them (golf balls) pretty good. Neeley – it is their going to be Scott or Monte that’s America’s pick. Justin – do we even have enough votes though to get him out of here? Danielle – yes we do. The house will be split 4 – 4. And America would hopefully vote out who they put up. Justin – I don’t think you should be worried. You’re gangsta at golf.

 

9pm Alex and Scott are laying in the hammock. Shelby joins them. Scott – I’m just as cool either way (Danielle or Shane going). Alex – we’ll know more once we know America’s nom. Scott – thank you for not nominating me. Alex – A lot of people thought I was going to. Scott – I know because my stock in this game has dropped. Alex – It just doesn’t make sense for me to do what the house wants. I’m here to play my game. Scott – half of the people in the house won’t trust me. Shelby – I feel like they knew they were going up so they started that whole thing in an attempt to.. Scott – I feel the most betrayed by Shane. Alex – was he the one that blew up everything? Scott – I think it was Justin. Shelby – Danielle went and told Justin that Monte was being racist towards him. And he freaked out and said its because of what Scott said! Scott – which I had nothing to do with. They’re trying to pin everything on me now. Alex – of course to take the heat of them. Alex – how did that all start.

Scott – Kryssie and Jason were asking me about my vote and I said I promised my vote where ever you wanted if if you didn’t put me up. And she was pissed about that. Alex – then the next morning everyone knew. Scott – I told here it was just a one week deal. I did it so she would get freaked out and save Jason and to make it look like we weren’t so close. .. But that all blew up in my face. I feel the most betrayed by Shane and its not unrelated to why he drank the potion day 2. Its not okay for people to go up to you and make a deal and then go around saying you’re the one that makes deals. When really they’re the ones masterminding things. Alex – Shane’s a snake too. Scott – you two are the ones I would never turn on in this house. Alex – I just need you to back me next week. Scott – I will, I have so many targets in this house .. but there aren’t enough HOH’s to win to get them all out. Alex – Danielle starts so much drama. Scott – should the veto not go our way, I’m going to have to make a deal with Jason. Shelby – do you think he will make a deal? Scott – I don’t know. It will have to be a good deal.. like my life for your life. Everything I will do going forward I will bounce off you guys .. you’re both way smarter than me. Like I was trying to figure out the parks puzzle .. and you figured it out in 4 minutes. Alex – I don’t trust Shane.

 

10:40pm Plastics (Morgan, Alex, Shelby) Alex – she (Danielle) is asking to be sent home at this point. Morgan – did you hear what she said outside? “I’ll never be a havenot because I’m America’s favourite!” Who told you were America’s favourite!? I don’t understand what Shane sees in that (Danielle)! Morgan – She (Danielle) came in the kitchen and said I’m just going to be dramatic and make it as uncomfortable as possible. She’s just making herself look stupid. Morgan – well I painted her nails really poorly today. Shelby – good because she’s drinking all your chocolate milk. Morgan – If I see her drinking the chocolate milk tomorrow I’m going to say that’s mine. Alex – she acts so entitled. I cannot stand people like that.

 

10:40pm – 10:50pm Backyard – Morgan, Whitney, Kryssie, Alex, Jason, Neeley, Justin, Danielle and Shane are hanging out on the backyard couch talking about random things. Whitney and Alex head inside. Kryssie – I cannot believe Monte told Shane he doesn’t like me. Justin – why!? He just don’t like people! Kryssie – he just doesn’t like people that are different from him. He just doesn’t want the world to look at him as something that he is not. But what he doesn’t realize is if you continue to perpetuate that kind of thing it will make it look even worse. The fact that he said he purposefully tries to run over squirrels! What the F**K is wrong with you!?! He is insufferable! Every time he digs himself out of a hole he does something sh*tty. Justin – that’s why his a$$ is a havenot. That’s why he’s eating that poor a$$ slop that smells like donkey d**k and monkey balls. You can’t pretend to be someone you’re not. Kryssie – f**k you dude .. you (Monte) don’t like me because I’m different. I’m pissed. Justin – hopefully he goes up on the block this week. Kryssie – it can’t be because we don’t have the numbers to get him out .. it has to be Scott. Kryssie – you (Monte) have a problem with someone being sexist but you spend everyday in this house trying to f**k someone else’s girlfriend. Am I wrong!? I’m sorry but you can’t say someone is a womanizer and say someone else is wrong when you try to d**k some girl that has a boyfriend across the f**king world! Justin – he’s just a b***h! He ain’t got no nuts.. I let my nuts swing baby! Kryssie – she (Morgan) has a boyfriend in Japan and she has said she is 100% taken yet he (Monte) is going to sit here and say if a man ever treated my sister like that I would flip the f**k out.

 

10:55pm Bathroom – Alex, Whitney, Shelby. If anyone starts calling me racist or homophobic I am going to be pissed. They’re literally twisting everyone’s comments to make us look like it. Whitney – If she (Danielle) is so holy why did she call out James for talking about the hibachi grill? Shelby – I literally turned to Morgan and said PC police?! Apparently there’s no Asian in the house so its okay to say!? Whitney – I don’t know but she said it. Alex – we have to get her out. Whitney – even if one of them does come down I think we still have the votes. Alex – when I talk to Justin I’m going to tell him that he was thrown under the bus. Alex – I need her gone. I can’t live with entitled people. Alex – they wanted Scott up. They won’t even look at him. Shelby – if he wins HOH next week that would be epic! Whitney – Justin knows .. he has been watching Shane and Danielle going around playing everyone.

 

11:10pm – 12am Backyard – Neeley is talking to Jason. Neeley – I tried so hard to get Shelby up and out this week but it didn’t work. Shelby is enemy number one for me. If I win HOH she is number 1! Jason – oh I want to nominate her just so I can tell her off in a big a$$ speech but I might not even want her to go home that week. She might be a pawn but I want to f**king read that b***h down. SO bad on sh*t that will for sure get aired!! Neeley – she was really trying to start some messy sh*t. Jason – like that squirrel on the road and the squirrel in your attic ain’t the same.

12:35am – 1:15am Justin, Jason, Neely and Kryssie talk about Monte running over squirrels. Justin – I was horrified. Squirrels ain’t be doing nothing but get their nuts. Jason – that’s like saying human beings that commit crimes .. and human beings that commit crimes should also be punished. The squirrel in the road is not the one that went in your attic. If you want to f**k with the squirrel in your attic that’s on your property, I don’t give a f**k what you do in your attic. You can be torturing damn squirrels … I don’t endorse that but I don’t give a f**k. But for you (Monte) to say that I purposefully try to smash squirrel’s skulls on the street… after someone says I’ll wreak my car so I don’t run them over you’re proud to be like “I kill squirrels!” Kryssie – I cry if I run over an animal that is already dead. I’m inconsolable. Jason – He is a terrible person. We just wiped everyone’s slate clean … I’m not a homophobe or a racist but I am an animal killer. Kryssie – your actions are sh*t because your words are speaking louder. Kryssie – he is a f**king toilet. Jason – ain’t nobody sticking up for the squirrels but I am. I heard a rape comment that no one even said anything. I don’t even know what that was, there was so much else going on. Kryssie – what?! Jason – you weren’t even out here. It was about the sexist thing and he (Monte) was like listen I’ve seen girls be raped. And I was like what!? He was like about to go down the reasons of why sexism is wrong. Why is rape one of them and where were you when you saw a rape!? It wasn’t I beat the guy or I called the police .. no it was I seen a rape. Kryssie – he was panicked and started spitting sh*t out.

 

1:17am Jason, Neeley, Kryssie and Justin
Talking about Morgan having a boyfriend and how Monte is chasing her yet complaining about Justin’s stories about cheating. Kryssie brings up how Monte would go on about having “Mad respect for Monogamy”
Justin – he doesn’t have a religion.. he said he doesn’t believe in that..
Justin says he can’t deal with Monte he had to “get on his knees” pray to god to have the strength.
Jason – this game is originally based off a game called the Golden Cage.
Explains how people would just get into fights so they get the first person to swing removed from the game, Adds it filmed only 1 season in Italy and was a cludert f***. They talk about Monte trying to bait Justin the other day saying how he wanted Justin to punch him.
Jason asking for Feedsters, America, BB fans, BB alumni to nominate someone from the other side.

Jason says if America isn’t over the other side he’ll leave social media forever
Jason says the other side are the most terrible people they could have found

Jason – we were teh most fun people they found and then they found a bunch of terrible people
Justin – a bunch of racist people I can’t deal with that shit ()
Kryssie says she can’t stand ‘Racist, Bigot, Homophobe”
Justin – all that sh1t
Neeley – Close minded and racist
Jason – MOnte ticks a lot of boxes.. Shelbey ticked a lotta boxes.. that’s why they are here.

 

1:27am Jason, Neeley, Kryssie and Justin
Taking about America putting someone up first thing tomorrow morning at 10am then they have the veto at around 1.
Jason says that is what made Cornbread so sad he got put up by America then 3 hours later lost the veto.

Justin laughs says Monte and Cornbread will be “Best friends at this moment in life, they probaably be just sitting in a room toegether and be you know what bro… they be yelling White power … I dunno”

Jason says Monte takes offense when you call him Bro.

Justin leaves to bed..

“WHO EVER THE AMERICA NOM IS HAS A HUGE CHANCE OF GOING HOME THIS WEEK HUGE”

February 27, 2017

8:33am
Monte – it’s cold… ohh the sun.. there you go..
Monte – hmm… Flipped on me.. I cam on too strong as the leader..
Monte – I didn’t judge him.. the entire house judged me.. they didn’t find anything wrong with me so they pinned the typical stereotype.
Monte – Hmmm.. .yup.. That’s the whole house couldn’t find what’s wrong with me and was intimidated.. went to bed at 12 Sorry makes me judgmental..
Monte – There that dumb good god.. I’m too smart to be in this house.. I’m the only one not stuck in the … … of things
Monte – Frigging Danielle.. there’s no reason to stir the pot like that.. No good..
Monte – I feel bad for Justin… really .. all because of frigging Danielle..
Monte – he is sexist.. that is true.. U dunno no guy talks football .. but a lot of girls do.. so I talk to.. well now you’re being sexist trying to get with all the women. .. NO.. I don’t click with any guys in here.
Monte – the only guy I click with is in a showmance with a girl that is drama heavy and tries to manipulate things there fore I have to be close to the girls.. Maybe Scott will come along..
Mont e- the house is painting that narrative on me.. the show is painting that narrative on me.. means my ass is going up and they’ll send me home.. it’s unfortunate..
Monte – I would rather go out losing a veto comp than a false accusation of my character, I’m smarter than racism and all that junk.
Monte – Some people in this house aren’t, obviously. Me Neeley been cool since day one shot me straight..
Monte – Very respectful to Jason..
Monte – Old cornbread.. house turned on both of us buddy.. white guys with a thick accent we didn’t have a chance.
Monte – That’s wrong I hate to say it.. But I haven’t given anyone reason to hate me.. that’s the only logical explanation.
Monte- that’s sad thought this country was more advance

11:13am HOH Shelby, Alex and Scott
They remind him that their side of the house are the only ones still talking to Scott. Scott mentions how the other side won’t look him in the eye.
Scott – I cannot go to the other side of the house..
Scott says other than Neeley that entire side of the house was not talking to him at all.
Shelby says Danielle thinks she knows everything about the game because she was on the block last week and stayed.
Scott says he made a mistake should have voted out Danielle, “Yesterday showed me where everyone’s true colours are”

 

1:06pm Shelby and Alex
Talking about Votes, Shelby – It’s only to make safe”
Alex – ya
They can’t make plans until America’s nominee is known.
Shelby – Monte is pushing for you to put up Kryssie
Alex – she’s not coming after us

 

2:31pm Shelby and MOrgan
talkign about Monte still trying to get Kryssie put up
Shelby says if Danielle goes Shane will be forced to move back with them.

3:19pm Morgan and Shelby

Going over votes
Morgan – Scott would vote Danielle.. let say it’s me up worst case scenario.. You, Whitney, Monte, Scott
Shelby – our only for sure votes..
Morgan – ya
Shelby – the other side of the house will be Justin, Jason, Kryssie, Neeley … who are we forgetting
Morgan – that’s 4 and 4 and America’s vote
Morgan – we would need Neeley to flip
Shelby – I don’t think she’ll flip against Danielle though
Morgan – damn
they agree they’ll have to see with the “Veto thing”
Shelby – ant the America nom too…
Shelby says if the america nom is someone like Neeley or Kryssie, “It’ll be f**** awesome”
Shelby – if Justin is the America nom Alex wil be in a tough spot
Morgan says if Veto is played Alex will have to put Scott up and he’ll go home

Shelby laughs how Monte is still wanting Kryssie to go up. Even though he has safety “already had Her necklace lite up”
Morgan think they should keep Kryssie around “For another week”
Shelby – ya we’ll see
Shelby – Scott want to get her out Monte want ot get her out let those people do it..
Shelby says she’s not even goign to pick a target until she wins HOH
Morgan agrees..
Shelby – who ever the America nom is has a HUGE chance of going home this week HUGE
Shelby says she tries to stay up but she can’t the other side just doesn’t like her.
Shelby says the other side really likes Whitney.
Shelby – Justin might be down with splitting up the showmance..
Morgan – ya and I think Whitney is closer to Justin

 

3:34pm Backyard Alex and Shelby
Trying to figure out the POV competition tomorrow. Shelby says she’s glad the season is on the live feeds because it means everyone watching ‘Will know Monte’s not racist”
Alex – if it was more casual people watching it would NOT be strategic, It would be based on how you were edited.. it’s very different. (Alex = great maybe greatest )

3:39pm Shane and Danielle
talking about Kryssie “Hiding something” she would also talk about working out but she never works out in the house
They hear the camera moving and giggle “They’re waiting for us to kiss”
(if it wasn’t for the Overdose of showmance last season I would like this showmance. Showmancenever)

 

4:20pm Whitney, Shelby and Alex
Alex says she still feels pretty solid with the plan. Nothing has blown up yet. Shelby is surprised “They” Haven’t come to her yet.
Alex – they are not even making eye contact

Whitney says she heard Danielle saying she think she’s going up.
Shelby – I almost told her not to unpack when she started packing her stuff.. but I didn’t. (Ohh damn)
They mention how last week Danielle said she wasn’t going to pack. they don’t like the cockiness.
Alex – “Rubs me the wrong way”
Alex says Shane won’t be in the same room as her at least Danielle will have a conversation.
Whitney – does he even talk to anyone cause he never talks to me
Alex – he talked the first 3 days then completely stopped
Whitney – him going to Monte.. umm that’s not how it works,.
Whitney adds Shane going to Monte to talk to the HOH instead of being the HOH is poor game play.
Shelby calls that a snake

Alex – they never talked to me one on one either…

7:05pm Safety Ceremony..

Shelby, Justin, Monte and Scott are safe. Alex nominated Danielle and Shane

Shane and Danielle nominated for evicton

 

7:08pm Shane and Danielle London room
Shane – it’ll be personal next week
Danielle – Stop
Shane – we have to kick butt.. America will put up someone else lets hope for the best

Shane – it’s the stupidest move cause.. one of us will survive and if I leave you’ll take her out
Shane – you leave I will take her out.. she has no one on her he should have put up a pawn.. it’s the stupidest move..
Danielle – ya..
Shane – hopefully America puts up Monte or Scott, we have the votes to take them out
Shane – she’s not goign to survive next week if our side wins HOH.. She made a stupid move..
Danielle says Alex did this because that is what Shelby wanted not what Alex wanted.

MORGAN “I WANT TO SPLIT DANIELLE & SHANE UP. SHE IS THE SNAKE BEHIND IT ALL!”

February 27, 2017

 8:20pm HOH room – Alex and Morgan (sisters) are talking. Alex – with this whole sisters twist I wonder if America would vote one of us up so that it would make it really awkward …like how do I campaign. Like do I or can I campaign to save you. I do think there are people that America would put up before you. It makes me paranoid. Morgan – it makes me so freaking paranoid so that I can’t talk to anyone. I just need it to be tomorrow so I can find out. Alex – it isn’t the best for my game but it is the best for your game. Like if I didn’t put up Shane and Danielle and I made a deal with them… then I put up like Justin and Scott or Justin and Monte and whoever America puts up. And then Shane and Danielle would vote with me no matter what so that it would ensure that you wouldn’t go home. But I can’t play like that… I didn’t come here to play like that. I have to play my game. Its weird because its like do you save your family or do you save yourself? Morgan – No you have to play for you. Alex – I’m sorry if you go home but I will fight for you. Morgan – I would send you home if I had to. Obviously I would send you home if I had to. Alex – eventually there probably would come a time like top 5 or 6 when we would start clashing heads and putting each other up… but for now just trying to survive. Morgan – right now I really trust Neeley. Neeley has said she connects with me. I’ve said she is safe with me but she hasn’t really said it back to me. Alex – say America put up you and Shane or Danielle win veto and take themselves down .. I would probably have to put up Scott to ensure he goes home over you. Morgan – I want to split Danielle and Shane up. She is the snake behind it all. Alex – she has personal relationships with literally so many people in the house. Morgan – I know Monte will have my back no matter what. Alex – maybe .. he is wishy washy… and still so far up Shane’s butt. It just depends on America’s vote. Morgan – I trust Whitney. Alex – I do too but what scares me is that everyone does. She’s like a dark horse to go far in this game. Morgan – do you think me being havenot means America might also put me up as a nominee? Alex – I wouldn’t stress to much about it. If you do get it, just don’t freak out.

 

9:20pm Backyard – The house guests are hanging out in the backyard chatting and golfing. Kryssie, Jason and Neeley are talking. Kryssie – its bizarre that Scott was bragging about confronting me. Now when America puts you (Scott) up we can get rid of you and not feel bad. They better put him up because that is the only way that someone from over here is staying. Jason – its true. Kryssie – I think America knows too because they would not have made him a have not done that otherwise. At the end of the day lying for the sake of lying will get you sent home. Danielle joins them. Kryssie – he was running up there and telling them everything and coming down at night to tell us everything .. and I’m glad he is having fun playing the game but he is f**king burying himself. Danielle – I want to see someone who I ride with win. I am not going to give it to someone who doesn’t care if he wins or loses. BYE You can go f**king home. Jason – Morgan ain’t here because this is big brother. Morgan is here because this is a tv show and she’s a pretty blonde chick. Monte isn’t here because he loves big brother .. Monte’s here because hes a big ol’ swoll guy that wants to be on a tv show. The pretty people are here to be in front of the press photo and we all saw how that went.

 

10:20pm – 11pm Jason, Danielle and Kryssie are talking. Kryssie – this Scott business has to work in our favour because after Justin did that today they’re all looking at him now. And they were kind of looking at him but now they’re looking at him… You’re the reason our family might hate us when we go home. Jason – they’re family ain’t going to hate them. America might! But really if America hates you .. they’re not knocking at your door everyday saying America hates you. Stay off of the internet and social media. There are plenty of people that come off of this game hated and don’t have their live ruined. I mean obviously in this one were America is voting for things you want them to like you. It really doesn’t matter if you lost the game. People forget in two weeks. Everyone that hated Paulie .. I bet are at his meet and greets right now. SO its not like it matters. Kryssie – that being said America likes us and knows we give a sh*t. Danielle – America knows we’re real. Whitney and Justin join them.

 

10:55pm Havenot room – Scott and Monte are talking. Shane – the only thing that will work in our favour is if Shane and Danielle are up. Monte – America isn’t going to put up Neeley, Whitney and they can’t put up Jason Scott – I am almost positive it is going to be me or you and if we don’t win veto .. one of us is going home. Monte – they’re going to put up me or you.

12am – 12:55am Danielle and Shane are hanging out in the hot tub. Meanwhile on the backyard couches – Whitney, Neeley, Jason and Justin are chatting. Justin talks about New Orleans. Danielle – America doesn’t like y’all. Kryssie got America’s care package and four out of the five of you are havenots.

 

1:10am – 2:45am Shane, Danielle and Kryssie practice golfing. Jason, Danielle and Shane move over to the couch and talk about the fight from earlier in the day.

3am – 3:45am Jason and Kryssie talk about Scott. Kryssie – he is dead to me. I’m grossed out by him now. Jason – I respected him on a superfan level. Kryssie – we don’t even know if he is a super fan.. he might have just studied before he came here. Jason – he might not even be spitting out real facts, I wish I knew enough to fact check him. Kryssie – if he doesn’t go up, our odds are f**ked, f**ked. Jason – if you run around and talk different sh*t about everyone you will get caught up. Kryssie – and to make up a lie about me and then say it to me. Jason – I don’t see myself finding any respect for him the way he is playing. Kryssie – he made a powerful enemy in me. Jason and Kryssie head to bed.

Kryssie picks Jason to be safe this week

February 27, 2017

10:24am Jason and Kryssie
Jason says Alex is a smart girl brings up his conversation with her last night where she told him she was pushing Kryssie to use the safety power on Jason.
Kryssie – unfortunately she’s someone we have to play nice with
Justin join them..
Justin – did a$$hole try to convince you to use it on Danielle
Kryssie – Ya
They all agree Scott is the biggest rat and they hope America puts him up.
JAson – he’s a mess
Justin straight trippin.. I don’t trust DL and Shane that’s dead..
Jason agrees says they need them for now

10:28am Neeley and Alex HOH
Talking about Shane being a really good target
Alex promises she’s not putting Kryssie up
Neeley – the strongest move for you .. not that I want this.. I’m not being fake.. The strongest move Shane and Danielle and if one of them come down you still can get a showmance out

Alex says that’ is the plan says the showmance is a danger for everyone

Neeley says if that happens she will vote Shane out.
Alex says she’s going through a power struggle with Monte he wants shane to stay,.

10:31am Whitney, morgan and Shelby
Talking about JAson or justin going up if the POV is used depending on who Kryssie safes with her power

1:05pm 
Monte, Morgan and Scott are America’s have nots

1:19pm all cams 
Big Brother calls a lockdown
Monte tells the houseguests collecting in the backyard something is up with Justin “I dunno he just told me to fu**k me and get the hell outta here”
Monte – I hope he swings a punch he’s going home
“Did you say something”
Monte – I didn’t say shit
Shelby – he’s not even on slop what’s he so upset about
Monte – somebody leaked something to him..

Everyone outside. Justin comes out of the sliding glass doors “Don’t look at me .. look that way”
Monte – I don’t know what you heard
Justin – “F**** u “
Monte – I don’t know what you said man you gotta calm down
Justin – Man suck a d1ck

Kryssie telling them she learnt a lot in the hammock last night .. things she wasn’t supposed to know and what she found out was “He doesn’t do confrontations well”

1:49pm Everyone but Justin and Scott are trying to figure out what happened with Justin they think it has something to do with Scott. they believe Scott is spreading shit to Justin and Monte.

Neeley – lets keep is real you not racist right
Monte – No no no not at all.. he might be stereo typing that..
They begin shitting on Scott.. he’s the bad guy right now.
Kryssie saying that Scott thinks he’s smarter than all of them.
Morgan – he’s trying to make the house really really really divided..

Jason says Scott is a disgrace to all super fans.
Kryssie really leading the charge here against Scott. Everyone seems to be agreeing.
Kryssie – he’s disgracing every single person..

1:54pm Alex and Scott
Scott – half this house thinks I’m a f***g snake and America doesn’t like me because I was honest about what I was goign to do this week.. keep your distance..
Scott goes on about how he wants to make it to Halloween..

3:45pm HOH Alex and Kryssie
Kryssie says she’s saving Jason.
Kryssie – I had a lot of issues with Scott last night..
Kryssie – I punked him last nigh tin front of Shane..
Alex – his game is blown up (Scott)
Alex says Scott was trying to get her to target Kryssie
Kryssie says Scott is scared of her because he knows she’ll call him out in front of everyone.

Alex saying she’s not putting Scott up

 

5:54pm Shane and Danielle
Shane – I Kinda feel bad for Scott
they think Danielle and Justin are going up. Shane hopes he gets picked to play in POV, “Scotty’s got to go”
Danielle – As long as Scott doesn’t win the Veto..
Shane – he’s not going to win the veto

Danielle says America doesn’t like SCott if Alex doesn’t put him up America will put him up.

6:05pm Kryssie picks Jason to be safe this week
Kryssie – Taking a lot of strategy ideas into consideration.. I pick Jason safe from eviction this week

October 8, 2016

February 27, 2017

8pm Kitchen – Shelby and Scott are talking. Scott – Right now my number 1 person I want to go home is Justin. But Alex wants Shane or Danielle so I’m going to do what she wants. I’m not going to make Alex take out Justin if she doesn’t want to. She’s playing her own game. Shelby – you might just want to leave that for Monte to do, you know!? I think Kryssie might use it (Care Package) on Danielle. So basically it would leave Shane, Justin and who knows. Scott – that sucks. I talked to Kryssie earlier and I said I would like her to use it on Jason (Care Package). Shelby – What did she say? Scott – she said that’s where her head was at but that she was still going to talk to people. Shelby – I was thinking of going up to Jason and asking him are you talking game with me .. which one of your faces am I talking game with!? Scott – Don’t! Do not! I don’t think you need to stir the pot at this point. You can play the middle. Shelby – I don’t want to play the middle. Scott – If you want to get to the end of this game .. you have to. You can’t be burning your bridges this early. I’m counting on you to make it to the end of this game with me. Shelby – I’m going to keep it cool until we find out who the American Nom is. Maybe if Jason approaches me with game again .. I’ll feed him some bullsh*t. Scott – I was talking to Jason & Kryssie last night and they’re realizing you’re going to make it a lot further in this game and that they’re going to need you as a vote. Scott – you and I have a really good shot at going deep in this game. Shelby – I’m not here to like betray the girls. Scott – I would never ask you to do that.

Hammock – Shane and Danielle are talking. Shane – Monte is going to be left with a bunch of girls. Danielle – he will probably tell you that he was pushing for me to stay so that when I do go home he can say he wanted me to stay to get close to you.

 

9:15pm HOH room – Kryssie and Alex are talking. Kryssie – I’ve listen to everyone who approached me and noticed who didn’t approach me. I’m not 100% but I am really leaning towards using it on Jason. I can’t use it on Justin because people know how close we are. I don’t want to sell myself out because I’m not linked up to anyone. Alex – I do think its better you use it on Jason. Kryssie – I can’t save Danielle. If I rescue Shane .. I run the risk of Danielle going up. If I give it to Jason it saves you from having to put him up. I am pretty sure why Monte has a problem with Jason. … There have been things that Monte has said. .. I honestly think its because Jason is gay. Alex – I didn’t want to think that but it very well could be. I was thinking of sitting down and talking to him about it but there is no good way to ask someone if they are homophobic. I file everything away .. I noticed what Cornbread said the other day. Alex – the Jew comment. Kryssie – yeah. When he was talking to someone about getting the price down on something and he said oh like Jew the price down. I don’t think its anything malicious .. either of them. Kryssie – If I get HOH I would put Monte up. When this week is over I want to make sure you and I are in good standings. I think if Jason goes up he will go home. Alex – I’m pretty set on putting up two power players but I want to wait to see what you do with your care package. Kryssie – I think the most brilliant minds in this game are female and its the three of us. If I do this for you and for me.. all I ask is.. Alex – I will protect you. Kryssie – I would be more than happy doing that. Alex – Whitney might be a dark horse in this game. Alex – I have your back and value you as a player ..so I would like to keep you around.

 

9:55pm – 11pm HOH room – Alex tells her conversation with Kryssie to Monte and Morgan. Scott joins them. Alex – that worked according to plan. I didn’t even have to say too moon and she’s on board. Scoot – do you feel solid about you noms. Alex – almost. Monte – I don’t trust Shelby either. She is so weak she has no other option than to work with us. Monte leaves. Shelby and Whitney join them. Alex tells them that Kryssie is convinced that Monte is Homophobic. Whitney – she is making stuff up in her mind. Alex – I don’t think he is homophobic. I just think he’s real southern and a conservative. Monte joins them again. Alex – I think Scott is America’s player. Morgan – hopefully the next week shows us.

 

12:40am In the kitchen – Kryssie, Scott and Shane. They’re drinking coffee bombs – coffee mixed with coke. Shane tells Kryssie – if you don’t use it on one of us you’re going to be down a vote. Scott – It’s no secret I’m close to Jason and I might be a little biased but I want Jason to stay this week. Kryssie – If I do that where does your vote lie? Because you’ve been smart so far getting in everyone’s good graces. Scott – it depends on who the 3rd nominee is. Shane – what if its Shelby? Are you going to vote her out? Scott – doesn’t say anything. Shane – that’s a no. Scott – I promised them if they keep me safe, they have my vote. Kryssie – do I listen to you and save who you want me to save? Knowing full well that I’m shooting the rest of us in the foot? I could go up. Scott – I’m not going to break my word. I told Alex if she kept me safe, then she had my vote. Its a one week thing. Kryssie – bare in mind it is a one week thing, where does your vote lie next week?! What if its Monte? This could be the one chance to get him out. If he goes there’s a power shift. Scott – I gave them my word if they keep me safe, then they have my vote. Kryssie – that’s concerning.. it may save you right now but it may hurt you in the long run. Scott – I can’t break my word this early. Kryssie – I’m concerned because if I save Justin, I go up on the block next to Jason. If I save Jason, then I go up on the block next to Justin. If I save him (Shane), she (Danielle) goes up. If I save her (Danielle), he (Shane) goes up. Kryssie – if I’ve noticed anything its that what they’re saying to you, what they’re saying to us and what they’re saying to everyone else … is it isn’t matching up. Shelby joins them and the conversation ends.

 

1am – 2am Hammock – Kryssie tells Scott – who’s to say someone else gets to you next week and gets your word before I do!? Scott – I kept my word last week. Kryssie – I don’t know if you’re someone I can trust. It makes me reevaluate what I tell you in the future. Do you realize we have common enemies and not just allies. You’re going to f**k yourself over if you can’t start being more direct with people.

 

1:30am Shelby, Morgan, Whitney and Alex are talking in the bedroom. Shelby – Kryssie told Scott that she’s see so many freudian slis and inconsistencies. Alex – they’re working together. Whitney – I bet he is so paranoid. Alex – we need him this week. I swear to god if Scott flips on us… Morgan – I don’t think he would. He’s smarter than that. Whitney – if he does, then blow it up. Alex – she (Kryssie) was saying there are a few people playing chess and the rest are playing checkers. Shelby – humans aren’t chess pieces, they can move more than one direction.

3:10am – 4:30am Backyard – Jason, Danielle, Shane and Kryssie are talking. Shane we just need to get America’s vote, and sway vote Whitney. Jason – even if I’ve got to put it to her like Whitney – plain and simple! He (Monte) is coming at me because I’m gay! Unless you also have a problem with it, then I don’t understand. On some Chima sh*t.. either you roll with a bigot or not and people are going to get scared of also being branded with the same f**king words. Jason – I hate Monte. Kryssie – I really wanted to give him the benefit of the doubt and then when I challenged him and he didn’t have a good answer .. I was like that’s it. Jason – he doesn’t hate lesbians, he hates gay men. Danielle – but he (Monte) doesn’t have a problem sharing a bed with a girl (Morgan) that is in a committed relationship. Danielle – everyone saw you talking to Scott. Shane – its a good thing. Danielle – I hope America puts this side of the house as havenots. I’m glad havnots are before noms. Jason – I don’t trust Scott for nothing. Danielle – I trusted him as the swing vote. I knew he was going to do that. I can’t f**king trust Scott. He is wishy washy. NO balls. Shane – it doesn’t matter man the seed is going to be planted tomorrow .. just watch it spread and blossom. Jason – we’re playing like big brother week 7 right now.

 

5:15am – 5:35am Jason is alone talking to the cameras – Y’all need my help because y’all don’t want to see some bigotry and bullsh*t win. You don’t want to see some princess glam squad take this b***h! You sure as hell don’t want to see Shane and Danielle leave. And you sure as f**k don’t want to see Justin leave. You ain’t f**king with what Scott is doing. He’s RONNIE! (Big Brother 11) He’s motherf**king RONNIE! He says he hates f**king hates Ronnie… he is Ronnie! Scott’s got to go! He’s looking at such a week to week basis that he can’t see past his own nose. I trust Alex is trying to keep me safe. But if Scott goes you need me even more. You ain’t going to conquer my side. He is really acting like he is just here for the weekly stipend. He’s taken one of y’alls spot.

CARE PACKAGE RESULTS AND A NEW ALLIANCE NAME “MONTE AND HIS PYTHONS”

February 27, 2017

10:29am Morgan and Alex 
Alex warns that Shelby is already acting weird, “I don’t know how much we can actually trust her”
Morgan – and Whitney..
Alex – reevaluate abort..

 

1:04pm Kryssie gets America’s First Care package.
She is not safe this week but she can give someone immunity from being nominated by the HOH, America and as a renom in the event POV is played. Prior to tomorrow’s safety ceremony she has to declare who she is keeping safe.

1:24pm Shelby, Alex and Whitney 
Shelby – medium game changer.. (the care package)
Shelby leaves..

Alex says everyone in the house wants Shelby gone.
Whitney – everyone hates her
Alex wishes she wasn’t in their group
They agree Shelby in the game is good for their game because she’ll always be the target. Both have been trying to keep their distance from Shelby.
Alex says some of the things Shelby says is going to make her “America’s target”
Alex wishes she knew who America liked she would roll with them.
Whitney – do yo thin America loves Kryssie
Alex says when she watched the feeds America gives the first care package to people who aren’t big game players.
Alex – I wish Neeley had gotten it she has better judgment than Kryssie
They want Kryssie to use the safety on Justin so Monte will leave it alone. Alex says Monte wanting Justin out so bad is personal he’s better to keep in the game as a target.

2:05pm Message from Julie

“Over the top is in full swing”
She tells them America will be deciding the have nots.
Each week America votes for the housegeusts to be a have not.
America cannot make you a have not 2 weeks in a row.. Have nots will be revealed tomorrow.

 

2:19pm Whitney and MOrgan 
Going over the care package rules
Whitney – worst case scenario Justin wins the veto and pulls one of them down..
MOrgan is torn weather Justin goes or one of Shane/Danielle
Whtiney says Alex is really smart she’ll think before she puts anybody else, ‘I don’t see how Shane and Danielle wouldn’t be the obvious people to put up”

 

3:00pm Alex, Whitney, MOrgan HOH 
Alex and MOrgan were agreeing if Scott screws them this week they will blow his game up.
They talk about the Monte/Justin feud.
Alex – Monte needs to look out he might punch Monte.. there might be a BB fist fight (this was a joke)
they all laugh
They have noticed Justin being miserable when nobody is looking they agree if he’s a have not he’ll ‘Go overboard”


Monte joins them

Alex says they have an alliance name and it’s lamest one in Big Brother history “Monte and his Pythons” Its Monte and the 4 girls.
they laugh, Whitney leaves to do laundry.
Alex says they have to use Scott or they are screwed. Scott has promised to vote with him, ‘He wants Kryssie to keep Jason safe”

They want Kryssie to save either Justin or Jason. Alex mentions how as long as Scott is with them the worst thing that can happen if Shelby goes up is a 4-4 tie Shelby and Danielle/Shane. Alex tells Monte she’s leaning towards putting Shane and Danielle up.
Monte says they are going to lose Shelby sooner than later.
Alex wants Shelby in the game as long as possible to be a shield.

Alex – you’re name came up quite a bit the other side of teh house is gunning for you.. it was you and Shelby’s name
Monte knows he put 3 of them up and they are still in the house, “Everyone is in love with dip shit Justin”

Monte- I’m sure America hates me for it.. I don’t care I’ll be the villain”

3:20pm MOrgan, Alex, Shelby, Monte 
They have lost a lot of trust with Scott and agree he’ll just keep flipping sides every week.
Monte saying he wants Danielle out over Shane. Says Shane seems board to him. He asks them who they want out. It depends on Veto but right now it’s Danielle.

 

3:51pm HOH Kryssie and Alex 
Alex says there’s been 4 names tossed around shane and Danielle are 2 of them
Kryssie says everyone targeting JAson is stupid, “We have no idea what circumstances brought him back in here” (LOL)
Alex says a lot of people have been saying Justin should go
Kryssie says Justin is like a shelby
Alex – he’s in the line of fire..
Kryssie – the problem with him goign up is you’re not getting rid of him and you’re pissing him off.. a lot of your middle floaters like him

Alex says if Kryssie uses it on Jason America will like that because America doesn’t want him out.
Kryssie – it comes down to saving him or Justin I can’t pick favorites with the showmance..

Kryssie says people with Bromances and Showmances are safe and last a long time in the game. Alex says that’s Shane.
Kryssie is close to Justin he’s her bro and copping mechanism.

Kryssie says Scott and Whitney are floating in the middle.
Kryssie warns that Scott is with them outside all the time.
Alex tells her she’s not going up she will not put her up as a replacement nominee.
Kryssie is asking for safety next week for her and the person she care packages.

Kryssie warns them if they get rid of Danielle Shane might join up with Monte. Kryssie is questioning if the showmance is real
Kryssie – in Chess you want to take out the king and queen

Skriv en fengende tittel...

February 27, 2017

8:55pm Bedroom – Shane, Danielle and Jason. Danielle – what we’re going to tell her is that if we win the veto we wont use it. Jason – my fans might not even like me any more but if there are care packages and I’m the one with the followers…and da da da da da .. then I can use it to help you. Danielle – I’m just going to talk to her later. Jason – check in but I think y’all are going to be fine. I’ll tell her if me or Shane get pulled and we do end up winning the veto we will do what you want us to do with it. …whether its not using it or using it. Jason – well don’t use it if she is going to backdoor me b***h! Danielle – I think she took to what we were saying.

9pm HOH room – Scott joins Alex. Scott asks how did that talk with them (Shane & Danielle) go? Alex – they came up together. I was like can we do this individually!?! I honestly didn’t give them too much information because I don’t know what I’m doing yet. I said basically yeah your names have been brought up. I just kept it real vague. And I didn’t want to lie to them. I said yeah your names are on the chopping block but I don’t know what I’m doing yet. They did offer to be a voting block but people talk in this house and I don’t know what I trust and don’t trust. Scott – so we’re looking at the four – Jason, Shane, Danielle and Justin ..right?! Alex – yeah. Scott – I feel I have the best degree of influence with Jason. I really think he wouldn’t go after you. I think he would go after Whitney before you. Alex – I just don’t have a connection with Jason. Jason isn’t really on the chopping block right now. Scott – I think it would really hurt my game a lot if Jason went home. I don’t think it would hurt my game if Danielle or Justin went home. Alex – would you vote out Danielle if I put her up? Scott – yes. Even if you had to put up Jason and wanted him out I would do it. I have your back. Alex – I’m going to take Jason off the board for right now.

 

9:20pm Kitchen – Shelby, Monte and Morgan. Monte – I would beat his (Justin) a$$ if this wasn’t a tv show. Shelby asks what happened? Monte – no, no.. we have to keep it quiet. Morgan – just tell her what happened. Monte – he said I’m a competitor, I don’t lose. Morgan is right in front of him and he drops it down and he’s butt naked right in front of her. Shelby – he showed you his d**k?! Morgan – he was holding it. Monte – that’s sexist .. that’s disrespectful to her. Shelby – that’s like indecent exposure. Monte – he’s just trying to stir sh*t with me and her because he knows we’re close. Shelby – does he want to be targeted?! Monte – on no, he’s going up. Shelby – did you tell Alex? Morgan – no we’re about to. Shelby – that’s indecent exposure and you can be arrested for it. Monte – I guarantee everyone is backing me right now. He’s trying to get under my skin. Shelby – Maybe he’ll like taking it up the backdoor?! Morgan – we need to get Shane on our side again. Shelby – all the girls are going to have an issue with it. Monte – he’s friggin sexist. If this wasn’t a tv show I would have beat his a$$! Everyone is watching, I’ve got more class. Guys disrespecting women pisses me off because I’ve got two sisters. As long as you’re okay. Morgan – I’m okay.

 

9:35pm HOH room – Alex talks to Kryssie. Kryssie – I’ve been telling people in my diary room to tune in after 11pm to watch Justin. Justin cannot go home any time soom. Because America would be like you’re the worst and we hate you. Alex – he is reality tv gold. Kryssie – he is not done here. There are bigger fish to fry.  

 

10:25pm – 11:10pm HOH – Monte, Shelby Morgan and Alex. Monte – I’ve got two aces in our hole. Shane and Danielle promised me that if you make them safe they will vote for anybody! They promised me. Shane is being legit. Monte points at Justin and says this is bad… we’re not going to talk for the rest of the week. Whitney joins them. Monte – Shane is going to be pissed if one of them go up. Alex – I don’t care if he’s pissed. Shelby – I think he has a good chance at being America’s vote if he is going to pull his d**k out at Morgan. Monte tells Morgan – you could go to the bathroom right now and say I feel violated. Shane and Danielle are terrified. They’ll Whitney – after they’re not on the block they have no reason to align with us. If you put up Danielle, we lose him as a vote. Friggin’ put me and Justin up and I’ll go head to head with him.

 

11:35pm – 11:50pm HOH room – Alex and Morgan. Alex – I told Jason and Justin that I would be safe next week if I didn’t put them up. Alex – once we split up Shane and Danielle .. if we can do it… Monte doesn’t have a choice but to stick with us. Scott and Shelby start studying things in the house. Alex – If I could I would vote out Justin right now.


Storage room – Scott tells Shelby that she is really important to my game. I’m talking end of game sh*t here. Shelby – I just don’t need guts exposing themselves to.

12:15am In the kitchen – Scott tells Shelby – You might want to filter this to Alex. Outside in the backyard there’s a sign that says discover your national parks. And upstairs in the HOH bathroom there’s a sign that looks similar that has a plane that is going from Hawaii to Maui. And it says discover your national parks. Also there’s a locked golden door in the london room. There might be a key that unlocks that golden door in the london room. Alex – I told her (Alex) about the Kryssie thing but I didn’t tell her that you were involved in that. Shelby leaves. Scott says to the camera – Oh god America! Sh*t is getting crazy in here. Is it too late when I said for you to put me up as America’s nominee …because I take that sh*t back now.

 

1:45am – 4:15am Backyard – Scott, Kryssie and Jason. Kryssie – I feel in my heart of hearts that she (Alex) isn’t going to gun for you (Jason). Scott – I don’t think they will target you over other people in the house. No offense but there are way bigger competition threats in here. Kryssie – I honestly think that Danielle and Shane are in a lot of trouble .. especially for initial nominations. Scott – I really don’t think she would target you. Jason – Know I have to win my way to the finals. Scott – I told Alex that if you went home it would be really bad for me. Jason – how do you think you are with her, you don’t think she is playing you do you? Scott – I don’t think she’s playing me. Jason – people call you and her the superfan showmance. Jason – I’ll quote Jozea and say its scenarios. Scott – I know if Kryssie wins HOH she wants to nominate me. Jason – She never told me that. Scott – I know she’s said sh*t about me. I know she doesn’t want to target me she just wants to put me up as a pawn against her real target. Kryssie joins them again. Scott – Alex is here to make some moves .. she’s here to play big brother. Kryssie – the line in the sand that they drew .. they drew it. I get it you’re all the pretty people and we’re the uggo weird people with great personalities.

 Julie has a message for them

February 27, 2017

10:04am Julie has a message for them (AKA recording)

Hello houseguests.. Every week for the next 7 weeks America will vote to send 1 lucky house guests America’s care package. Each Care package contains an advantage in the game. You are only eligible to receive a care Package from America once but in the even that everyone still left in the game has received a care package then everyone is eligible again.. America already knows what the 7 advantages are and when they will be delivered so it’s up to them..

Week 1 Save a friend 
Keep 1 housemate save

Week 2 Oct – 13-14 Pick a veto 
The winner of this care package gets the power to pick which type of veto the Houseguests will be competing for this week.
Options will be:
Diamond Veto – The holder of this veto has the power to remove someone from the chopping block and also name the replacement nominee.
Double Veto – Two vetoes will be awarded at the veto competition and in play this week.
Boomerang Veto – The winner of this veto will be able to use it twice. That means the holder could remove two people from the chopping block at the veto meeting.

Week 3 Oct 20-21 Safety servant 
The winner of this care package becomes the Safety Servant. Whoever wins it will be safe from eviction this week, but Big Brother will also make them the Head of Household’s personal servant. That means, they must follow every command from Big Brother if they want to remain safe for the week.

week 4 Oct 27-28 Eliminate Three Eviction Votes
The winner of this care package receives the power to eliminate three eviction votes – whoever wins it could single-handedly flip the house by preventing three houseguests of their choosing from voting in next week’s eviction.

week 5 Nov 3-4 Co-hoh
This care package gives the Houseguest of your choice the power of being co-head of household. The winner will be safe for the week, share the perks of being HOH, and also name one of the two nominees for eviction.

Week 6 Nov 9-11 Double Eviction Veto
During this week’s double eviction, the Houseguests will not compete in a veto competition. Instead, the winner of this care package will be awarded with the power of veto.

Week 7 Nov 17-18 The Final 4 challenge
The winner of this care package will receive the opportunity to automatically advance to the final four. In order to earn safety this week and claim their spot in the final four, they will have to complete

a challenge given by Big Brother.

12:31pm Plastics 
(Going through scenarios)
Talking about Scott being a bullshitter.. Going over Scott’s “Story” they don’t believe it.
They wonder if Monte wins POV he would use it on Shane. They agree Monte wouldn’t have been so “Gung ho” with them if Alex hadn’t won the veto
Shelby says they should still make Monte thinks he’s running the show with them
Shelby – Any combinations of Shane, Danielle and Justin will be good (Nominated)

MOrgan says she wouldn’t be upset if Shane went home
Alex – he’s the smartest person to get out this week..
“If we get Shane out Monte has no choice than to work with us”
MOrgan says out of all the guys she trusts Monte the most.
They want to keep Justin around because Justin doesn’t like Monte and Monte doesn’t like Justin
Shelby leaves Morgan says Justin schemes the most.

Whitney tells Alex she very proud of her that she came through. Alex says she used a mental technique where she counted to 1000 and told herself after that she would let go but once she hit 1000 she would rinse repeat..

 

 

12:56pm Backyard Whitney and Shelby
They wish they could have taken Danielle out last night. Shelby says Jason is being a sneaky snake.
Shelby – I think i’ll blow Scott’s game up on the way out.. I think actually everybody knows
Whitney – you think so? obviously the other side knows
They talk about how Scott’s playing everyone and it’s so obvious.

 

 

2:00pm Live Q&A 
Hello Houseguests! Right now we are live. Every Thursday I’ll be talking to you just like this live, asking questions about the past week and the week ahead

First question goes to Monte You nominated 3 house guests but it was Corn that was evicted leaving all three of your nominees in the house lucky you. How do you feel this morning
Monte – feel good…

Julie – Alex congratulations..
Julie asks her if all the bullshit twists and the involvement of America will change how she plays her HOH.
Alex – absolutely this season the HEad of Household doesn’t have as much power.. You have to be really strategic now
Julie – takes our motto expect the unexpected to a whole new level

Julie asks Neeley how the HOH was
Neeley says it was hard..

Julie – Kryssie you survived the eviction.. How stressful was it being on the block
Kryssie – I was so afraid I was going to be the first person to nervous puke on the couch.

Julie – Danielle same question for you
Danielle – it’s always nerve racking to be on the block week 1 or last week.. not an experience I look forward to having again

Julie – Jason you are the only returner has that been difficult
Jason – it has been it’s nice being here again a whole new experience..

Julie- Justin..
Justin – what you got
Julie – how well did you know Big Brother
Justin – not a damn thing

Julie – Shelby
Shelby – oh hi … HEY
Julie – how would you say everyone is getting a long in the house so far..
Shelby says the groups are starting to form and she’s starting to find out what is being said about her at night..
Shelby – we’re here to play a gain you can’t take anything personally

Julie- Shane, you’ve been with your housemates 24/7 this last week do you think you know them pretty well or secrets yet to undercover
Shane – everyone seems pretty genuine I guess we’ll see as the days go by

Julie – Morgan a lot of former house guests say the game really kicks in after the first evictions
Morgan – it has completely changed.. a big wake up call for everyone

Julie – Whitney, how different is the game watching or playing
Whitney – it’s so different.. .you have to take so many things into consideration..

Julie – Scott, how is the fact America will pick the winner change the way you planned to play this game
Scott – it’s really nerve raking.. I’m just excited to see how the season rolls out

HOH WINNER: ALEX

February 27, 2017

11:30pm After Alex wins Monte crowns her. Monte tells Alex congratulations! That was huge. I was nervous there for awhile, I thought Justin was going to get it. Danielle is up. Alex – she is done! Monte – her and Justin are UP! Alex – I’m so glad the head of household is mine!! That was literally my motivation. Big Brother blocks the feeds and then opens the door to let the house guests back in the house.

 

11:32pm In the bathroom – Justin congratulates Alex on winning. Justin leaves. Jason congratulates her. Alex – thanks, I hope my boyfriend is proud of me. I was thinking of him the whole time. Jason leaves. Shelby talks to Alex. Shelby asks if Alex made a deal with Neeley. Alex – I didn’t make a deal with her. She just said she would keep me safe if she won. Shelby – are you going to keep her safe? Alex – yeah. I’ve got bigger fish to fry! Morgan joins them. Alex asks are you proud of me? Then hug. Morgan jumps around all happy. Shelby – I don’t care about being secretive about it…. the lines are drawn. I don’t care. Monte – we need to. Power can change like this in this game. Screw all of them in there. They were so obvious they wanted Justin to win. I wanted to tell Justin to shut the hell up. Morgan – that’s what you get for dancing around. Monte – I freakin hate him. I want to see him out of this game. I’ve had enough. I’m tired of him down grading women. I’ve got two sisters. F**K HIM! Shelby – did you hear the b***h sucked my d**k story. Shut your f**king mouth! Neeley and Kryssie join them. Alex tells Neeley she is safe this week.

 

11:35pm Storage room – Jason, Justin and Scott. Jason – its going to be us again. I’m cool with her but I know she’s going to do what the other girls want and what Monte wants to do.

 

11:40pm – 11:50pm Storage room – Shelby and Alex do a happy dance and Alex sings “THEY ARE SCREWED! THEY ARE SCREWED! THEY ARE SCREWED! THEY ARE SCREWED! THEY ARE SCREWED! THEY ARE SCREWED! THEY ARE SO SCREWED!! Like they are literally so screwed. They can come talk to me all they want but… Shelby – Neeley didn’t take the deal. She didn’t drop. Alex – she didn’t take the deal. She gets one night up there. Shelby – it will be so interesting to see how loyal Scott gets after this. Alex – I was listening to hear who people were cheering for. Shelby – you don’t have to let me sleep up there but I want to be up there .. I don’t even like anyone else in this house. Alex – you can sleep up there. Shelby – thanks, you were a beast!!! I’m excited for people to be nice to us. Shane was one of the first people to drop. Alex – I know.. he is obviously not that big of a threat. Shelby – GOD YOU ARE SUCH A F**KING BEAST!!! You have to tell her (Neeley) she didn’t take the deal. Alex – I will. I don’t even want to go talk to these people. Shelby – worst case is if America puts one of us up as America’s nom. Alex – please do not put Shelby, Morgan or Whitney! Shelby – Scott will vote with us I think. He told me he wants us. He is playing both sides. Right now you’ve got 5 votes. Alex – I think I can get Kryssie and Neeley to vote with us too. Shelby – at least half the stuff that Jason was yelling out I was whispering to him. Whitney joins them. Alex – please America don’t nominate one of us. We can KILL THIS GAME!! Whitney – Neeley is for us girls running this game.

 

12:10am Storage room – Scott congratulates Alex. Scott – you can’t give her (Neeley) one of your nominations. Alex – no, she didn’t take the deal. Scott – good. Alex – That was a freaking good deal. Scott – it doesn’t even matter if America puts one of us up. We have the votes. Alex – so you’re voting with us? Scott – yes, I’m doing whatever you guys want. We have 5 of the 4 votes. Whoever you want out, we will get out. They high five. Scott – all you need is me, Monte and the three girls. The second person to win HOH has never won the game. They also say the first person to walk into the house never wins. I was the first person in the house. Curse breakers! Alex – no one cheered for Neeley until after Justin dropped which tells me she is at the bottom of the totem pole. I’m not here to float through the game. I’m here to make big moves. Scott – I’m just so proud of you.

 

In the bathroom – Justin – I need to win the veto because I know they’re coming for me.

Storage room – Scott tells Monte – I’ve already run the numbers we can get out whoever we want this week. We have the numbers. Monte – its over! Scott – did you notice how I was cheering for Justin? Monte – yeah.. I was like dude you flippin? Scott – no, just in case Alex lost. I didn’t want her to get f**ked. But of my god! It’s so f**king good. I love this game! I’m willing to do whatever Alex wants. They leave the room.

 

12:15am – 12:30am Bedroom – Monte, Whitney, Shelby and Morgan are talking. Alex – Shane was eaves dropping on us. Monte – I don’t trust Shane. Alex – that group.. Danielle, Shane, Justin are the targets. I don’t know who in the group but the three need to be worried. Monte I hope all three get put up. Alex – can we start begging? (for America to put one of the three up.) Monte – Danielle is so conceited. I don’t find her attractive at all. Monte – I’m about to win that POV. If I’m in it I’m going to win it. Alex – we need to do this to turn this game around. Monte – Neeley likes me. Me and Morgan will work on Neeley. America thinks I’m the biggest genius right now. Justin and I are polar opposites. You can fool the girls but you can’t fool me. You’re playing a game .. running around listening and sh*t. He is the biggest brown noser. When I was HOH, he stole my jerky. I hated Justin the moment I started talking to him. Shane is feeling safe just because he talks to me. We have to be careful of Scott, I don’t trust him.
Alex – my gut instinct is to put up Shane and Danielle. Monte – Let America put up Danielle. They tell him America won’t do that. Monte – we could have gotten Danielle out.

 

12:50am – 1am Scott explains to Shelby how they have the votes. Shelby – if you flip… Scott – I’m not flipping on you or Alex. Scott – we just have to make sure she doesn’t put up a big threat and then she go out next week. I’m not down with that. Scott – this is a fun a$$ game! You’re going to be a havenot probably ..so eat a lot tonight. (First HGs to drop out of the HOH Competition)

 

Shelby tells Monte about how Scott was telling her about Cornbread fingering her and calling her a b***h when she left the room the other night. I want to ask Alex why she didn’t tell me about it. I don’t know Scott is just trying to plant a seed. Monte – I don’t trust him. Monte – as long as she puts up two people from the other side. Not Kryssie. As long as its someone like Danielle and Jason. America will probably put one of us up.

HOH Competition, ALEX WINS HOH

February 27, 2017

HOH Competition

9:25pm Shelby and Jason are out.

 

10:25pm The house guests are still competing in the HOH competition. Whitney, Neeley, Danielle, Alex and Justin are still in it. Morgan, Kryssie, Scott, Shelby, Shane and Jason are all out of it. Jason – they’re going to have to bring out some pizza to bribe some people for people to come off. They did that back in the day but they won’t do that now. That was BB5-ish.

 

10:30pm Danielle falls out.

11pm Whitney falls out of the competition. Its now down to Justin, Alex and Neeley.

 

11:13pm – 11:25pm Justin falls out. Its down to Neeley and Alex. Alex asks Neeley want to make a deal. Neeley – I can hold out but if you want me to guarantee you safety, I will. Alex – I will to. I want it though. Neeley – I want it too, you know I haven’t been sleeping. Alex – If you give it to me.. I will not go after you and will not nominate you this entire game. And you can pick a nominee. It would be half and half.. we would be splitting HOH. Neeley – that’s a good offer .. but I want a bed. I’ll give you the same offer. Alex – I’ll let you sleep in the bed too. I like you and we could make some smart decision together. We would be splitting it. Neeley – I want it too. I’m going to hold out. I trust you though and no matter what I will not put you up if I win.

 

ALEX WINS HOH

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP FIRST EVICTION

February 27, 2017

Three Nominees ..


Danielle “To my son I love you and I miss you.. to my houseguests thank you for gettign to know me”

 

Corn “My friends I just want to tell Y’all I’ve had a ball, I love y’all ”

 

Kryssie “Hey butts.. the hardest position the first week is the veto nominee.. you need to keep someone that furthers you.. i’m not done here yet.. Lets make America happy by doing the right thing”

 

Neelley Votes to evict Cornbread
Jason Votes to evict Cornbread
Whitney Votes to evict Cornbread
Morgan Votes to evict Cornbread
Justin Votes to evict Cornbread
Shelby Votes to evict Cornbread
Justin Votes to evict Cornbread
Scott Votes to evict Cornbread
Alex votes to evict Danielle
Shane votes to evict Cornbread

 

With Zero votes to evict Krysie is safe
By a vote of 9 to 1 Cornbread has been evicted from the Big Brother house

 

Cornbread on his way out “f*** Y’all”

October 5, 2016

February 27, 2017

10:35am London room Danielle, Shane and Monte
Danielle says she doesn’t mind if Justin wins HOH because they can control him.
Shane says Morgan is a safe bet too
Monte agrees, “Jason wants to get rid of the floaters”
They agree Neeley is good too they know where her head is at.
Monte keeps acting like nobody is after him.
Danielle and Shane confirm saying “Nobody is coming after us :”
Danielle – the girls (Plastics) are voting Cornbread.
Monte – yeah I think so
Shane – unanimous
Monte – the only drama will be HOH tonight..


Monte leaves..
Shane starts laughing.. Followed by Daneille..
They whisper that their side of the house has to win the HOH. (Monte’s side is not their side)

 

10:40am HOH Monte and MOrgan
Monte – I think pretty much Cornbread out.. Even if we wanted to keep him we couldn’t.. Scott backstabbed him that’s what killed him
Monte says he just talked to “All them” they told him nobody is saying they are coming after Monte.
Monte talking about how safe he is ‘Shane doesn’t want to touch us.. .”
Monte says Shane is a person on their side.

Monte- “I’ve had a great first week nobody wants me outta here.. If you stick by my side you’ll be here a long time too”
Morgan says they need to keep close to the girls

Monte- right now Shane is in bed with Danielle.. Scott doesn’t want part of that.. Scott will come back to my side

Morgan says he’s in a good positions with Alex, Whitney and Shelby..
Brings up that Neeley is good with both of them.

Mont e- Scotts a wildcard if he gets HOH… No he’ll do Kryssie and Shelby
Morgan thinks those are the obvious targets.
Monte- you have my word I’ll go home before I backstab you
Monte says he wants the final to be HIm, Monte, Whitney, Alex and Shane.
Morgan – where is Shane’s head
Monte – he’s still with me.. Shane and Danielle they don’t want to go after you Whitney and me..

Alex comes in. They talk about Cornbread leaving this week and he has no idea. MOnte says it’s because Cornbread has no idea Scott is against him.

Morgan – it’ll be unanimous Cornbread
They agree..
Shelby joins them..
Monte keeps going on about how he’s safe and how he got through his HOH without too many people pissed at him.
Shelby – is the consensus still Cornbread
Monte – ya
Shelby – I hate that..
Monte- we were close to getting Daniele out
Alex – Scott..
Monte – Cornbread pissed Scott off..
Shelby doesn’t like Cornbread says she’s fine with him going home.

 

10:58am Corn

 

11:05am White room Shane, Danielle and Justin
Laughing at Monte.. Shane leaves.. Danielle tells them about the conversation with Monte.
Justin – he’s so confused..
They are surprised that Monte thinks he’s so safe.


1:15pm HOH Lockdown

They block this on regular BB

 

1:55pm Alex and Shelby Storage room
They agree they are easy targets now.
Alex says Cornbread was working directly under Monte and Scott. Alex says Scott is very smart and nobody is realizing just how smart he is.
Alex – people love him.. He’s not going to be put up for awhile he’s good till 1/2 way through the game
Shelby wants to keep him for awhile.
They talk about how 1/2 the house is just here to be famous or get more followers on Instagram.

They don’t believe Danielle’s story.
Shelby – there’s some PH’d you can get outta pure intellect.. They’re’s others that are for workhorses..
Alex says she’s building up her story..

Shelby mentions how Scott’s story is also fishy.

Shelby says the 3 people that are annoying her are on the block
Alex says they almost got Danielle out they had 4 outta the 5 votes.
Shelby – if only we could had convinced 1 person to vote out Kryssie..
Alex says Scott is 100% making deals with people
Shelby – he’s up all night.. he’s told everyone he’s sticking with Shane..
Alex points out everyone is saying they are “With Shane” lists, Danielle, MOnte, and Scott.

Alex – I wish I knew where Jason’s head is at..
Shelby – he’s not voting out Danielle
Alex – next week
Shelby says Danielle talks about Shampoo for at least 1 hour a day.. Shelby cannot stand talking to her.
Shelby impersonates Danielle “Whats your favorite Kardashian”

October 5, 2016

February 27, 2017

8:35pm Backyard – Danielle, Neeley and Kryssie are talking. Kryssie – I campaigned my d**k off! And I made it a point to point out that Cornbread is not campaigning. Danielle – I think we’ll be okay. Kryssie – We better be. You can’t go and neither can I. Neeley – I think you played your part perfectly and I think it worked. Danielle – I think just continue to stay positive and let it ride. Kryssie – she (Neeley) was right .. I had a crow sandwich today. Neeley – I think its going to work out. Danielle – just chill. Kryssie – Other people are rolling over and dying and I’m not going to do that. Shane, Justin and Jason join them.

9pm Monte and Whitney are talking. Monte – if you do win, we have to get Danielle out ASAP! We’re got to get that group down. You might even be able to pull Kryssie. I can’t, I put her up. Whitney – I don’t think so. I’m just so upset that Cornbread is going home. That’s not good for my game or your game. I said I do not want to vote house majority. Monte – then don’t. Whitney – even is the house does switch I know they’re gunning after Shelby. Monte – we need to win this HOH. It is monumental. Does Shane trust me? Monte – yeah, he’s not going to touch you. I think we’ve got a good group. Monte – we need to get Justin and Danielle out of here. Shane wants to go to the end with me. If that’s what he wants then he is going to have to get rid of Danielle ast some point. Shelby joins them.

 

10:30pm Bathroom – Jason and Shane are talking. Shane – I’ll vote out Cornbread. No, he’s gone dude! I want Kryssie to be here. Jason – Scott b-lined it before I could talk to him. Shane – Scott is on board. We have the votes. Justin joins them. Jason – but if we don’t have Scott and America votes with us its a tie. Shane – then Monte will pick Cornbread. Jason – no he won’t. He was upstairs and Monte was saying I have to vote Kryssie out. That’s what the house is doing. Shane – really? SO he lied to me? Justin – Kryssie f**king with us though… that’s why he doing that. Justin – I don’t trust Monte because he’s tight with the girls and the plastics. Jason – now he (Monte) has nominated 3 people and not one of them is going home. He’s scared as f**k. Shane – we’re the night crew. We have each others back. Jason – Monte told me you’ve got to vote with the house and the house is voting Kryssie. Justin – Cornbread was saying racist sh*t. Shane – I don’t want him to go home and be hated because he said one thing. Can I just settle something between us if you or I get nominated by America it isn’t necessarily a bad thing. I’m glad you told me about Monte. I’m going to act cool. Justin – the girls are in his head. The plastics. Shane – What happens when you cut the head off the snake? Jason – that bit*h is gonna die.

 

 

10:45pm HOH room – Monte – we’re losing Cornbread on our team but he was probably the easiest member to lose. Jason – he is going to go after Kryssie and Shelby. Morgan – are you winning to split up Danielle and Shane? Monte – yeah. I’m worried about Whitney and Alex. Monte – we gained a good vote with Shelby today. Morgan – are you willing to split up Shane and Danielle? Monte – yes, I want to work with him without her. No one is going to target you. I haven’t heard anyone say anything about you.

12am – 1:30am Hot Tub. Danielle tells Shane – I’m just going to let it play out. If it comes down to a tie… then Monte is really going to show where his cards lie. It is going to show his entire game because then we will know if he is lying to us or not. Shane – I’m going to freak out at him. Danielle – you cannot get emotional. You can’t get mad at him. This is the week to get him out. Everyone is like Monte is a snake we have to get him out. He is the ring leader on that side of the house. Once he is gone the girls are going to be like what do we do!? Shane – they look to him for protection but his protection ends tomorrow. Danielle – whatever happens tomorrow happens. We should just act cool with Monte. Justin joins them. Justin – I would put Monte up. Shane – backdoor Monte. Danielle – we don’t want to happen to Monte what happened to Jason. Danielle – one of us or Jason needs to win (HOH). Kryssie and Jason join them. Shane – this next week is going to be f**king crazy. Jason – he was saying America’s going to put you up. Danielle – America loves showmance. They don’t want us to go home. He (Monte) can’t play HOH next week. This is the time to get him.

1:40am – 2:20am Danielle tells Kryssie – they should have used Jason to their advantage. America is watching and obvious they like Jason otherwise they wouldn’t have put Cornbread on the block. America has more power than anyone else. America will see that I’ve been loyal. They respect that just like they respected Derrick for staying loyal to Victoria. Jason – I gave him the keys to the castle and he didn’t want to do it. Shane – I just had an idea of who I want to put up and how I want to do it. It’s amazing.

3am Lounge room – Shane, Danielle, Kryssie and Jason are talking. They talk about the BB board the last house guests left for them and wonder if they will be asked questions about it. They talk about other things they should study.

Shelby and Scott hammock

February 22, 2017

7:11pm Shelby and Scott hammock
Scott – everyone thinks I know what’s going on…
Scott says Danielle is a “F****g playa” says she’s flipping the house upside down
Shelby – I don’t like that either ..
Shelby says Scott, her and the other 3 girls can be a voting block.
Scott says he can’t do that so early it’ll get noticed and they’ll end up on the block.
Shelby about Danielle – she may be running the show but she can’t close the damn fridge..
Scott says he’s just voting with the house.

Shelby – that would be great if America’s first Nominee went home.. for me anyone can go home I don’t care..
Scott – I’m just here for a thousand a week.. I’m not here to mastermind anything i’m here for the paycheck and fun.

HOH Jason and Monte

February 22, 2017

6:51pm HOH Jason and Monte
Monte is recommending he votes out Kryssie this week..
Jason says he’s not trying to cause waves this week.
Monte says he tried to get the vet out and he didn’t so he’s not coming after Jason, “You earned my respect”
Monte says he’s not coming after Jason until they’re down to 4 people.

Jason says Shelby is the one running around the most she’s got all the girls in her pocket, ‘That girl thinks she has open communication with me.. ”
Jason warns him that Shelby is dangerous.

Hammock Monte, Whintey and Morgan

February 22, 2017

 6:36pm Hammock Monte, Whintey and Morgan
Talking about getting rid of Danielle this week
Morgan calls it a power move.
Monte- Danielle is going to beat my a$$.. she is goign to flip her freaking…
They agree to get Danielle out.
Monte- lets do it I promise y’all I have your back.. this is trippy Big Brother stuff..
Monte- we got to get Scott.. we got to get Scott on board..
MOrgan – ya

Whitney and Monte

February 22, 2017

5:39pm Whitney and Monte
Whitney says she’s been talking to Alex, Shelby and Morgan about getting rid of Danielle.
MOnte laughs says everyone is going every which way
Whitney – I’m giving you a heads up
MOnte – they were just up there and talking about turning it on Cornbread..
Morgan joins them
Mont e- we need to talk.. guess who’s up there trying to turn it on Cornbread…
They go to the backyard .

 

Morgan says the other side of the house is all voting out Cornbread, “Shane too”
This means Monte will be the tie breaker.
Morgan says Kryssie has been telling Scott and Shelby they are next after she goes, she’s trying to get him to flip.
Morgan – Cornbread is a vote in our back pocket..
Monte – it’s Shane .. he’s with that side of the house now..
Monte – I trust you over Shane..
Monte- if they think i’m getting rid of corn bread they’re retarded..

6:06pm They agree to get Kryssie out this week and next week they’ll try for Danielle.

HOH

February 22, 2017

Danielle comes up
Monte – It’ll be 6 -4 Kryssie..
Danielle says Cornbread has “Totally changed”
Monte – he’s not a strong player.. The people watching are super fans they want to see BIG BROTHER.. It’s like he’s too good of a guy..
They start bringing up Cornbreads Jew comment..
Danielle – if Cornbread goes home no blood on your hands both your nominees stayed safe.. Next week you’re safe cause HOH can put up Kryssie and Shelby..
Monte – Shelby is going up ..

 

Daneille says it’s a really good game move on Monte’s part if Cornbread goes home becuase America’ saw something in him they didn’t like.
Shane says it’ll take them 2 minutes to flip the house against Cornbread.

Monte- we’re getting the floaters outta the way.. the house wants strong players..

Monte and Shane HOH

February 22, 2017

5:27pm Monte and Shane HOH
Shane is wanting to get Cornbread out.
Monte- Cornbread will be devastated..
Shane – you are not really getting blood on your hands
Monte – once you get Floaters outta the way ..
Shane – it’s easy.. Week 1 week 2… think about it
Monte – Neeley already said I’m good with her too..
Shane- Neeley will vote Cornbread out
Monte – America is voting Cornbread out.. All he needs is 4 more.. Justin, Neeley, Jason and you.. That’s 5.. You can do this.. It’s up to me and you that’s what’s funny.. 1/2 the house will do Cornbread 1/2 the house will do Kryssie..

Shane says if he tells Scott he’ll spread it to the girls, “It’s a big move”
Monte – I didn’t put Cornbread up.. America put him up.. He’s been loyal to me..
Shane Says Jason told him that Cornbread is telling him he wants to pair up
Monte – he’s trying to get votes..

Alex and Shelby Hammock

February 22, 2017

3:44pm Alex and Shelby Hammock
Shelby hopes they are not being portrayed as a bitchy clique of girls, “The plastics.. you know”
Alex says she tries to be nice to everyone and not beat them down verbally.
Alex says she knows 100% 2 girls are going up next week
Shelby hopes it’s Neeley and Danielle.

Shelby – MOnte didn’t make as big of a move as he’s talking about.. WE’ll make some big moves.. SHAKE it up Shake it up
Shelby is “sticking with Kryssie”
Alex – I’m voting for her out..
Shelby – I want potentially Shane, Cornbread and MOnte next week
Alex – maybe I’ll vote for Danielle and I’ll be the only one
Shelby – we have to talk Numbers FOR sure..
Alex – I’m not voting out Cornbread..
Shelby – Cornbread doesn’t like me but I haven’t heard he’s targeting me

HOH Neeley and Monte

February 22, 2017

2:48pm HOH Neeley and Monte
Neeley – you’re safe with me I have no issues.. my only clear target is Shelbey.. I ain’t f****g with Shelby..
Monte – I don’t trust her..
Neeley – nobody is on my radar except her..

Neeley says she’s going to ‘Ride with the house” but right now she’s trying to keep Kryssie here.
Mont e- I don’t have anything against Kryssie
Neeley – Kryssie is loyal and strong in a intellectual way.. she a better player to have on you side than Cornbread..
Monte likes Cornbread but he’s been shaky these last couple days. “America putting him up shook his confidence”

Neeley says Kryssie isn’t perfect it’s like Hillary and Trump either way you are f****d. (HAHA)
Monte- you got that right
Neeley – Cornbread.. he ain’t strong and he ain’t smart..

Julie- Time for another Game Changer

February 22, 2017

2:16pm

Julie- Time for another Game Changer.. Each week, there will be an online vote and America will vote for which of the nominees they want to evict.
Julie: The nominee that receives the most online votes will receive America’s eviction vote, that’s right along with all of you America will cast ONE eviction vote each week.
Julie – you will not be told by Big Brother whom America has voted to evict.

HOH Monte and the plastics Shelbey, Alex, Morgan

February 22, 2017

2:00pm HOH Monte and the plastics (Shelbey, Alex, Morgan)
Monte says Jason will vote out Cornbread “Just for the hell of it”
they ask if there’s any chance to evict Cornbread.
Monte – i’m not going to send Cornbread home.. Shelbey says she already told Danielle and Corn that she’s not voting for them
Monte- if Danielle went home I’m not losing any sleep
Alex – is it 100% we should vote Kryssie out..
Shelby says people are telling her she’s a target.
Monte says even if next week he can’t play in HOH doesn’t mean he doesn’t still have power. Monte thinks he’s got a better read than anyone else because of how he managed his HOH.

MOrgan wonders if the house will flip and cornbread goes home
Monte – unless y’all 3 and Whitney.. flip
Monte says they could send Danielle out but it would mean he’s betraying Shane “Big TIME”

Shelby says Danielle doesn’t talk game to her. She’s worried Corn will put her up if he wins. Monte says that’s where he can step in and keep her safe.
Monte- Scott will do whatever I want.. he’s loyal. He connects with me better than Shane, Justin or Cornbread
Shelby says she will be voting KRyssie out after she said “WEll played Sweetheart” to her after the Veto Cermeony.

HOH Monte, Shane and Morgan

February 22, 2017

 1:38pm HOH Monte, Shane and MOrgan.
Counting votes they think Kryssie is going home.
SCott, Alex, Shelbey, Shane and Morgan will vote Kryssie out the rest will vote out Corn.
Monte – it’s 5 to 3 .. we’re good .. we’re good
Shane- I want Kryssie to leave..

Danielle and Kryssie Backyard

February 22, 2017

 1:13pm Danielle and Kryssie Backyard
Danielle – stay positive.. you never know.. it could be split..
Kryssie – whatever happened I won’t be heartbroken..
Danielle – I have really been campaigning for you to stay.. and I will keep campaigning for you to stay
Danielle – it doesn’t benefit me for you to leave..

Jason used the veto on himself

February 22, 2017

1:10pm Jason used the veto on himself. Kryssie goes up as the replacement nominee.. Cornbread, Danielle and Kryssie are up for eviction.

Monte, Shane and Danielle

February 22, 2017

 12:26pm Monte, Shane and Danielle
Shane and Danielle are saying everyone wants Shelby out.
MOnte – Kryssie and Shelby everyone is saying those are the first 2 targets.
Danielle – 4 votes that controls the entire house.. those 4 girls control the votes.. once Shelby is gone those girls will drift towards you we can get Kryssie out any time.. She’s not a threat.
Danielle – this is the week.. nobody is going to care.. the girls don’t care they still have each other.
Danielle tells him he has to make short term sacrifices for long term goals.
Danielle says Jason, Justin and Cornbread want Shelby out, “Take time to think about it.. really think about your game and the house as a whole.. if Shelby continues to stay she’ll continue to be in everyone ear
MOnte – she’s not going top last very long
Monte says he’s close with Morgan and Whitney says he doesn’t like Shelby adn the other girls want Kryssie out.
Monte- MOrgan and Whitney have my back over Shelby..
Shane leaves..
Danielle – of course of course..
Monte- me and Shane we have a lot of power right now..
Danielle says Shelby talks crap about Jason then he wins the veto and she’s “Up his a$$”
Monte says if he puts Shelby up he’s not sure what direction the house will go they might vote her out.
Monte says no matter who goes home this week it won’t be monumental.
Danielle – I don’t know where Shelby’s head is at.. I know where Kryssie lies.. Danielle says she can get into Kryssie’s ear if she wins teh HOH.
Monte says he still thinking about putting up Kryssie.

Poolside Picture

February 22, 2017

 10:30pm Doing the poolside Picture with photographer.

Bedroom – Alex talks to Shelby

February 22, 2017

 2:10am Bedroom – Alex talks to Shelby. Alex – Cornbread is digging his own grave outside. He is just running his mouth and being obnoxious. People are getting really tired of him. Shane and Scott were like we can’t do it any more. They were like he’s blowing up his own game. Shelby – then I’m glad he won’t talk any game with me. Let him blow up. Alex – he’s such a loose cannon you don’t want to talk game with him. Alex – he’s going to get kicked out of this game and it will be 100% his fault. It kind of sucks for us because he is an easy person to align with. He is making this really difficult. Shelby – out of all the people he is the person I was worried about snapping at. Alex – Justin is definitely not in the middle of the house, he is with that group. They shut off the light to go to sleep.

Backyard – Danielle, Shane, Jason, Kryssie,

February 22, 2017

 2:30am – 3:30am Backyard – Danielle, Shane, Jason, Kryssie, Scott and Cornbread are hanging out talking about shows they watched during the land before time. They continue talking about random things. The big brother game, George Orwell’s 1984, etc. Everyone but Kryssie and Jason head to bed. Kryssie – I hope they backdoor Shelby. Kryssie – man Cornbread was going off about how much he hates her to me and Neeley. Jason – did you talk to Monte .. because I saw him holding court with his minions. Kryssie says she did. Jason – Shelby was saying we’ll see if I still call her a hooker after she wins HOH. Yeah I will still call you a hooker. I call everyone a hooker. Kryssie – she f**ked herself royally today by pissing off Cornbread because Cornbread and Monte are like best friends. He does not like Shelby. Jason – Maybe I go talk to Monte and tell him if he really wants to stay good with everyone next week .. put up Shelby. He knows he can’t go after me next week. Kryssie – his options for backdoor are Shelby, Me and Justin. I feel more safe today than I did last night.

Bathroom – Shane, Scott and Alex

February 22, 2017

 2:05am Bathroom – Shane, Scott and Alex are talking about how Cornbread is blowing up his own game. Scott – he said it in front of me, Kryssie and Neeley. I’m not even going to discuss it any more. Shane – its week 1, we just need to chill. Scott – when he said it to me privately I was going to take it to the grave but now he’s saying it in front of Kryssie and Neeley. Alex – he’s blowing up his own game. Alex – he has brought it up at least 5 times today. I can’t listen to it any more. Shane – he’s making himself an easy target. Scott – I thought he would take this as a learning experience but he’s not. I was hoping he could get past this but he is just fixated on it. Alex – he is more worried about it than being nominated by America. Scott – if he had just dropped it, it wouldn’t even be a thing but now he’s saying it in front of Kryssie and Neeley.

Backyard – Cornbread is talking to Kryssie and Neeley.

February 22, 2017

 1:45am – 2am Backyard – Cornbread is talking to Kryssie and Neeley. Kryssie – you said you were going to play a clean game. Cornbread – yeah but she (Shelby) is making my stay miserable. She has gotten under my skin so bad, that’s why I’ve been walking around biting my lip. We’ve had some times that were good and then right at the end of it she went right off the deep end. And I’m like what in the f**K!?! She came in my room the other day and I was talking to my roommates. She lays down on someone else’s bed.. uninvited. I’m telling a story .. I’m almost at the end of it and she’s like AHHH F**K THAT SH*T! THAT’S BULLSH*T! And then she gets up and walks out. In the middle of my god damn conversation that was in my room! Not hers! I was like what the f**k is going on here. I’m having a motherf**King conversation in my motherf**king bed and you’re going to come in my domain and god damn run your motherf**king trap!?!!! Don’t f**king bring the ghetto out of me! I’ll get on your a$$! I’m telling you right now. I’ll throw some sh*t at you that will hurt your god damn feelings but that ain’t the person I want to be. I feel like I’ve got my hands tied. She is lacking some kind of medication. And if America wants to send me home for some f**king b***h driving me crazy. Kryssie – as of right now America can’t send you home. Cornbread – I can’t go talk to her about it because it’s going to cause a bigger problem. I give what I get. The number one thing that gets me is if a motherf**ker shhhHHH’s me. I’ve turned this down twice and now I’m here the third time. We were put in here for our true core person to come out. I’ve been a shitty person longer than I’ve been a nice person. And I don’t want to be a sh*tty person. Kryssie – you and I got real caught up. I have a real problem with letting my buttons get pushed. You and I are both very sensitive people and also very strong. You can’t play a game if you knock your piece over right away. Danielle and Justin join them.

HOH room – Shane, Monte and Morgan

February 21, 2017

 1:35pm – 1:40am HOH room – Shane, Monte and Morgan are hanging out in the HOH room. Monte tells Shane – Neeley wants Shelby up but I’m not doing that. I’m putting up Kryssie. Monte – Cornbread isn’t doing so hot. Shane – I’m glad you said that because he wants me out so he can be close to you. I’m getting that vibe. Morgan – I get that. Monte – he broke down to us and said he cussed out production … like some crazy off the wall stuff. Big Brother switches the feeds and then switches them back.

Bedroom – Whitney and Shelby

February 21, 2017

 12:30am – 1:15am Bedroom – Whitney and Shelby are talking. Shelby – Neeley is probably staying up all night trying to scheme. She’s always in bed by now. Morgan said she got such a good night’s rest (in the HOH room last night). I wonder if Morgan is going to tell him (Monte) about the di*k sucking comment. Whitney asks about what?! Shelby – Kryssie said she (Morgan) is up there sucking his (Monte’s) d*ck! Whitney – who did she say that to? Shelby – me. When you’re in this position you don’t go around saying that. Whitney – I did not know that was said. That’s hilarious. Shelby – if we don’t win HOH one of us is going up. Alex joins them. Shelby asks how many votes does the other side have? Two, three!? Alex – as long as Monte sticks with us, we’re good.

HOH room – Morgan and Monte.

February 21, 2017

12:05am – 1:15am HOH room – Morgan and Monte. Morgan asks what did Neeley tell you? Monte – she wants me to put up Shelby. Or that’s what she would do. She thinks she is wishy washy. Morgan – Shelby is going to 100% vote how we want, whereas Kryssie is NOT going to. Shelby is a vote which ever way we go. Kryssie is not. Monte – that’s why I am pretty sure I’m going with her (putting up Kryssie as the replacement nominee). It’s crucial someone in our group wins HOH. There’s an 80% chance I go up next week if we don’t even by America just because Jason is a superfan and people like him. Part of me wants to put up Justin but I don’t think he would get the votes. Cornbread would go out over him. Kryssie going this week doesn’t get blood on my hands. Cornbread was saying she wants to go home. It pisses me off because I just saved her the other day. Morgan – I worry about Danielle. Monte – I do too. I’m like Shane what are you doing. Morgan – she is going to put up one of the girls. Morgan – we need to keep Shelby because she is predictable. Morgan – if we can keep Scott loyal to us we are in a good spot. Monte – if its the final 4 and its me, you, Whitney and Alex. I would be so happy. Morgan – me too. Lets make it happen.

Bathroom – Scott and Justin

February 21, 2017

11:25pm Bathroom – Scott and Justin. Scott – Jason getting off was half a miracle. Justin – I was so thankful but if Monte put me up. Scott – he’s not going to. I think he will put up Shelby or Kryssie. Justin – if I become HOH, ya dig?! I’m putting up Monte! Monte & Shelby. I want to see what he’s about. I want to get him out of the game as soon as possible and then I’m coming for the rest of the plastics. Scott – I want to get plenty of sleep tomorrow so that we’re rested for the HOH competition on Wednesday …so we can go ape busters on that sh*t, you know what I mean?! Justin – to be real with you I don’t even want to become HOH this soon in the game. I’ve got to see what it is because its not like he can become HOH. I might just throw this b***h.

HOH room – Monte and Neeley

February 21, 2017

 11:10pm HOH room – Monte and Neeley are talking. Monte – getting rid of Shelby I don’t think anyone would be pissed at me. Neeley laughs. Monte – The veto ceremoney should be tomorrow some time. You should know that you should feel safe. Obviously I’m not going to take Shane’s girl (Danielle) of the first week. That would be a low blow. Monte – several people have been saying Kryssie and Shelby. Jason seems pretty chill. Saying I get it, I’m a vet. Hopefully Danielle will understand she was just a pawn. Whoever I put up Danielle isn’t going home. I like Cornbread and want him to stay in the game.

Backyard – Alex and Scott.

February 21, 2017

 10:15pm Backyard – Alex and Scott. Alex – Justin follows people if you notice that. He’s very underestimated. He’s playing a great game so far. Scott agrees. Alex – that group scares me. We just have to cut the head off the snake. I don’t know if its true but I heard Jason wants to target me and Whitney. Scott – that’s no good for me obviously. Alex – I don’t feel like we’re the big threats. Its just telling of what’s to come. The thing with the three girls, they would always vote with us no matter what. Scott agrees. Alex – Kryssie really isn’t handling this that well. Whitney joins them.

Danielle talks to Shelby

February 21, 2017

 9:35pm – 10pm Danielle talks to Shelby – It’s you or me that’s getting backdoored. I know other people are getting sh*t. And by sh*t I mean information. And I’m not getting eye contact with people. Whatever I’ve had a good time here. It’s kind of embarrassing if I’m the first to go. It just sucks with the veto thing like not even having a chance to save yourself. And if you’re a veto nom and you go home this week .. like you didn’t even do a competition. Its stressful, I wish they would just do it already. Shelby – you wouldn’t want to go through life not doing this. Kryssie – this isn’t even Big Brother. Shelby – it is. Kryssie – If I had known about having to be up 10am – 10pm I wouldn’t have done this.

Kitchen – Alex, Cornbread, Morgan, Scott and Monte

February 21, 2017

  9:30pm Kitchen – Alex, Cornbread, Morgan, Scott and Monte are talking. Cornbread complains about how Shelby reacted to him. Monte tells him not to worry about it. This place is designed to bring out the worst in people. Alex – that’s why they have a psychiatrist here. Cornbread – I’m sorry guys, its already a pressure cooker and then you have to deal with this. Cornbread – I was sitting out there and she said like a stupid joke. Everyone found it pretty funny and I was laughing. She said it was a dumb joke! I said it was pretty funny .. we must be rubbing off on you and she was like F**K YOU! F**K YOU! Are you trying to say I ain’t funny?!!! And I was like WHOA!!! Alex – she’s like that with everyone. Monte – I wouldn’t read too much into it. Cornbread – I don’t like people talking to me like that. Alex – Maybe just have a heart to heart. Cornbread – no it will go to far.

Hammock – Danielle and Shane.

February 21, 2017

 9:05pm Hammock – Danielle and Shane. Danielle – I am just done talking game with people. Shane agrees and says there are only two people I trust. You and Monte. You’re close with Jason and we’re good with Justin. Danielle – we were by the hot tub and Shelby said I want to win HOH to see if Jason will stop calling me hooker. I was like weren’t you just all being super nice to him about him winning the veto? She is super fake. I can see that. I was kinda iffy about Neeley because I got a weird vibe from her and then after I got nominated and she came to talk to me .. I was like okay. Shane – I don’t talk to her much but I feel like if you’re good with her, I’m good with her. Danielle – I’m good with one side of the house and feel like I don’t really connect that well with the other side. Shane – I’ll do my best to save you. We’ll just play it day by day. Shane tells Danielle – I’m very uneasy about the three girls. Danielle – Me too! Shane – Morgan and Alex. Danielle – so hard to read. Shane – I’m good with them but later on if I get HOH I’m going to stir up those two. You’ve got to cut one of them off. Danielle – and honestly we would have the votes to do that. Even Neeley was like we have to bread this up. That’s three votes. (Alex, Morgan, Whitney) Shane – I would take out Alex or Whitney. I think Monte like Morgan. Danielle – I feel like we should go Shelby, Alex. Alex knows the game. Shane – what if we did put up Alex and Whitney and then America put up Morgan. Danielle – I don’t see America doing that. I think they like Morgan. I get that we’re a target but we’re only two people. They’re 3 people. Shane – if we can knock one of the heads off that snake. Danielle – and that would be a bigger game move than people think. Those 3 will vote together. They won’t stray from the pack. I don’t think we should get out Neeley because she will have our back. Danielle – I think of all people you should be worried about Cornbread. He wants to be Monte’s right hand man so badly. I think you should keep any eye on him. He might try to throw you under the bus later. Shane – I know Jason doesn’t like Cornbread. Shane – if I could I would vote Cornbread out this week. Monte wouldn’t want that this week though. Danielle – we could get Kryssie up and get Cornbread out if we wanted. No one would even know we orchestrated it. No it would be a tie and Monte would have to break it. That would be a sh*tty position. No lets not do that. The house wants Shelby out.

Monte and Jason

February 21, 2017

 7:38pm Monte and Jason 
Monte – it’s way too early to have anything personal.. if anything you and me are both targets..
Jason says he took it with respect but Monte also gave it with respect.
Jason – Everything reshuffles..
Monte – it’s going to get chaos with all these girls
Jason laughs ‘The girls make it chaos”

Morgan, Whitney and Shelby Tokyo room

February 21, 2017

6:07pm Alex, Morgan, Whitney and Shelby Tokyo room
Shelby saying they need to get the noms in place and make sure it’s none of them.
Morgan says Monte trusts her and would tell her if he’s playing something else. Morgan told him Shelby is “with us” she won’t vote against us.
Alex says MOnte told her Jason is straight up targeting them next week.
Shelby keeps stressing them they have to focus on not getting nominated.
Alex says something feels off to her.
Morgan – he’s dead set on Kryssie..
MOrgan – He’s starting to not trust Shane

Shelby – someone on Shane tonight..
Alex – someone needs to be on Shane to break up the game talk between Shane and Danielle.
MOrgan will work on Neeley. MOrgan wants to keep working MOnte to separate him from Shane.

 Shelby and Scott London room

February 21, 2017

5:10PM Shelby and Scott London room
Shelby wants to talk to Justin again. Asks what Monte thinks of him. Scott says Justin is in no danger this week.
Scott – he’s such a likable guy… everyone is enamoured with him.. Kryssie said it best he’s not a person he’s an experience
Scott – I don’t think you are going on the block this week.. I really don’t

Shelby feels that whoever goes up as the renom will be the person going home.
Scott agrees.

SCott tells her the people she should work with are the girls
Shelby says those are the people she enjoys talking to.
Shelby says she notices Scott has been in the HOH a decent amount
Scott – I really like you Shelby.. You’re good for this week.. for you to do well in this game those 3 girls are umm.. consider working with long term.. (Alex, Whitney and Morgan)

Shelby says she has no idea what is going on with Neeley..

They agree Kryssie has to “Chill out”
Shelby mentions how Kryssie has been crying so much she’ll end up being America’s nominee.

Alex alone

February 21, 2017

4:00pm Alex alone, “OK talk through my thoughts.. Shane is full of Shit Shane is full of shit.. Whitney is too trusting nobody here can be trusted except for my sister but she doesn’t know how to strategize.. I’m 100% targeted next week ”

HOH

February 21, 2017

 3:07pm HOH
Scott – no perfect.. really f***g shitty..
Scott – Kryssie or SHlbey
Monte – the consensus is Kryssie.. cause Jason doesn’t like Shelby so if he wins she’s going up
Scott says he’s heard that Jason talked shit infront of Shelby
Scott – everyone is tired of Shelby’s sh1t
Monte – and Kryssie.. and Cornbread is getting himself in some hot water
Monte to Scott – whoever I put up tonight is going home..
They agree Kryssie going up is the logical choice.

HOH Monte and Morgan

February 21, 2017

 2:51pm HOH Monte and Morgan
MOrgan saying Kryssie going up is the best bet.
Morgan says she’s worried about Jason
Monte – we gotta get him and Justin outta the house.. They are goign to target y’all because they get along with the other girls not y’all
Morgan says Shelby will go with them
Monte – she’s not going to last long..
MOrgan – Justin has me worried
MOnte – he won’t be pissed if you put him up .. I’ll vote him out..

Monte tells Danielle she’s safe this week at most she’ll have 1 vote.

February 21, 2017

 2:26pm Monte tells Danielle she’s safe this week at most she’ll have 1 vote.
Monte says she was the PAwn, because she’s so close with Shane is why she went up because he knew she would be safe.
Danielle says she’s connected with Shane.
Monte says Justin, Neeley and Jason will vote out Cornbread.
Monte says him and Shane have each others back.
Danielle tells him she wouldn’t even put Monte up as a pawn because she can’t guarantee his safety
Monte says Jason was going to go this week if he didn’t win the veto and now “Somebody’s heart will be broken.. either Kryssie or Shelby”
Monte calls Shelby and Kryssie floaters.
Danielle – if Jason wins HOH he’s not coming after you he’s after SHelby.. he doesn’t like Shelby and he doesn’t like Cornbread
Danielle – it’s your best bet to put Kryssie up so Kryssie goes home..

HOH Monte and Shane

February 21, 2017

2:00pm HOH Monte and Shane
Shane “Backdoor Kryssie we’re all good”
Monte – he (Jason) did say he’s not coming after me first..
Monte says Jason wants to keep the big targets in the game so he’s not the target.

Monte – Cornbread is freaking out
MOnte says it’s Kryssie or maybe Shelby.
Monte – what about Neeley
Shane – no no no Kryssie.. the girls like Shelby..
Shane says he thought they all said they don’t like Kryssie.
Monte – Neeley and Shelby will vote Cornbread.. Justin will vote Cornbread..
Monte says no body will vote Danielle the rest will vote out Kryssie.
Monte – Danielle may get Shelby’s vote to get out..
Monte- the person I put up needs to go home
Shane – I thought we all agreed on Kryssie before even Jason.
Monte – we did.. I know we did…
Shane – she’s been saying these past couple days she doesn’t want to be here and she misses her boyfriend.. that was the plan stick to it

Veto Ceremony

February 21, 2017

 1:00pm Veto Ceremony about to start

Veto Vault. They need to crack 4 digit code to get into the vault. The veto is inside the Vault.
Clues are throughout the house.

Jason wins the Veto

Alex and Shelby White room

February 21, 2017

12:15pm Alex and Shelby White room
Wondering if Monte will throw it to Cornbread.
Alex says Cornbread and Whitney both don’t seem slike competition threats.
Alex – I can’t remember if Jason is that strong in competitions..
Shelbey says she basically watched season 17 until Jason left then she stopped. Can’t remember if Jason one a competitions where everyone was trying..
Shelbey says the number 1 annoyances in the house is Danielle. She was happy when she was nominated.
Shelbey says the person in the best position is Shane. “Monte tells Shane everything”

Alex – Shane goes up to Monte’s room 3 or 4 times a day
Shelbey says everyone knows
Alex – I don’t trust him at all.. they think they are being so cleaver.. Scheming thinking they’re so sneaky
Alex says she likes Monte but he thinks he’s running the show right now.
Shelby brings up Monte saying “I’m the Alpha Male”
Shelby – I’M THE ALPHA MALE

 Monte and Shane HOH

February 21, 2017

11:35am Monte and Shane HOH
Monte says him Cornbread and Scott are good. Says Whitney, MOrgan, Alex and Danielle can be a strong combo with them.
Monte is worried Danielle will target him, MOrgan or Whitney. Monte says he would rather have MOrgan and Whitney in the house over Alex at this stage of the game Morgan and Whitney talk to him more.
Scott comes up.. MOnte – there no alliances.. Officially yet..
Monte says Scott, Corn, Himself, Shane are good.
Morgan, Whitney and Alex won’t mess with Shane.

Monte says a 7 person alliance is not a good idea.
He promised MOrgan, Whitney and Alex we would not backstab them at any point in the game.
Monte says Kryssie and Neeley are not strong players they won’t be able to pick up enough steam to come after him.

MOnte says he likes Justin but he’s a threat.
Danielle comes in.

Storage room Shelbey Alex and Morgan

February 21, 2017

11:30am Storage room Shelbey Alex and Morgan
Morgan says Jason made a good point think of the demographics.. They don’t get the older southern man.

Alex says it’s because America wants Jason to win the veto they think Cornbread would be week in the vetoes.

Alex says don’t tell MOnte stuff, Shane’s with the other group and Monte is with Shane.
SHelbey says they should try and keep jason around he’ll work with them.
Morgan – Jason wanted to work with the boys
Alex – only because they won HOH he’ll change next week
Alex says if she wins the veto she’s taking Cornbread off the block “No one goes back up.. “

Monte, Danielle and Jason

February 21, 2017

11:00am Monte, Danielle and Jason
Monte wishes them good luck with the veto
Talking about why America voted Cornbread.
Monte – I’m 98% sure I’ll be on the block next week.
Monte- That’s crazy that Cornbread got put up.
Jason- I’m not surprised. Half strategy and half personal
Jason says it felt like MOnte had Tunnel vision. He understands how putting him up doesn’t piss off the newbies.
Jason – I’m trying to help you help me.. You can lead a horse to water but you can’t teach him to drink
Monte – Let’s be honest here we’re both playing the game more than anyone else right now.. If you do stay a lot of these other people are going to start flaking out

Jason says he knows he has to win this veto.
Monte asks if the Danielle/Shane showmance is official
Jason – pretty much

Monte calls everyone to pick Veto Players

February 21, 2017

 Cornbread is the third nominee!

The Veto players are Monte, Corn, Whitney, Jason, Danielle and Alex.

 Jason tells Scott he’s been through all the emotions.

February 21, 2017

 2:20am – 3:30am Jason tells Scott he’s been through all the emotions. I am just hoping for something positive like its a comp I’d be good at. I have cards left. I’ve got knowledge about stuff but why would I pull it out if I’m not going to be here. Scott – you brought so much life to the house I didn’t think you would be the first to go Justin & Kryssie join them. Jason – Jason only cares about himself and none of you c**ts! They’re going to have final 8 of boring a$$ motherfu*kers. Kryssie – I’m not giving up. Jason – the BB17 people didn’t piss me off this much and I was nominated 7 times. They all head to bed.

Bedroom

February 21, 2017

 1:55am Bedroom – Justin tells Shane – I told him (Jason) that if I win the veto I’m not going to use it on you. Like we ain’t going to be cuddling and sh*t. Shane – yeah I told him the same thing.

HOH room

February 21, 2017

 12:50am – 1:45am HOH room – Monte and Morgan are talking in bed. Monte – Shane has my back and he will have yours too if I tell him. Like if someone goes after Morgan or Whitney I’ll have your back. And the house is going to learn this and I’ll be like so what?! I’ve got Morgan, Whitney and Shanes back. Alex – Cornbread seems loyal too. Monte – he does. Monte – we can’t count out Danielle and Jason winning POV and winning HOH. He told me even if you did put me up and I somehow stayed he wouldn’t put me up because he could see working with me down the road. I was like how can I trust you.

Storage room

February 21, 2017

 12:20am Storage room – Alex – are you mad at Shelby? Why because she didn’t get put up? Cornbread tells Alex – no, no, I was mad because I walked over to the group of people. I was talking and they just gave me this look like, ya know?! Like why are you here? Alex – rubbed you the wrong way basically? Cornbread – yeah. Alex – that’s why like .. we have our group of people but we have her (Shelby) for a vote but we don’t tell her that much information. I know y’all are that compatible. Y’all are just very opposite. Your personalities just clash. Cornbread – its not like I went out of my way for it to be like that but I need y’all to be my eye’s and ears. Alex – yeah as long as you do the same for me. Cornbread – I think she came here for a showmance to take it to the end. Alex – well yeah, she’s a very flirty. Cornbread – its just she does so good and then .. I think she’s bi-polar. Alex – this house makes everyone crazy. Cornbread – she wears her feelings on her face. Alex – she doesn’t have a good poker face. Cornbread – I don’t want everyone to think I’m always pissed off .. I was just irritated tonight.

Backyard

February 21, 2017

 12am – 12:20am Backyard – Jason asks Justin – what’s so threatening about me? Justin – because you’ve been on the show before. Jason – That don’t mean sh*t! Justin – I know but probably not in his eyes. Jason – I think its a morality thing. I almost feel like its a religion thing. Every time I say something that is mildly … he runs! He f**king runs! HE A PU$$Y! He’s afraid of everything! I would be ashamed if that was my child. Justin – I was afraid he was going to put me up. Jason – no he’s afraid of you. He’s going to make one of these girls put you up. He’s aiming for you but he’s going to do it through someone else. So the blame don’t come to him. If you win a veto da da da da. Justin – I just hope I don’t get nominated (by America) to be in the challenge tomorrow. Jason – if you do then save Danielle so they have to put someone else up. Jason – I like Danielle but I don’t like that she stopped talking to me once we’re nominated together. Justin – you’re competing against each other. Jason – that shouldn’t matter. Justin – yeah but people are like that. Jason – she’s just there as a place holder. They probably planned this before he was even HOH. Who’s a$$ do I have to eat?! I’m the keys to the castle, use me! You want to know a secret? I got voted in this house over another alumni. Justin – if you go I’m going to be the only entertainer in here. I can entertain the world but who is going to entertain me! Justin – I know right now Scott & Cornbread are up there (HOH) right now. Jason – I don’t trust Shelby or Scott.

Bathroom

February 21, 2017

 11:25pm – 11:55pm Bathroom – Danielle talks to Kryssie. Danielle – I just need to compete my a$$ off to get that veto. Kryssie – I’m so afraid, I can’t lose either of you guys. Danielle – the only scenario to keep Jason and I safe is for me to win the veto. Or if he wins the veto but then I think I would go home. My best case scenario is I win the veto and take myself off and then campaign my a$$ off to keep him. Kryssie – but then if one of you come down, I am going up. Danielle – I don’t think so.

HOH room

February 21, 2017

11:05pm – 11:55pm HOH room – Monte – Me doing you, Whitney and Alex right .. I would be out of this game before I backstab y’all. Like I would take myself out of this game before I would backstab y’all. There are more important things in life than money. I can still see Kryssie sad, I hate hurting people. Cornbread I am worried about. If he is on the block against me .. people will think I am the bigger target. Alex and Scott join them. Monte – I’m worried America will nominate Shane or I. I think we’re okay though. Scott agrees. Monte – I think I did good damage control. The others agree. Scott if there are 2 nominees you only need 5 votes and you’re the tie breaker. And if there are three nominees you still only need 5 votes. And we’ve got 6. Cornbread joins them. Monte – the only thing I don’t like a about Jason is that he doesn’t like Whitney. Who doesn’t like Whitney!? Cornbread – Scott – after this week do you think Danielle would go after you? Monte – no, not after our conversation. Shane agreed to put his girl up … he’s got her in shackles. Alex – do you think she would go after others in our group? Monte – that’s what terrifies me. Once we cut the head off, there will be some stragglers. MY advice is be nice to them but don’t let them in on any secrets.

HOH room

February 21, 2017

 10:45pm – 11pm HOH room – Morgan heads up to the HOH room to talk to Monte. Morgan says she can’t sleep in that room any more with Cornbread snoring. Monte – you can stay up here as long as you want. I promise I’ll stay 17 feet away. I had to sleep next to Cornbread one night and it was horrible. Morgan – Danielle really didn’t see that coming. Monte – nope and Shane didn’t tell her either. She is strong. Morgan – she’s a strong competitor. Monte – I just can’t get a read on Kryssie or Shelby. Shane worries me a little bit being so close to Danielle. The way he talks about her I could see him choosing me over Danielle at this point. We have a good team. Me, you, Whitney and Alex … along with Shane. That’s a good core. Morgan _ I hope America wouldn’t target us. Monte – I legit want to start something with you three. I don’t think America would target y’all. Morgan – at least if one of us did go up, we would have the numbers. Monte – yeah and at least I would be the tie breaker. Morgan – who would you put up as the replacement if Jason or Danielle came off? Monte – maybe Kryssie. That would be such a roller coaster .. you’re safe and then you’re not. Monte – there have been rumors that Justin and Cornbread don’t like each other. I can’t get a read on Shelby. She comes off as rude. I can’t get a read on Neeley either.

Storage room

February 21, 2017

 10:15pm – 10:25pm Storage room – Morgan and Alec (the sisters) are talking. Alex – I can’t friggin work with you. I keep trying to get a hold of you and you don’t. Morgan – what am I supposed to do. I can’t make it obvious. Alex – I kept trying to get your attention. Get in game mode! Morgan – I don’t want people to notice. Justin keeps bringing it up. Alex – stop taking off your makeup. You can’t take off your makeup. I have been wearing a hat and glasses all day to try and disguise myself from you. Alex – I need you to take out your party persona like you do and go twerk on people. I feel like I can’t even be myself because I’m worried of telling a story and you let it slip. Its sucking for me because I feel like I have to dumb down myself. It would be easier if you weren’t here but I’m glad you are. Morgan – it will benefit us at some point. Alex – how? Morgan – I don’t know.

HOH room

February 21, 2017

 8:40pm HOH room – Danielle, Monte and Shane are talking. Monte – I like Jason but he’s too big of a threat. Danielle – I love the kid and its going to be hard to be on the block against him. If it was anyone else I would say the vet needs to go. I’m not going to campaign against him. I’m just going to play are in the veto. Monte – he’s my target this week. Even if you don’t win the veto. I saw you talking to Whitney, Morgan and Neeley.. I feel like they would have your vote over Jason’s. And you have mine and Shane’s vote. No one saw you going up. Kryssie thought she was going up. I’ve got your back more than I have some others. Shane – I don’t see going up by America as a bad thing. They could be throwing a curve ball. Danielle – when you see that I don’t let the information leave this room .. it will build trust with you. Monte – I will be cheering for you to win the veto. Danielle – do you think people would respect your decision to vote Jason out? Monte – they might. The vibes I’m getting is that no one said anything about wanting you out. People have said they would get the vet out. I will keep you informed on where the house is swinging and if I think its going your way I will try to persuade people to vote the other way. Danielle – I respect your decision to put me on the block because you think I can win the veto. Monte – its almost like you’re on my team. I will remember that you handled this with class. I’m going to be way more of a target after this than you. And I think Jason will get the boot. Danielle thanks him for making her feel better and then she leaves. Shane and Monte talk. Monte – I just laid it all out on the line for her. She’s safe. We have the votes. Massive props for letting me put your girl up on the block and for being okay with it. Shane and Monte shake hands. Shane says I’m not okay with it but.. Monte – I think its been clear Jason’s been the target all a long.

 Backyard

February 21, 2017

 Backyard – Jason talks to Neeley about the twist. He says America could be nominating a pawn or a target. Like if the nominee is Justin then we’ll be like okay well America doesn’t like Jason and Danielle. If the nominee is Shane that’s them saying f**k you Monte! We don’t know how this is going to go. I see you America, y’all better be playing. Because I know y’all like to play. I told him don’t be c*nty. Not that it would have mattered I could have not been nominated and then nominated by America.

In the living room

February 21, 2017

 8:05pm In the living room – After Julie’s message about notifying the house guests that America will be nominating a 3rd house guest each week, the house guests discuss the new twist. Shelby says so basically we don’t want to talk sh*t about the person with the biggest home town. Monte – we’re all going to be up there at some point. That would suck to be America’s vote. Jason – It could be strategic. Danielle – you never know, it could be they like x and y so how can we get them to stay. Monte – It makes HOH not so powerful now because I can’t guarantee anyone’s safety. Its too late now to start acting good .. America’s already seen the last 4 or 5 days. You might as well stay in character.

Neeley and Monte Kitchen

January 01, 2020

 9:44am Neeley and Monte Kitchen
Neeley asking about the hat.
Monte says he got it outta a cracker barrel it’s a tennessee thing.. “Davie crocket that sorta thing”
Monte says he got it from the UT campus store 4 or 5 years ago.. This is a good chance for us to talk game if you want.. Where are you at..
Neeley whispers something.. They don’t talk game..
Neeley – what do you do for fun what are your hobbies

Lounge room

February 21, 2017

3am – 5:15am Lounge room – Justin, Cornbread, Shelby, Shane and Scott are hanging out. Justin – I’m a good representation of New Orleans. I’m very multi-cultural and multi-faceted. I can blend in, I’m a chameleon. I can be professional. I can be the most ignorant motherf**ker in the room. I can be the most intelligent person. I can be the most ret@rded person. I can be the most simplest person. I have no limits. They continue to chat about random things and then everyone but Kryssie go to bed.

Bedroom

February 21, 2017

1:35am – 2:30am Bedroom – Alex, Danielle, Jason, Morgan, Justin, Shelby are joking around and talking about bleaching a-holes. Shelby doesn’t get why and says she thinks it would hurt when you take a sh*t after. They continue to talk about random things.

 

Danielle talks about how her coach told her he saw another person on her team stripping. Justin – that’s a lucrative business. I’ve you’re going to f**k you might as well get paid for it. I mean hey! I mean you end up playing for it anyways. Dates, movies, stress… some times its better to pay for it than to listen to her bit*hing all day. When I m@sturb@te its not that entertaining because I can feel myself touching myself. I don’t know what I’m going to do .. this is the longest I’ve ever had to go. I’ve been fortunate to always get “vagange”.

Backyard

February 21, 2017

 1:05am Backyard – Jason tells Kryssie – I’m f**ked!! Kryssie – its not over till its over. Jason says OGTB and ____ is probably the worst idea in the world. Kryssie – why? Jason – because Shelby and Scott are both snakes. Kryssie – I think they need to see us talking to other people. I’m not scared ….yet! Things change ..QUICK! I would never vote you out. Jason says he wouldn’t vote her out either. Jason – How dumb can y’all be!? I told y’all I’m the twist! Why are you trying to take out the twist and not weaponize it!? You’re going to regret that down the line! Jason – we’re being left out of information. Even Neeley knows what’s going on and she’s not telling us. Kryssie tells Jason she is going to pretend to be homesick to the others.

Kryssie, Neeley and Jason

February 21, 2017

 12:50pm – 1am Kryssie, Neeley and Jason. Kryssie – I’m looking at the center piece on the table and if you 3 want to make this official I’ve got a great name. Neeley I don’t know why we don’t make it for real. Kryssie – look at the centerpiece on the table. Jack o’lantern. Jacks and Lanterns. They did that on purpose. Like Halloween. Jason – oh man… I’m in. Neeley – I’m in too. Jason – we all ain’t got sh*t to loose. Neeley – I think this could work. Neeley – we can’t do these talks any more. But if we do this, we can do it! Neeley – Whitney is a lot more than she .. there are more layers too her. They’ve got to go, we have to break up that sorority clique. Once we take down that foursome I think we could take this sh*t down! Neeley – I’m going to head in .. but if you don’t see me tomorrow just know I got it.

Hot Tub. Whitney and Shelby are talking.

February 21, 2017

10:40pm – 12am Hot Tub. Whitney and Shelby are talking. Whitney – have you notice when two or all four of us are together someone always comes and breaks it up. Like Danielle. I think you, me, Alex and Morgan could be really strong together. Shelby with Cornbread, Monte and Shane I would lose my sh*t because I can’t take 45 minute stories. Whitney – if we win HOH next week I am all for Danielle going home. Shelby – yeah. Shelby heads inside to exchange her mic. Morgan joins Whitney. Whitney – we can’t let our hearts and minds get into this. Whitney – whoever we want to go home will go home because we have the numbers. Do you think Shelby’s connection is with Jason? I know she’s said stuff to him like telling him to align himself with Danielle. I asked her why she said that and she said to make him feel safer. Monte and Alex join them.

In the backyard

February 21, 2017

 9:30pm – 10:20pm In the backyard – Justin, Kryssie, Neeley, Jason, Morgan, Monte, Shane and Alex. Justin says I’ve got hell’a love where I’m from. You have to show love to get love. You have to give respect to get respect. People don’t f**k with me. I do what I wanna. I can’t wait to have a few little kids. I want a bunch of those little f**kers. I’m not going to discipline either. Momma’s gonna whip ya! I’ll be the good guy … like what did momma do to ya!? Jason – you would be a good dad. Danielle joins them.

Monte tells Morgan – I think Jason has Danielle, Krissie and Justin’s vote. Neeley is stuck in the middle because she likes Jason and Kryssie. She is going to be all torn up. We can’t let the house know the target is Jason just in case it doesn’t turn out. I really have nothing against him. He’s just been here before. You can’t trust him. That’s what I think about Justin too. Shane is loyal to me and he will be loyal to you. Morgan – I just don’t trust Danielle. Monte – I really need to count on you, Whitney and Alex sticking with me. Cornbread has my back too. Morgan – he hinted that he trusts me.

Bedroom – Cornbread and Scott

February 21, 2017

 8:45pm Bedroom – Cornbread and Scott. Cornbread – Shane was telling me that Jason don’t like me. He don’t like me or Shelby. Scott – Yeah I think he was a little burned that you gave him the crab. Cornbread – OOOHHHH you just hit the nail on the head! I forgot about that! Oh lord! Scott tells Cornbread that coming into the game he wanted to be really tight and loyal with the older person in the house. Cornbread – that’s good. Scott – And I think Shane and Monte came in wanting to be loyal to a bro so I think it all happened perfectly .. All four of us are good together because we’re all getting what we want out of this. Cornbread if it comes down to me or you .. I would be happy if you won it. Scott – I would be so happy if you won the game I know your money would go to the right places.

On the backyard lounger

February 21, 2017

 8:30pm On the backyard lounger – Danielle, Morgan and Shane are hanging out looking up at the stars. Shane asks Danielle what is your life meta? Danielle – god isn’t liked by everyone so not everyone to like you. Only time will tell and you suffer because you want to. What about you? Shane – sh*t happens. I don’t believe in fate.

Backyard – Cornbread, Jason, Neeley, Kryssie, Shelby, Scott, Whitney and Monte are hanging out chatting.

February 21, 2017

 8pm Backyard – Cornbread, Jason, Neeley, Kryssie, Shelby, Scott, Whitney and Monte are hanging out chatting. Jason mentions how some people when they get off the show want to sell all their BB stuff on ebay. He says he didn’t sell anything. I would never sell my BB bag and now I’m going to have two of them! Everyone leaves the couches but Shelby, Whitney and Alex. Whitney – I don’t think Shane and Danielle talk about anything game related. Shelby – they would have to because we leave them alone. She’s dumb but she can’t be that dumb. Whitney – I just can’t see him liking her. She has no substance. Shelby – yeah, I mean guys can be shallow. He manages to make very interesting stories boring. So I don’t know what the f**k is going on. He was like I won a cutest butt contest. I was literally nodding off. It could have been the most interesting story.

Message from Julie…

February 21, 2017

8:03pm Message from Julie… .

The safety Ceremony’s are over this week. 2 of you are now nominated for eviction those of you not on the chopping block are not outta the woods yet.
I Promised you all that on Big Brother Over the top Viewers will be impacting the game more than ever. It’s time to deliver on that promise.
Each week viewers will vote and nominate a third houseguest for eviction America’s nominee will immediately join the HOH’s nominees on the block that means each week there will be three houseguests nominated for eviction.
No listen closely.. I have some important rules about America’s nominee First America cannot nominate the first houseguest 2 weeks in a row..
Second all three nominees will complete in the veto competition.
Third, Should America’s nominee come off the block because of the veto America WILL NOT NAME A REPLACEMENT Nominee.. That means at each live eviction there could be 2 or 3 houseguests on the chopping block.

Safety Ceremony

February 21, 2017

Safety Ceremony, Justin, Alex, Kryssie, Shelby, Scott are safe..

Monte has nominated Danielle and Jason for Eviction

Jason and Monte HOH

February 21, 2017

2:22pm Jason and Monte
Jason – it’ll do me no benefit to site outside and not talk to you one last time
Monte says she likes everyone “This sucks” Says he wishes there was 2 people he really didn’t like.
Monte – with it being the first time I’ll have to dilly dally… what the heck.. (WTF)
Monte says it’s not personal
Jason agrees none of this is personal
Monte highlights this is his first time.
Jason says other than where the “Swiffer is” he doesn’t know where anything is.. “It’s s a shuffle and card game every time“
Jason – just really consider your option.. I’m a easy option but like I said you never know where the benefit might come I’ll be the pawn..
Jason says he’s good with vibes doesn’t think he’s in a good spot this week.

Jason – if no one wants to weaponise me everyone is missing out on the chance…
Monte – you’ve been on of the more bold people here…
Monte says he’s concerned it’s him Shane and Jason as the main targets in the house.
Jason tells him he knows if he goes up and doesn’t win Veto he’s going home everyone in the house is already ignoring him.
Monte – you’re smart and they know you are playing the game
Jason – if you can help me… I’ll scratch your back you’ll scratch my back twice…
Monte tells him he likes that he’s not sucking up to him.
Jason – everyone wants to hang out here with the power
Jason – you know where to find me I’ll be out in the cancer section… BUT.. at least you know He ain’t up here kissing ass.. . He’s not like that..
Monte – that’s the thing with this man… Even if you do go up…. THere’s still going to be MASSIVE respect to you just for how you’ve approached this leading up to it.
Jason – oh of course
Monte says he’s not saying Jason is going up… but if he does mad respect …
Jason warns about getting tunnel vision..
Jason says if he’s safe this week he’ll give Monte “the hand shakes of all handshakes…” meaning “you are good if I win HOH”

Jason – If I have Power Monte I ain’t looking at you…
Jason says he’s a shield keep him in the house.
Monte says in a round about way if Jason goes up and Jason wins the veto and is safe he’s cool with Jason. Otherwise ……. Not so sure.. (This HOH is a …. interesting thing to watch)
Monte – that dude is legit… he knows what he’s doing…
Monte – I like everybody here..

Jason tells him he knows he sways “Way left” to the rest of them but “The last person they think you roll with is the best person to roll with”
(Drop the mic)
Jason – that is all I can really say…
Jason – if you take me out you are just going up a list with some of these people…
Jason – if my ass aint here…. I’m looking out for you in the long run

Monte tells him he has his respect he “Straight shot”
jason tells him people will make alliances left and right but when it comes down to it this game is based off loyalty “You know what I’m saying”
Jason – If you won’t give you’re loyalty to someone than no one will give it to you you’re a floater you are screwed you don’t gain the respect of the publicv you dn’t gain the resptect .. nothing.. ”
Jason says he might have a small group and he’s happy for him
Monte – it’s a small group of people/
Jason – the cracks in the cement are going to come form no matter how good you pour the concrete
Jason tells him he’s not coming after him for 3 weeks if Jason survives.
Jason tells him he doesn’t know if Monte is number 1 on peoples list but Jason knows he’s number 2 on People’s list. This is why Monte needs Jason to stay.
Jason warning if he goes everyone moves up on the list.

HOH Shelbey and Monte

February 21, 2017

HOH Shelbey and Monte
Shelbey says someone is saying they are pissed they had to “Set their profiles to private because they want to be a public figure”

Shelby warns someone that is here to be known will make some “Big F****g move” so they become famous. Shelbey says the person says “Promote my album”
Sh;bey scoffs says she’s here to play a game not promote her album. (They are talking about Kryssie)
Monte- I’m a musician she’s a musician.. I work out she works out..

Shelbey says Scott has been soaking everything in adds that he’s someone good to have on your side.

Shelbey – some people are into kumbaya i’m not into kumbaya
Monte tells her she doesn’t need to stress out too much…

Whitney, Alec and Monte HOH

February 21, 2017

1:33pm Whitney, Alec and Monte HOH
MOnte saying he’s putting Jason up along with Danielle. He’s going to say that Jason’s played the game and has an unfair advantage and that Danielle is strong she’ll be good competitions for him in the Veto.
MOnte is sure he’ll be nominating Danielle and Jason his target
is Jason.

 Danielle and Jason

February 21, 2017

 Danielle and Jason
Danielle hates that Shane is so close to Monte.
Danielle – shane keeps telling me don’t worry don’t worry
Danielle – this isn’t the bachelorette
Danielle think she’s going up, thinks it’s confirmed.

Cornbread Shane and Monte HOH

February 21, 2017

Monte tells him he doesn’t want to put Danille up just wants to know how close SHane is with her, “I feel like her and Jason will start working”
MOnte – by the way Justine is coming for my head

Shane is suggesting Shelby goes up.
Corn leaves.
MOnte says Justin is playing dumb he’s coming after him
They start talking about who the pawn will be. Monte wants Jason out and he’ll be a nominee. HE’s thinking Maybe Shelbey but perhaps Danielle.
Shane says he doesn’t want Danielle to go up. Asks if Jason wins the veto who do they put up “Kryssie then?”
MOnte – Exactly, I will put Kryssie up
THey agree Jason and Danielle should go up.
MOnte says if they can’t get rid of JAson the back up plan is to backdoor KRyssie.
MOnte tells Shane to say to Danielle he has insider info that he’s close to Monte than they think and she’s safe.
Shane – you’re a pawn
Monte – ya I think you’re a pawn..

Cornbread and Monte HOH

February 21, 2017

10:34pm Cornbread and Monte HOH

Monte says he “seriously likes Kryssie”they are both “Musicians” and both ”Work out all the time”
Monte wants Jason out says he has an unfair advantage being a return player.

Monte about Justin – “Everybody loves him he’s a good cook”

THey go round and round about scenarios Monte keeps reassuring himself that he’ll be safe next week.
Monte thanks Cornbread for being around and working through scenarios with him

Justin starts talking about how big of a crush he has on Danielle!

February 20, 2017

 1:45am – 2:05am Justin starts talking about how big of a crush he has on Danielle. Justin says he isn’t bothered that Danielle’s attracted to Shane and sleeping in his bed. Jason – she’s attracted to attention. Whoever gives her the most attention tomorrow she will like. Justin – She has that natural beauty. Justin – I think Monte will be a problem. Kryssie – everyone is so nice still. The smart thing to do who ever is HOH .. if they (Shane & Danielle) do get in a showmance .. they got to be the first to go. The talk turns to drugs. Justin – I’ve literally done every drug out there. Kryssie – have you done meth? Justin – I’ve done it once and never again. I like herb. Shelby – in life I don’t want to go through it not trying everything but meth is one thing I will not try.

Backyard – Scott, Jason, Justin, Kryssie and Shelby are talking about random things.

February 20, 2017

 1:15am – 1:35am Backyard – Scott, Jason, Justin, Kryssie and Shelby are talking about random things. Kryssie talks about her foot fetish and whether or not they can fit their fist in their mouth. Off camera Scott puts his fist in his mouth. Jason – I’m probably the most arrested person to be on here. Justin – I’ve been arrested 11 times. Jason – you’ve got me beat. Lets here it? Justin – I’m from New Orleans. I’ve been a victim of police brutality and sh*t when he was 17 / 18. Jason – sue them! Justin – no you can’t, that sh*t always happens in New Orleans.

Jason is talking to Shelby and Kryssie.

February 20, 2017

 11:10pm – 12:35am Backyard couches – Jason is talking to Shelby and Kryssie. Jason is worried about being taken out because he’s been here before. Scott joins them. Kryssie – YOu are the only one out of all of us that is likable because everyone feels like they know you .. so if you end up there (as HOH) no one would hold it against you. That’s why I didn’t give it (BB Bug) to you. They continue talking about random things. Kryssie talks about her tattoos and how when she gets out shes getting a pin up girl with the predator’s head on her leg. She tells the live feeders not to steal her idea. She says she told a tattoo artist she was going to get knuckles tattooed on her knuckles and then he did it.

Monte tells Cornbread – we need to keep this circle tight.

February 20, 2017

 11:25pm In the kitchen – Monte tells Cornbread – we need to keep this circle tight. Shane is bringing too many people in. He’s trying to bring in Danielle. We just need to make sure we have enough vote to send Jason home if we put him up. Cornbread nods. Cornbread then goes and talks to Shane and tells him y’all need to protect me if I put Jason on the block. Shane – oh yeah.

Skriv en fengende tittel...

February 20, 2017

 8:40pm Outside the HOH room – Cornbread and Shane are whispering. Shane – its only been a freaking day. These people are too busy doing their circle jerk and figure out who they are and not playing the game right. It’s a marathon. We’ve got our foursome but on top of that we’ve got Alex and Morgan. Cornbread – do they know about Scott? Shane shakes his head no. Whitney joins them and tells them to be careful talking. Cornbread – circle of trust. I’ve got y’all. I’m going to move. Cornbread leaves. Whitney – we just need to ride it out. This week is fine because the only one that’s lived is Jason. Shane – I’m not worried about Jason. I would rather get out Kryssie. Whitney – I think she’s a loose cannon. Shane – she would need to be backdoored.

BB BUG – CAN’T BE 1ST HOH

February 20, 2017

BB BUG – CAN’T BE 1ST HOH

So far – Justin, Shane, Scott, Kryssie, Danielle, Shelby, Neeley, Morgan.

8:25pm In the lounge room. Monte, Shane and Alex are talking. Alex — I love Whitney and I know I can trust her. Monte – I don’t trust Jason. Alex – I can’t get a good read on Cornbread. Monte and Shane say he’s a good guy. Alex – I get good advice from him but ever time game talk starts he leaves the room. Alex tells them I would never target y’all. We’ve got the same goals too. Shane – I like Morgan and Whitney. Monte – I don’t trust Jason, Kryssie or Neeley. Monte – Jason has been here before. He’s a threat. Shane – Justin, Jason and Danielle are together .. that’s what I think. Alex – I think whoever puts up Jason .. America would respect that they have the balls to do it. Alex – if y’all can control Danielle I think I can get Whitney and Morgan. Whitney joins them. Monte – I need to know y’all have my back. I’m going to try and get this HOH. If I do I may go after Jason. Alex – I would never put any of y’all up if I get HOH.

HOH Alarm goes off..

January 01, 2020

 8:20pm Kryssie infects Morgan

HOH Alarm goes off..

February 20, 2017

 7:31pm Neeley infected Kryssie

HOH Alarm goes off..

February 20, 2017

 6:14pm Scott gives Neeley the Crabs

Morgan and Alex agreeing they want to target

February 20, 2017

6:02pm Morgan and Alex agreeing they want to target “The three people outside” if they get the bug
Alex is going to get close to Monte they agree he’s someone they can trust
Whitney and Monte join them.. they are wondering who Scott will give the bug to.
They agree Shane is cool, “If y’all friends with me you’ll be friends with him” – Monte
They are worried about Jason because he was voted back in and they think his fans will help him with twists.
Monte – he’s dangerous.. I don’t trust him..
Monte says he’ll put Jason up if he gets HOH.

Monte – he’s got the fan base behind him..
Whitney – we gotta target the big dogs

Tokyo Room Alex and Whitney

February 20, 2017

5:42pm Tokyo Room Alex and Whitney
Alex can’t read Scott. They wonder why nobody is targeting “Those Three” (Jason, Kryssie, and Neeley)
they decide because nobody wants to cause Drama in the house and those three are loud personalities
Alex says she’s afraid to go after Jason he’s a firecracker
Whitney – I’m scared of Neeley
Alex – Me too.. if I get it i’ll target one of them
Whitney agrees.

Whitney – Danielle will go where every Justin goes..
Alex – Danielle follows Jason around

Shane asks If her and Justin have a showmance

February 20, 2017

 5:32pm Shane asks If her and Justin have a showmance
Danielle – he’s just super funny… I like Jason I like Justin everyone likes them a lot
Danielle – I like all the southern people but..
they are both worried the “Southern people” will team up against them.
Danielle wishes the first HOH was an endurance comp she was prepared to sit on the wall for hours..

HOH Alarm goes off..

February 20, 2017

 5:13pm Shelby infected Scott

HOH Alarm goes off..

February 20, 2017

 4:12pm Justin infects Shelby

Cornbread and Monte

February 20, 2017

 3:41pm Cornbread and Monte
MOnte says Justin pointed at him says he’s next, “that only leaves 3 guys”
Shane joins them tells Corn “we want 1 of us 4 to win HOH” (Scot, Shane, Monte and the corn)

HOH Alarm goes off!

January 01, 2020

 3:31pm HOH Alarm goes off..
Justine tells her he will take it..
Danielle gives it to Justine, she says she’s sad that she has to give it to someone
Justin – this shit’s heavy yo (YO!)

BB bug Alarm goes off 

February 20, 2017

 2:44pm BB bug Alarm goes off (Sounds like a fog horn)
Shane gives the BB Bug to Danielle (It’s a crab) tells her she needs to go into the Diary room to get her shirt.

Shane and Monte London room 

February 20, 2017

Shane and Monte London room 
Chatting about which girls are the Strongest, Sounds like they agree that Kryssie and Neely are the threat.

Shane – the one person I don’t really care for is kryssie.. She’s a very strong person
Monte – she will bust emotionally..
Shane – I have a bad vibe about her.. I get this weird vibe

They go back and forth about who they should give the Bug to.. Monte is unsure about Scott. THey also talk about who should get the HOH they go back and forth if it should be a girl or guy.

Monte says he doesn’t see Kryssie lasting long, “She’s going to piss off one of the girls”
They agree “She’s cool I like her”

Shane – bromance
Monte – me and your have the intense part of the alliance..
Shane – my angle is I want Kryssie out..
They think the girls would put up Scott and Justine, “everybody likes Cornbread”

Monte has concern that Kryssie and Neely will join forces because “they have that spunk about them”

Monte – most of the guys are safe these first 2 weeks
Shane – give it to sweet kentucky..
Monte – everyone loves Whitney

Shane explains how the HOH works

February 20, 2017

 Living room 
Shane explains how the HOH works
Shane – the first Head of household competition is called BB BUG and it has begun
Shane- I drank the potion and have been infected with the BB bug which means I cannot me Head of Household this week
Shane- the next time the alarm sounds I must immediately give the BB bug to another houseguest thus infecting them and making that person ineligible to become the Head of Household this week
Shane – every time the alarm sounds the person wearing the BB bug must pass it to a uninfected houseguest preventing that person from becoming the HOH this week
Shane – alarms will go off periodically until 12 of us have been given the bug leaving only 1 uninfected person
Shan e- when only 1 uninfected houseguest remains that person becomes the first Head of hOusehold
Shane – if you become the first HOH you are safe for a week you must nominate 2 houseguests
Shane – you may not refuse it.. Once infected you must wear the bug until the alarm sounds..
Shane – once you are infected you will be called to the Diary room to get a T-Shirt which you wear until the competition is over
Shane – at 1pm tomorrow the first HOH will be crowned.

Jason, Scott, Shelby, Whitney, Shane, and Cornbread are chatting.

February 20, 2017

 Backyard – Jason, Scott, Shelby, Whitney, Shane, and Cornbread are chatting. Jason talks about how Jace from his season was so over the top they had to get him out. It wasn’t even for game reasons. He was always running around shouting out his Instagram. Jason – this season is a young season. No offense Cornbread. Cornbread – We have such a small amount of people. This season is down to the basics. Jason – its down the the creme dela creme. I don’t know how I was chosen. They talk about what seasons they’ve watched. Scott says he’s been a fan since he was 10 years old. The rest of the house guests except for Morgan (who’s in the diary room) join them.

Jason and Danielle are looking at the BB message board from Paul, Nicole and James.

February 20, 2017

 In the lounge room – Jason and Danielle are looking at the BB message board from Paul, Nicole and James. Danielle reads “drop your egos” “Play your own game, you’re not Derrick!” “You’re going to cry” “Big Brother, NOT Big Baby!” “Try not to fall in love” Jason says she (Nicole) should have told him (Corey) not to say f@ggot so much. I thought she would have … but nope! Danielle says she didn’t watch the live feeds. That’s probably why I’m not a superfan. I hope Paulie isn’t like how he was in the game. I’m a mom … and when Paulie said something about her (Da’s) daughter I was going to lose it. I can’t even be mad at her. If it was me, I probably would have done the same thing.

Julie tells them they are all part of Big BRother History.

February 20, 2017

Julie tells them they are all part of Big BRother History.. “Everything is live… Competitions will be different, Ceremonies will be different”

Julie – here is the first game changer.. on Big Brother over the top there is no jury once you are out of the game you are out of the game for good.. America will be choosing the winner.
Julie – first Head of house hold competition will begin tomorrow

Jason

February 20, 2017

Jason enters..

Danielle

February 20, 2017

 Danielle enters

Monte

February 20, 2017

Monte comes in

Alex

February 20, 2017

Alex comes in

 Justin

February 20, 2017

 Justin enters “Hey how you doing… hey hey.. ”
Kryssie – he smells expensive…

Whitney

February 20, 2017

Whitney enters “I’m from Kentucky… are you from Kentucky… I’m so excited to meet you guys.. to meet anyone.. this has been the worst week of my life”

Kryssie

February 20, 2017

 Kryssie enters says she has a giant tattoo of Robocop on her arm which she can’t show unless “Orion signs the release”

Cornbread

February 20, 2017

 Corn enters “I’m Cornbread from Georgia.. I have a daughter that’s 10 I’m engaged to the women of my dreams and she was 2 kids of her own… ”
Corn – I’m like MacGyver in the kitchen
Cornbread – “this is so over the top”

Shelby

February 20, 2017

 Shelby “oh my gawd…. That would be funny we should write this show”

Neeley

February 20, 2017

 Neeley “It’s a diva’s paradise.. it’s so sparkly”

Next in is Shane

February 20, 2017

 Next in is Shane.. Morgan – “Your hair it’s beautiful it’s better than mine”
They introduce themselves. Scott tells them he’s a debt collector..
Shane says those are the guys he hangs up on.
Shane – If you act like a robot on the phone they automatically hang up..

They find the board left behind from the Big brother 18 final 4

February 20, 2017

They find the board left behind from the Big brother 18 final 4

Scott – we still don’t know who won last season… we’ll probably find out who won this season before we find out who won last season

Morgan next..

February 20, 2017

 Morgan next.. “We’re in the Big Brother house… We get first pick of bed”

Scott is the first one in

February 20, 2017

Scott is the first one in “WOW they did this all in a week.. “
Scott picks a bed in the London room.

BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP FIRST NIGHT “THIS IS SO OVER THE TOP”

February 20, 2017

 BIG BROTHER OVER THE TOP FIRST NIGHT “THIS IS SO OVER THE TOP”

Julie says the season will be 65 days
Fans votes for Winner, Nominations, Evictions and Games changing twists..

Please reload

bottom of page